ARAB REPUBLIC OF EGYPT

MINISTRY OF HOUSING AND URBAN COMMUNITIES

NEW URBAN COMMUNITIES AUTHORITY
(NUCA)

CONTRACT DOCUMENT
( ... ...../ ........../ ..........)

6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22J(v GIS

Substation

Volu1ne 2 of 2

Technical Specifications
Part/I

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company

EPS
November 2018 Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities (NUC) Contract Document
6'h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

PART(II)

Chapter Description

Ten Technical Specifications for 66 kV Conventional Indoor

Switchgear (N.A)
Eleven Capacitor Banks
Twelve Medium Voltage Metal Clad Switch Gear
Thirteen Ventilation, Air Conditioning, Fire Protection, Fire Alarm
Systems & Fire fighting of Transformers
Fourteen Quality Assurance and Tests
Fifteen Technical Specifications for Power Transformers
Sixteen Civil Work
Seventeen Spare Parts, Special Tools and Testing Equipment ( refer
to price schedule)

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Content

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (O)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter l J
6th October Eas:ern Extensions 220/22122 kV G!S S/S

CHAPTER ELEVEJ\T

CAPACITOR BANKS

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page l/20

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter l l
11
6 , October Eastern Extensions 220112122 kV GIS S/S

CHAPTER ELEVEN

CAPACITOR BANKS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clause Description Page

11.1 General Technical Conditions and description work 3

I
11.2 Technical specifications 4

11.3 Operation and protection of capacitor bank 12

11.4 Tests 17

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 2/20

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
I
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 1i
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/2?/22 kV GlS S/S

CHAPTER ELEVEN

CAPACITOR BANKS

11.1 General Technical Conditions And Description ofV\lork

11.1.1 Nature of Work

The Egyptian Electricity Transmission Co. (EETC) requires to continue the process of
improve power factor of the unified power system and to reduce voltage drop of the 22 KV
three phase system, capacitor banks are needed to be installed to improve power factor and
voltage profiles at loads on the substations defined according to the attached S.L.D.

11.1.2 Description of Work

The automatic power factor control for each transfo1mer outgoing feeder shall be a three
stages switching system. The system shall be operated on the principle of power pre-
selection using isolators in the no load state and a circuit breaker for switching the power
of the whole bank. Each capacitor bank should consist of three groups rates of 1: 2: 2 (1.8,
3.6 and 3.6) MVAR to achieve a total 9.0 MVAR in fonn of three switching steps.

Each group must be equipped with unbalance cu1Tent protection and the capacitor bank
will be equipped with the following protective devices: over cu1Tent and short circuit relay,
under voltage relay, surge mTester and interlocking system between the circuit breaker of
the capacitor bank and the circuit breakers (22KV) of the transformer.

Each capacitor bank is constructed as a modular system and has a volume as small as
possible to suit the available space in the substation.

The capacitor bank could be installed outdoors or indoors according to the available space
existing in the substations taking into consideration the climatic conditi9P-s"1nenftoned in
0

item 1.5 the upper limit of temperature category of the required capac.:fror shall be 55°C
(fifty five degree) according to IEC 60871-1. /~

11.1.3 General Conditions and Specification \.

'
\.,

The capacitor banks shall comply with legal conditions and shall be coristrncted a11cl·r~ted
in accordance with the latest standard specifications of an approved loading society
(IEC ... ) or any approved standard in case such aspect are not covered in the international
standards expect where otherwise specified in these specifications.

The bidder should fulfill the specification schedule.

11.1.4 Oualitv And Materials

All materials shall be of the best quality and of the suitable class to meet the working and
climatic conditions.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 3/20
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 1 !
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS S/S

11.1.5 Climatic Conditions

Sharp daily ambient air temperature fluctuations for outdoor banks are possible. The
atmosphere is heavily polluted and it shall be taken into consideration by both indoor and
outdoor installations.

The climatic conditions prevailing in zones are shovm in volume (2) chapter (2).

11.1.6 JVIaintenance Ooeration Instructions and Connection Diagrams

Maintenance, operation instructions and connection diagrams shall be written in English.

11.1.7 Guarantee

A full guarantee, for a period that stated in the Bid Documents, shall be given for the
·capacitor bank, controller, switchgear protection systems and capacitor units.

11.1.8 Spare Parts

The Bidder should submit a spare paii list including the individual price. The list should
include suitable number of the following.
Control box.
Spare capacitor_ units.
Spare circuit breakers and accessories.
C.B for steps connections.
- Spare parts for control and protective relays.

11.2 Technical Specifications

11.2.1 General Description

The required automatic P.F controller as described in item 1.2 is a shunt capacitor bank
(three groups).

The groups have rating of [Link], (1.8, 3.6 and 3.6) MVAR, to achieve a total 9.0 MVAR in
fonn of three switching steps. Each group shall have a C.B (C.B. for each step connection).

Switching from step to step should be carried out automatically and manually. The
operation sequence which could be carried out after closing the isolator and C.B is:-
.. Measuring the reactive power in the load (regulator or controller).
• If the power factor is lag and reactive power= MVAR of step 1 + 0.4 MVAR
Step 1 C.B closes after time delay.
• Measuring again the reactive power in the load.
• If the compensation still not enough (reactive power = MVAR for step2 + 0.4
MVAR).
Step 2 C.B closes after time delay.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page4/20

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter J l
61h October Eastern Extensions 2'10/22/22 kV GlS S/S

• },1easuring again the reactive pmver in the load.

• If the compensation still not enough (reactive power = ]VIVAR for step3 + 0.4
MVAR).
Step 3 C.B closes after time delay.
• Measuring again the reactive power in the load.
• If the P.F becomes close to unity. The steps 1, 2 and 3 still in service.
• If the P.F becomes lead. Step I should be switched off.

Note: Delay time (5min for step 1&5.5 for step 2 & 6 for step 3) and measuring by
time delay relay in controller.

The neutral of the capacitor bank shall be fully insulated from the ea1ih.

The power capacitors are incorporated in welded steel cases and fitted with he1metically
sealed bushings. The capacitor bank should be completely assembled in one metallic
cubicle. The high ·voltage coru1ection, C.B, switches, inrnsh current coils, measuring
transformers and auxiliaries should be installed in metallic cubicles which have a
protection degree and insulation level of IP 54 for outdoor type and IP40 for indoor type.

The capacitor bank will be connected to 22 kV, SOHZ, 3 phase distribution systems.

The capacitor units are installed in racks and covered with H.V protective cover (metal
enclosure). High voltage terminals for external connection of the bank should be provided
by the supplier.

In additional to the main C.B. located as capacitor bank feeder C.B. in 22 kV switchgear,
the capacitor bank shall be equipped with coils to limits the inrush cunent, surge anesters,
C.B for steps connection, disconnector with earthing switch and measu;ing .transfonners
for over cmTent and unbalance cunent protection. // ·
(
11.2.2 Canacitor Unit
. II
\
[Link] Insulation Material:-
,,,,

The insulation of the capacitor unit shall be of synthetic foils (poly p;opylene- film),
however the bidder can submit paper insulation as an alternative.

All PCB impregnates are not allowed for use in Egypt. Insulation shall be of the low film
type, each capacitor shall be completely vacuum impregnated with no voids or air pockets
to prevent corona and permit mounting in any position.

[Link] Bushin!!s:-

Capacitors shall be of the two bushings and bushing shall be of well process porcelain.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 5/20

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 11
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22122 kV GIS S/S

All bushings shall be hermetically soldered to the steel case. Heavy tin plated clamp type,
ten11inals suitable for standard copper conductors.

All capacitor terminals shall be provided with insulating terminal cover.

[Link] Insulation Leve!:-

The insulation level of the units should be equivalent to that of the bank otherwise extra-
insulation to the units is necessary.

The insulation level should be not less than 3.5 crn/kV for outdoor installation and 2.5
cm/kV for indoor installation.

The withstand voltage should be as follows:-

• Power frequency a.c withstand test voltage (r.m.s) for 22 kV capacitor ba..rik 50kV,ms
(IEC 60871-1) latest edition.
• Withstand impulse test voltage crest value for 22 kV capacitor bank 125 kVp (IEC
60871-1).
• For external insulation. The power frequency withstand voltage under pollution
severity not less than 50 µS or higher for capacitor banks is 1.25 Un

[Link] Internal Discharge Device

Each capacitor unit shall be equipped with internal discharge resistor which shall drain the
residual voltage from the operating voltage to 50 volt within 5 minutes after the capacitor
is discom1ected from the source of supply according to IEC publication.
The maximum discharge time is 5 minutes for both capacitors and banks.

[Link] Ratings
• The rated voltage of the capacitor unit is 13.85 kV (line rated voltage is 24 kV
highest system voltage U is 24 kV).
• Rated frequency is 50 Hz.
• The upper limit of temperature category of the required capacitor unit shall be 55
~C. (fifty five degree centigrade) according to (IEC 60871-1) the lower limi1js-02 G.
o Capacitor unit shall be suitable for operation of voltages as follows (IE060871-l).
100% UN Continuous operation f,· 1 ··.
110% UN For 8 hours every 24 hrs. f
115% UN For 30 minutes in every 2411rJJ
120% UN For 5 min. '\ ..
130% UN For 1 min. ·,<
(The latest version ofIEC- should be applicable in any case). '"

• Capacitor unit should be suitable for continuous operation at r.m.s cmTent of 130%
of the current that occurs at rated sinusoidal voltage and rated frequency. The
capacitor unit should withstand a maximum current of 150% In due to the combined
effect ofhan11onics and over voltages up to and including 110% UN (IEC 60871-1).
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 6/20
Yolmne 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Au1!1vrity (NUCA} Chapter 11
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS SIS

[Link] Losses Vv/KVAR

Losses in steady state rated voltage and frequency at 25°C indoor and 55°C outdoor
ambient temperature should not be more than 0.2\V/kVAR (lower values are preferable).

[Link] Internal Fuses

The capacitor units shall be protected by internal fuses. The fuses shall, in event of element
punctures, function correctly at both, the operating voltage range (0.9) ✓2UN of the bank
and momentary over-voltages up to the limit of 2 J2UN. In the event of faults external to
the unit, a fuse must not blow at a voltage of2 ✓2UN nor in conditions corresponding to the
thennal stability test.

The fuse must withstand the relatively high imush current due to the switching operation.

When using internal fuses, the unit shall remain in operation in the event of element
punctures specified above. An internal fuse must operate in this way also when another
fuse of the unit has blown out. Regarding to further element punctures, the internal fuses
- -
. must be capable of clearing the fault at the rated voltage. The fuses shall/ ,..be--:able,
,, withstand all type and routine tests of capacitor unit in accordance with IEC.f0871-1...
. '
to
•· .
•
11.2.3 Capacitor Banks: I
!/
The capacitor banks shall include the racks for the capacitor units and mJt11tenclosure foi-
. live high voltage parts of t11e bank. Also metal connection box for lo\¥ ,_voltage ''
and
,,

secondary connections of the bank must be mounted on the bank at the works. ·~~··

Terminal blocks, internal wiring and cabling to the bank shall be included.
The bidder shall provide the banks at the work with the necessary high voltage wiring of
the capacitor units and other equipment and terminals of the bank.

The metallic parts of banks such as racks, connection and relay boxes shall be hot-zinced
(at least 600g/m2), unless of aluminum.

The degree of protection of the connection and relay boxes shall be IP54 for outdoor
installation and IP40 for indoor installations.

The capacitors shall be installed in such a way that there is adequate dissipation by
radiation an.d convection of the heat produced by the capacitor losses. For indoor capacitor
banks, one or more fans can be mounted in the bottom of the capacitor compartment to
provide forced ventilation.

11.2.4 Main Circuit Breakers:

(located as capacitor bank feeder C.B. in 22 kV switchgear)
The C.B used for the capacitor bank must have a good switching capability up to the
highest bank rating without restrike and thus without over voltages occurring.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 7/20
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Re-,. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 11
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

The required C.B should be SF6 or vacum type with operating mechanism of spring
operated device (motor-charged spring).

The C.B should withstand the following stresses:-

- Sharp daily arn bient - air temperature fluctuations for indoor/outdoor banks.
- The higher variation of the reactive power e.g. the higher number of operation
during the day.
- The high frequency oscillations which may overheat and overstress the capacitors.
- Jhe required specifications for the three-phase C.B are:-
Standard IEC
62271-100
-RatedMVAR 9.0
-_ System voltage (kV rm,) 22
- A.C withstand voltage (kV rms) 50
~ Impulse withstand voltage.(kVp) 125
-_Rated normal ctnrent (A) 1250
.- Rated sh01t circuit Breaking current/KA for 3sec. 31.5
- Auxiliary D.C. voltage 220
- · - Rated back to back capacitor bank breaking current 400A
- Rated back to back capacitor Inrush making cmrent 20KA, 4.25KHZ

The C.B shall be equipped with mechanical under voltage release for protection against
missing of auxiliary volt1tge.

11.2.5 Inrush Current Coils:

Every capacitor bank _should be equipped with 9 pieces of imush current coils (3pieces per
capacitor step, one per phase). The inductance of each coil shall be calculated by the
manufacturer. The calculation should be submitted to owner for review and approval.

11.2.6 C.B for steps connection:

Each capacitor bank should be e_quipped with three phase 22 kV [Link] for steps connection
(one per capacitor step).

The C.B switches on or switches off the capacitor step according to c01mnaiids-~fro1""the
/ , '>,,,

reactive power controller. /" -- ··-

- I "
The C.B should be [Link] free and two stages pressure switch (alann {trip).
t .
t./
\\!',-:,.
IEC
- Standard 62271-100
-RatedMVAR 9.0
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 8/20
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 11
6th October Eastern Extensions 2:20/22/22 kV GlS SIS

- System voltage (kV 11115) 22

- A.C withstand voltage (kVnnJ 50
- Impulse withstand voltage (KVp) 125
- Rated nonnal cmTent (A) 800
- Rated S.C cmTent for 3sec/kA 3 l.5
- Auxiliary D.C. voltage 220
For steps connections of the capacitor bank units, The C.B shall be SF6, Vacuum
switch is accepted as an option.

11.2. 7 Surge Arresters:

Each capacitor bank will be equipped with surge-arresters. The surge

arresters shall be located as close as possible to the capacitor units in all
capacitor steps.

[Link] Design Summarv of the Surge Arrester:

Surge arresters shall be heavy duty lOKA station class "Zinc Oxide" type with
impulse characteristics suitable for use witl1 SF6 switchgear (or conventional type)
acc. to IEC 60099-4.

Surge arresters shall be sealed to permanently prevent the entrance of moisture,

dust, and shall be suitable for live-line washing.
- Each surge arrester shall be provided with an electromechanical type weatherproof
surge counter placed in accessible and visible location.
Insulators shall be provided as required for the a1Tester base and groung.,c0nnection
to ensure operation of counter. · ,/ · ·

- The required specification of arrester are:

- System voltage 24
- Rated voltage of aiTester 24
- Energy discharge capability KJ/rated voltage 2.5

Suitable means shall be provided to remove surge counter without disconnecting surge
arrester.

[Link] Fabrication And Manufacture:

- Insulators shall be of suitable colour glazed porcelain, all exterior metallic surface
shall be by aluminum, or any oilier suitable rec01mnended material.

- A suitable copper ground strap shall be provided to follow the most direct route
from arrester to a clainp type ground connector mounted at fue base of structure.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 9/20

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter l l
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/.22 kV G1S SIS

- Pressure relief directional apparatc1s or parts shall be located at each and of each
surge arrester unit to relieve the internal pressure which would occur in the event of
sustained 50HZ po,ver frequency current through the arrester, and prevent bursting
of the porcelain housing. Surge arrester paiis used for insulating purposes and
which are continuously subjected to applied voltage shall be of ceramic.

[Link] Tests and Insoection:

[Link].1 Tvpe Test:

The following test shall be perfonned (or certified to have been perfonned)
according to the latest IEC standard which is applicable of the date of bidding:-

- Lrisulation withstand tests.

- Residual voltage tests.
- Long duration current impulse withstai1d test.
- Operating duty tests.
- Pressure relief test.
- Any other recommended type test approved by the manufacturer.

[Link].2 Routine Tests:

The following routine tests shall be carried out in accordance with the latest IEC
standard which is applicable at the date of bidding:-
- I\1easurement of reference voltage.
Residual voltage test.
- [Link] test.
Sealed housing leakage check.
- Any recommended routine tests approved by the manufacturer.

[Link].3 Acceptance Tests:

The following standard acceptance tests shall be carried out in accordance with the
latest IEC standard applicable at the date of bidding:-

- Measuring of power frequency voltage on the complete arrester at the reference

current measured at the bottom of the arrester.
- Lightning impulse residual voltage test.
- Partial discharge test according to IEC publication 270 with the measured value not
exceeding 50 pc.
- Fmihermore, the requirements for a thennal stability test shall be discussed between
the owner and the mairnfacturer.

11.2. 7.3.4 Characteristics of Arrester (to be provided bv manufacturer):

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 10/20

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter J J
6'h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV G!S SIS

Bidders shall fi!l technical particulars schedules with the required information
concerning the offered type.

[Link].5 Additional Information Given bv Bidder:

- Resistive and capacitive component of the continuous cunent at ambient

temperature.
- Reference current and voltage at ambient temperature.
- Power frequency voltage versus time characteristics.
- Lightning impulse residual voltage at 0.5,1 and 2 times the nominal discharge
cunent.
- Clearance and mounting specifications.
- Possibilities of mounting drilling plans, base.
- Type of anester terminals and possible conductor size.
- Maximum pennissible length of lead between anester and surge counter (and
between surge counter and earth).
- Dimensions and weights.

11.2.8 Disconnector with Earthing Switch:

The 3-phase disconnecter should be capable of opening and closing the capacitor bank
and canying cunent under normal circuit conditions and carrying for 3 sec. short circuit
cunent.
RatedMVAR 9.0
System voltage (kVnn,) 22
A.C withstand voltage (kVrm,) 50
Impulse withstand voltage (kVp) 125
Rated nonnal cunent (A) 800
Rated S.C current (kA for 3 sec.) 31.5
Auxiliary D.C voltage 220
Specific leakage path cm/ kV 3.5 I 2.5

11.2.9 Current Transformers:

The current transfonners shall be of the dry type and short circuit proof and shall have
adequate rated burden with the specified ratios.

[Link] Current transformers for over current and short circuit protection:
Every capacitor bank (with C.B and without C.B) shall be equipped with at least three
current transformers to be installed on the main bus bars of the capacitor banks for the
over current and short circuit protection.

The specifications of these cunent transformers are 400/1/lA for 22 kV; 50 Hz power
frequency test for 1 min is 50 kV and for impulse withstand voltage (peak) is 125 kV.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page J 1/20

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Commur:ities Authority (J\iUCA) Chapter 11
6th October Eastern Extensions 220F>2/22 kV GlS SIS

[Link] Unbalance Current Transformers:

Every capacitor bank shall be equipped with three cmTent transformers (one for each
capacitor step). Each current transfonner will be installed on the neutral vvire
connecting the nvo star points of every step, for monitoring the unbalance current and
for the unba]a,_7.ce current protection.

The specifications of these cmrent transfonners are:-

30/l/lA, 22 kV 50 HZ, power frequency test for 1 min. is 50 kV, impulse withstand
voltage (peak) is 125KV.

11.3 Operation and Protection of Caoacitor Bank

11.3.1 Control Box:

There shall be a control unit (box) for each capacitor bank. These control boxes will be
installed in the control room of the substation. The control box shall be provided with
devices, relays for operating, monitoring, controlling and protection of capacitor bank.

The control box contains mainly:-

- Reactive power controller (Q-controller).
- Unbalance current protective relay.
- CmTent relay for short circuit and overload.
Over-voltage protective relay.
- Under voltage protective relay.
- SF6 gas low pressme protection.
- Meters and indicating lamps.
- Test lamps.
Notes:
- All relays & ammeters should be digital.
- All lrunps should be led lamps.

11.3.2 Reactive Power Controller:

The commands to connect or disconnect the capacitor steps to nenvork come from the
reactive power controller. The groups have rating of [Link] (1.8, 3.6 and 3.6) MVAR to
achieve the switching steps.

The operation of the steps is done by the Q-controller in a certain sequence as follows:-

Switching from step to step should be cruTied out automatically and manually. The
operation sequence which could be carried out after closing the isolator and C.B is:-
• Measuring the reactive power in the load (regulator or controller).
• If the power factor is lag and reactive power= MVAR of step 1 + 0.4 MVAR.
Step 1 C.B closes after time delay (3 min. for controller + 2 min. in time delay
relay).
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 12/20
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 1 J
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220122/22 kV GJS SIS

., l\[Link] again the reactive power in the load .

., If the compensation still not enough (reactive power = MVAR for step 2 + 0.4
l\1VAR).
Step 2 C.B closes after time delay- (3 .5 min. for controller + 2 min. in time delay
relay).
o Measuring again the reactive power of the load.
" If the compensation still not enough (reactive power = MVAR for step3 + 0.4
MVAR).
Step 3 C.B closes after time delay (4 min. for controller + 2 min. in time delay
relay).
• Measuring again the reactive power of the load.
• If the P.F. becomes close to unity. The steps 1, 2 and 3 still in service.
• If the P.F. becomes lead step 1 should be switched off.

After some delay (discharge time), the regulator may operate and switch the C.B of step
(1) on automatically as mentioned before.

Note: Delay time> (5min for step J & 5.5 min for step 2 and 6 min for step 3 and
measuring by time delay relay in controller.

The Q-controller shall consist of:-

" Inductive range of setting to switch capacitor steps on.

" Capacitive range of setting to switch capacitor steps off.
" Hannonic suppression elements.
• Target power factor setting.
" Indicator for position of each capacitor step control relay.
• Indicator for the monitored quantity exceeds the capacitive setting and inductive
setting.
• Elements to switch off the capacitor steps after a lack of the supply voltage and start
after restoring the voltage from the beginning.

- The constructional requirements are:-

Standard IEC 60688

"..
Enclosure class IP 53 according to IEC 60529
• Frequency 50Hz±2%
• Voltage for input (lOOV)+ 10%-20%
Ambient temperature range -2°C to 55°C.
"
• Auxiliary supply voltage 220VD.C
• Excessive inputs of short duration current lOxIN
Voltage l.5xUN
• Insulation level 2 kV, 50Hz, lmin.
5 kV, 1.2/50 µsec.
Accuracy under specified Condition for signal less than 2.5%
"
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 13/20
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter I I
6'h October Eastern Extensions 2"0i22/22 kV GIS SIS

The bidder shall define exactly the time delay from step to step in the bid and
shall explain the whole circuit for the controller.

11.3.3 Unbalance Current Protection:

To protect the capacitor bank from being damaged due lo unbalance current, there
should be three unbalance cu1Tent relays to be installed in the control box (one for each
capacitor step).

The capacitor steps of the bank shall have a two-stages unbalance protection, the first
step an alarm and the second causes tripping. The alarm shall be amply delayed, while
the tripping shall be instantaneous or slightly delayed.

Technical Specification

Input rating IA
Rated burden 1.5 VA
Two input setting range (alarm-trip) 0-100%
Inaccuracy class 5
Rated frequency 50HZ.
Alan11 delay 1s-l0s (adjustable)
Trip delay [Link]-ls (adjustable)
Reset time appr. 50ms.
Reset ratio 99.8%
Protection class IP 51
Operating temperature -5 to 60°C
Contact ratings 0.15A 220 VDC
Power supply 220 VDC (150m.A Max)

11.3.4 Over current & Short Circuit Protection:

Every capacitor bank shall be equipped with over ClllTent and short circuit protective relay
which is situated in the control box.

The purpose of this relay is to protect the capacitor bank against over ClllTents and S.C
faults and time delay.

In case of short circuit or sho1i circuit, the relay will open the main circuit breaker and
close some alarm contacts in the control box, at the same time, [Link]
,' '
breakers
'':¾,,
of the
capacitor steps will open.
\

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 14/20

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Ne,v Urban Communities Auihority (1-JUCA) Chapter 11
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

Technical Data:-

Energizing inputs
Rated cunent IN lA
Rated frequency FN 50HZ
Thermal current withstand 3A
continuous
Thennal current withstand, for ls l00A
Input impedance <150mohm
Current Measurimr Circuits:
Setting current I> sating range 0.5 ... 4A
Setting cmTent I>> sating range 3 .... 20A
Dial accuracy applies overfull setting range. +5% of any setting
Repetitive accuracy +2%
Transient ove1Teach of the high set stage I>> <5%
Drop -off/pick-up ratio >0.96
Timing Circuits :
Instantaneous operating time of the I>and >> stages. 20 .... 40ms
Preset operating time of the I> and>> stages l00ms +10%
Time-lag setting range of the I>stage. 0.2 ... 30.0s
Dial accuracy, applies over full setting range. +5% of any setting
Repetitive accuracy. +2%
Drop-off time from de-energization including the :::,60ms
output relays. I
Auxiliary Supply Voltage:
Sta.11dard relay 40 ... 275VDC
Auxiliary supply burden relay :understand by tripping ""'-3W/'z6W
conditions
Influence on the relay operating values of the auxiliary ±0,5%
sunnly within is pennitted range of variation.
Pennitted rinnle in d.c supply as per IEC 60255-11 <12%

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 15/20

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 1 I
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/2'1 kV GlS S/S

11.3.5 Over Voltage Protection:

Every capacitor bank will be equipped with an over-voltage protective relay to be installed
in the control box.

This relay will measure the voltage from the potential transfom1er of the main busbar of
the transfonner without filtration. This is a special type relay which will be responsible for
the voltage at power frequency (50HZ) and the voltages accruing due harmonic of 250HZ,
""OHz, etc.
.J) / /~.. .,
;✓'

The relay has mainly two settings:-

a) Trip at I 10 % UN, delay 3sec. reset at UN
b) Trip at 120% UN, delay lOOms reset at UN.

When the overvoltage relay operates, the three phase C.B's of the three capacitor S!eps
open, at the same time one of the potential phases would be cut from the reactive power
controller and will be automatically reconnected through an auxiliary contact in the
overvoltage relay when it resets again when the busbar voltage becomes of UN value.

11.3.6 Under Voltage Protection:

Every capacitor bank shall be protected against under voltages by an under voltage relay
situated in the control box.

The set value for tripping is 60% UN and the rest value is 75%UN. The relay will be
provided with a time delay circuit for resetting. This delay time should be longer than the
reset time of the reactive power controller to avoid hunting and any over voltages on the
capacitor units.

The under voltage relay shall open the three phase C.B's of the three capacitor steps when
it operates.

11.3. 7 Protection Against Operation at Low Pressure of SF6 Gas of The Switching
Devices:

Every control box shall be equipped with relay and contacts to trip the main circuit breaker
in case the pressure of the SF6 gas of the main circuit breaker or any of the three C.B's
becomes lower tha11 ce1iain value.

11.3.8 Interlocking Svstem:

Every control box shall have some tenninal in the trip circuit of the main circuit breaker of
the capacitor bank to be used and connected through auxiliary contacts with the trip circuits
of the 22 KV and 66KV circuit breakers of the main transfom1er. The C.B of the capacitor
will automatically switch off when any of the transformer's circuit breakers switches off or
tripped.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 16/20
Vo1ume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter I I
61h October Eastern Extensions 1201~2121 kV GiS SIS

11.3.9 Selective Switches:

Every control box wiil have three selective switches (one for each capacitor step).

The selective switch has 3 different positions (modes), for automatic mode, manual
mode and standby mode.

[Link] & Indicating Lamps:

Every control box will have the following meters and indicating lamps on the front
panel:-

" .Power factor meter.

" Unbalance current aim11eters (one for each capacitor step).
" Three lamps indicate· the operation of the capacitor steps (it lights when the C.B
closes).
" Three bush bottoms and two lamps for main C.B (open & close position).
" Four lamps indicate that the C.B is opened due to low pressure of SF6 gas of fae
't main C.B or any of the three C.B's. /,,,-------.•
" One lamp for the auxiliary voltage.
• All meters should be digital and led lainp.

11.4Tests

General:
Owner Engineer shall attend the herein after specified tests for capacitor banks in
accordai1Ce with the latest IEC publication, in addition tests are requested by the purchaser
as mentioned in the following sections:-

Other equipment such as discharge devices, fuses, cmTent and voltage transformer,
measuring instruments, control units, post insulators and switchgears shall be subjected to
routine tests according to the relevant IEC standard.

However, the manufacturer must submit a test report for type and sample tests caJTied out
within Syears.

The capacitor unit ai1d other equipment should meet at least the minimum requirements
mentioned in the general technical specifications.

1) Tests on Capacitor Units:

A) Tvpe Tests: (IEC 60871-1)

The required type tests are:-
- Thermal stability test.
- Capacitor loss tangent (tan8) measurement at elevated temperature.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 17/20
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev, (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 11
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

- A.C voltage test between terminals and container.

- Lightning impulse voltage test between terminals and container.
Short-circuit discharge test.
- Ionization test.

B) Test of hot Soot Temperature Rise:

The hot-spot temperature shall be measured instead of state conditions at the rated reactive
power at an ambient temperature of 55°C by calibrated thern1ocouples placed at three
points betv,een units expected to be near the hottest spot. The hot spot temperature rise of
any unit to be delivered, detern1ined in this way must not exceed the declared value.

C) Endurance Test:
Some of the capacitor units will be subjected to endurance test according to (IEC 60871-2).

D) Routine Test:

The required routine tests are acc. to IEC 60871-1

- Capacitance measurements.
- Capacitor loss tangent (tan o) measurements.
- Voltage test between terminals.
- A.C. voltage test bet\veen terminal and container.
- Test of internal discharge device.
- Sealing test.

2) Tests On Controller:

The electronic reactive power multi-step capacitor controller for high voltage three phase
networks shall be tested in accordance to the latest IEC publication (IEC 60 688-1).

The. following tests are required:-

a) Response Time:

The test shall be caiTied out under ambient conditions (-2+55°C) and the auxiliary circuit
shall be energized for at least the preconditioning time unless it is energized from one of
the measuring quantities and is not separately accessible.

The response time shall be in accordance to that mentioned in the item of the sequence
time of operation of the Q-controller.

b) Continuous Excessive Inout:

All measuring circuits and auxiliai-y circuits of the control box shall be subjected to 120% ·
of the values assigned by the manufacturer for a period of 24 hours. All influence
quantities shall be maintained at their reference values. The power factor shall have its
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 18/20
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authoriry (NUCA) Chapter 11
6'" October Eastern Extensions ??Q/02/22 kV GIS S/S

nominal value. The controller shall comply with the requirements appropriate to its class
index.

c) Excessive Inputs of Short Duration:

The tests shall be made under ambient conditions.

Tl1e mputs
. l 11 b e aoo r1ed to th e contro 11,er as D
s1a ·o 11ows:-
l\1ultiplying No. of Duration of each Interval between
Factor Annlications application(s) successive annlications
Current 20 5 1 5 min
Voltage 2 10 1 10 sec.

The controller shall comply with the requirements appropriate to its class index.

d) Ripple Content of The Output:

The ripple content of the output shall not exceed 1% of the span, careful consideration
should be given to the selection of test equipment with regard to the rnaxilnuin-freque:[Link]
to be expected. // · ·· ..

e) Voltage Tests:
(
t
Insulation tests and other safety requirement will be as in IEC 61010-1.

Testing of safety requirements should be done for indicating and recordhig~electrical

measuring instrument and their accessories.

f) Impulse Voltage Tests:

Test voltage is± 5KV, l.2/50µs

In accordance to IEC 60 688-1 (General pmpose transducer) 521 class 0.5 and 2 alternating
cun-ent watt-hour meters.

After completion of the impulse voltage test, the controller shall comply with the
requirements appropriate to its class index.

g) Test For Temperature Rise:

This test shall be perfonned in according with clause 6.22 IEC 60 688-1.

h) Special Tests:
The manufacturer shall submit a test report to insure that the controller shall comply with
relevant limits of intrinsic error specified for their respective accuracy 1 for a period of one
year.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 19/20

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA.) Chapter l 1
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

3) Capacitor bank Functionin!!" Test:

One complete assembly of capacitor bank shall be tested at factory to insure and check the
functioning of different requiremen1s defined in the specification. The bidder shall sugges1
the testing method in the bid book.

4) Test After Erection of The Equipment:

The following tests will be perforn1ed by the purchaser, in the presence of manufacturer's
representative if the considers it necessary:-

Capacitor units are retested by applying a d.c voltage of 0.75 x 84.3 x UN for
10sec. between the tenninals.
- The capacitance of each capacitor unit (or units group) will be measured and
the test results corrected to +20°C (dielectric) are compared with the rating
plate values of the units.
The capacitance of each phase is measured.
- The temperature rise of the cubicle, at specified load.
- Functioning test for one week.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page20/20

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 12
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GiS SIS

CHAPTER TWELVE

MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCI-IGEAR SPECIFIC,.\TION

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 1/1 I

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 12
11
6 ' October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

CHAPTER TWELVE

A1EDJUM VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR SPECIFICATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clause Description Pacre

�

12.1 Work Description 3

12.2 Technical Specifications and Requirements

12.3 Wfring and Connections 8

12.4 Terminals 9

12.5 Protection 9

12.6 Measuring Instrument 10

12.7 Accessories 10

12.8 Submittals 10

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 2/11

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New lfrban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 12
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS SIS

CHAPTER TWELVE
MEDIUM: VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR SPECIFICATION

12.1. Work Description:

This specification defines the mmnnum technical requirements for
designing, fabricating, factory testing, delivering, loading unloading,
receiving at site, erection, site testing, putting into operation, insurance
till taking over and guarantee of 22 kV medinm voltage switchgear as
per attached single line diagram.
The 22kV switchgear shall withstand thennal and mechanical stresses
due to symmetrical 3 phase short circuit current 31 .5 kA /3 Sec. without.
adding any current limiting equipment. ·· ·

12.2. Technical Specifications and Requirements

12.2.1 Tvpe

The medium voltage switchgear shall be indoor metal clad type"-two

single busbar with sectionlizer, arc proof, with withdrawable circuit
breakers.
12.2.2 Cubicle Construction
[Link] The cubicle shall be of a modular type of construction assembled so as
to f01m homogeneous structure with enclosure protection IPSO. The
busbars, circuit breaker, instrument transformers and the control,
measuring and protection will be installed in separate steel enclosed
compartments. Pressure relief flaps should be provided for each
compartment. The circuit breaker units will be of the draw- out type;
when a circuit is withdrawn from its cubicle, Jive parts will be isolated
by metallic shutters covering the fixed contacts.

[Link] Grounded removable steel barriers shall be provided to create separate

compartments for: each C.B., each busbar, each set of cable sealing
ends and [Link], each L.V. panel.

[Link] Incoming and outgoing cables shall be accommodated at the rear of

each cubicle, provided with an earthing switch. Clamps should be used
for the fixation of power cables at the entrance point as well as
protective glands.

[Link] All incoming and outgoing cubicles shall be equipped with cable
potential tester to indicate the presence of voltage.

[Link] Each cubicle shall have on its front a mimic diagram showing the
control and operating switches as well as magnetic indicator to indicate
positions of circuit breaker and earthing switch.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 3/1 l

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 12
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/22i22 kV GIS S/S

[Link] DC supervision relay should be included in a!! cubicles.

[Link] Ancillary devices, such as control switches, indicating lamp etc. shall
be according to IEC standards, also identification labels.

[Link] The measuring instruments and control devices shall be mounted on a

hinged door of a cabinet, on the upper pait of the cubicle. The
protective relays, meters, tenninals and other secondary devices shall
be placed inside the cabinet.

[Link] Suitable interlocking devices shall be provided to prevent faulty

operations such as withdrawing of the circuit breaker when it is
switched on, closing of tht: earthing switches if the 22 kV cables are
alive and if the C.B is closed.

12.2.2.l0The sheet steel cells and all their metallic structures shall be painted
with a rust resisting primer, followed by two coats of heat treated paint.

[Link] Construction of the cubicles shall be of cold rolled steel sheet of not
less than 2 mm in thickness.

12.2.2.12All cubicles are separated by fire protection plates.

[Link] Shutters shall be provided to isolate automatically live parts when the
circuit breaker is withdrawn.

[Link] Cable end boxes and accessories shall be provided to accommodate

cables of different sizes.

[Link] Each cubicle shall be provided with the necessary heaters to reduce
internal humidity inside the cable and C.B compartments. Heaters are
controlied by humidistat.

[Link] Indication windows covered by a rigid transparent sheet s h a y / ~

provided. Ventilating openings shall be arranged adequately. /<",, · ·... ·.· ·•
f:
[Link] Structure shall be designed to enable the addition of future pJn~l~:

12.2.3 Circuit Breakers V \,

"-\~-:~\ ·-' ,___ / ,·+·' -,

[Link] The 22 kV withdrawable circuit breakers shall be of SF6 or vacuui1t-·-

type capable for interruption of sy1mnetrical short circuit current of
31.5 kA without adding any current limiting equipment.

[Link] The circuit breakers shall be provided with a direct mechanical

position indication visible on the front of the panel, to show whether

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 4/11

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority [Link]) Chapter 12
6th October Eastern Extensions ?.2012?./1'2 kV GlS S/S

the breaker is "ON" or "OFF" in the service, test and disconnected

positions.

[Link] Circuit breaker should be accommodated in its own compartment.

[Link] The circuit breaker operation shall be achieved by motor and manual
charged spring mechanism. The circuit breaker should have the
facility for switching on/off electrically and mechanically from the
front of the cubicle. Mechanical indication showing spring charging
status must be provided.

[Link] The CB shall meet the following requirements:

[Link].1 DC operating voltage

1) Tripping 220+10% and 220-30%

2) Closing 220+ 10% and 220-20%

[Link].2 .Anti pumping device shall be provided.

[Link].3 An aux. switch with not less than five (5) N.O contacts and five (5)
N.C contacts to be provided for owner use.

[Link].4 A counter shall reflect the number of operation cycles, which shall be
capable of counting at least 99999 C.O. operation cycles; it shall not be
possible to reset the counter.

[Link].5 Motor shall be protected by 2 poles MCB.

[Link].6 The closing spring shall be automatically charged immediately after

being discharged. A device for easy manual charging of the spring shall
be provided.

[Link].7 The auxiliary circuit shall be connected or disconnected by switch for

operating voltage with position ON and OFF.

[Link].8 A device that prevents closing with an incompletely charged closing

spring shall be provided.

[Link].9 Motors may be sized for intermitted operations, but shall be capable at
rated voltage to charge the spring ten successive times without
impennissible rise in temperature and without tripping the motor
protections.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 5/l I

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urb:m Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 12
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

[Link].10 SF6 gas circuit breaker has to be provided \vith gas density device to
indicate the gas pressure with tvm signal stages one for alarm and the
other for blocking the operation of the breaker.

[Link].11 Breaker shall have a manual trip push button which mechanicaliy
trips the breaker ,vith no common components with the electrical trip. It
shall not be possible to mechanically lock the trip mechanism of C.B.

[Link].12 Circuit breaker for incoming feeders and bus tie must have the
facility of ON/OFF electrically from the front of the cubicle and
remotely from the S/S control room - local / remote switch shall be
provided.

12.2.4 Busbars

[Link] The busbars shall be made of electrolyiic grade copper with rated
current 3150A. The phase shall be marked with red, yellow and blue
colors, and mounted on 1ibbed, cast resin post insulator sized to bear
the the1mal stress and electro dynamic forces resulting from 3 phase
short circuit Cl!lTent 31.5 kA for 3 sec without adding any current
limiting equipment.

[Link] The cross section of the busbar shall be designed for a [Link]
allowable temperature rise of 30°c, above an ambient temperature of
50 °C, Calculation shall be submitted for approval.

[Link] The busbar should be acco1mnodated in separate compartment.

[Link] Connection between bus and any other instrument shall be perfonned
using conductors encased in an insulated or heat shrinkable shroud.

[Link] The ground bus shall be erected along the entire length of the
switchgear at the bottom. It must be of electrolytic copper ,yith-a~.,.,..
suitable size. A stranded 185 111111 2 copper cable will be attycbed to
this bus at both ends. i · ·

12.2.5 Instruments Transformers (

[Link] Current transformers.
\."· ',
'•,,"
"'.... -~ ~
[Link].1 The current transfonners shall be of epoxy resin encapsulated design
on the three phases.
,

-~-
[Link].2 The primary and secondary windings of current transfom1er shall be
made of copper.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 6/11

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 12
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

[Link].3 The current transfo1111ers shall have separate secondaries for

metering and protection.

[Link].4 Accuracy for measuring core and protection core is specified as per
SLD and protection scheme.

[Link].5 Rated primary cu1Tent and rated secondary current are specified as
per SLD and protection scheme.

[Link].6 Rated burden for current transformer is specified as per protection

scheme.

[Link].7 The cU1Tent transfonners shall be accommodated in its own

compartment or may have the cable sealing end in its compaiiment.

[Link] Potential transformers

[Link].1 The potential transfonner shall be accommodated in withdrawable

truck.

[Link].2 The voltage transfonner shall be on the three phases. And shall be
protected by 22kV fuses. The secondary circuit shall be protected by
MCB with aux. contacts.

[Link].3 The voltage transformers shall be accommodated in separate cubicle,

this cubicle could be used as a raiser in future.

[Link].4 Voltage transformer may be also fixed with one load break switch

[Link].5 The windings of the voltage transformers (primary and secondary)

have to be made of copper.

[Link].6 The transformer burdens should be sufficient to feed the connected

instruments but not less than the specified burdens as per SLD and
protection scheme.

[Link].7 Voltage transfonner energized part is entirely encapsulated in an

epoxy resin, to provide both electrical insulation and mechanical
strength. ~-
Insulating materials should not generate toxic vapor or smoke iµ/c:ase ···. ··_. ··.
of fire. ; ''
r.
[Link] Accuracy class for measuring core and protective core are specified as
per SLD ai1d protection scheme. \' •.,

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 7/11

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 12
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/22122 kV GIS SIS

[Link].9 Rated primary voltage and rated secondary voltage are specified as
per SLD and protection scheme.

12.2.6 Surge Arrester

12.2.6.l Surge arrester shall be of Metal Oxide type and shall be sealed.

[Link] Insulators should be suitable color glazed porcelain/polymer type.

[Link] Nominal discharge cmTent is 10 kA.

12.3. Wiring and Connections

12.3.l Control and instrumentation wiring shall be 600/1000 V PVC insulated,

stranded copper conductors of size not less than 4 mm2 for current and
voltage transfonner wiring, 2.5 rnm2 for AC/DC power supply and
1.5 mm2 for other control and instrumentation wiring.

12.3.2 Extra flexible wires shall be used for coTu,ections to equipment on

hinged frames.

12.3 .3 All wiring shall be carried out without intermediate splicing. Flame
proof plastic "wiring ducts" shall be provided at sides and bottom of
panels to carry wiring vertically to terminal blocks. Ducts shall be
perforated and shall be provided with a detachable cover.

12.3.4 Wire ends shall be fitted with crimped type tenninals in which the end is
inserted along the full length of the tem1inal. Not more than one wire
shall be terminated on any one (1) stud or tenninal. Each tenninal point
on block shall be indelibly labeled in accordance with wiring
designations.

12.3.5 Incoming power supply to each panel shall be through dedicated circuit
breakers in such a maimer that supply to any one (1) panel can be
isolated from re~aining pa11els. All cubicle and control wiring s h a l ~ .
confonn to followmg color code: // · · · • ·

[Link] Red, yellow, blue - AC phase connections.

[Link] Green - Neutral connections either grounded or ungrounded.

[Link] Black - AC control wiring other than current a11d voltage transfonn~r ····-·-···· ·
c01mections in AC/DC circuits.

[Link] Grey - DC circuit (220V DC).

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 8/1 J

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 12
6'h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

[Link] A!! wire numbering shall be in accordance with a system approved by

owner.

12.4. Terminals
12.4. l Terminals blocks, socket and connection shall be provided to
acco1mnodate all circuits entering or leaving the panels and cubicles.
12.4.2 Tenninals shall be of screw type, unit construction, suitable for
mounting on a common bracket. Tenninals shall be rated for minimum
insulation class of 600 V. Tenninals with a disconnecting link shall be
provided to enable isolation of a circuit when necessary. Isolation of
current transfonner's circuit must short the circuit.
12.4.3 A minimum of twenty (20%) spare terminals shall be provided as spare
or future circuits. Terminals blocks shall be aiTanged vertically, mounted
at sides of cubicle and set towards rear so that ferrule numbers may be
easily read. Tenninals shall be grouped and labeled according to their
duty by strips securely attached to each terminal block.
12.4.4 Fenules identified with appropriate wire numbers shall be fitted at both
ends of each wire within pa..TJ.e!s and cubicles.
12.4.5 Terminals should be fire resistant.

12.5. Protection

12.5.1 Protection relays are numerical microprocessor based with multi

characteristics.

12.5.2 Relays ai·e equipped with self monitoring alann system, especially for
DC supply and abnonnal level of DC voltage.

12.5.3 Incoming 22 kV bays protection

[Link] Multi-stage three phase directional over current protection with

time lag characteristics as backup protection for 22 kV outgoing
feeder faults and cascade tripping of the main power transformer in
case of incomer breaker tripping fail.
[Link] Zero sequence voltage detector with definite
characteristics for alanning.
12.5 .3 .3 Trip circuit supervision. (
[Link] Lock out relay

12.5.4 Bus tie & outgoing 22 kV feeders protection

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 9/1 I
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 12
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS S/S

[Link] Three phase over current with time lag characteristics.

[Link] Trip circuit supervision.

12.5.5 Auxiliary transformers protection

[Link] 111ree phase over current with time lag.

[Link] Trip circuit supervision.

12.6. Measuring Instruments

12.6. l Ammeter shall be digital type, class 0.5

12.6.2 Voltmeter shall be digital type, class 0.5
12.6.3 Energy meters shall be digital type, class 0.5
12.6.4 Each cubicle shall include the following instruments at least:-

[Link] Incoming feeders

[Link].1 Three ammeters.

[Link].2 One voltmeter with 7-positions selector switch.
[Link].3 KWh and kVARh meter.

[Link] Outgoing feeders and Aux. transformer feeders

[Link].1 Three ammeters.

[Link].2 3-Ph KW and kV.-'\R meters with max. demand.
[Link].3 3-Ph KWh and kVARh meters with max. demand.

[Link] Bus-Tie

[Link].l One voltmeter with 7 position selector switch for each bus bar to
measure phase and line voltage.

[Link].2 Three aimneters.

12.7. Accessories

[Link] Any necessary equipment required for the assembly of separate

cubicles into one switchboard, and any other tools necessaiy for the
operation and maintenance of the M.V. switchgear, must be provided.

12.8. Submittals

12.8.1 Supplier shall submit with his offer in a bound fonn and under serial
number all the drawings and catalogues sufficient to explain their offer.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 10/11

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Nevv Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 12
61h October Eastern Extensions 220112/22 kV GiS SIS

12.8.2 The drawings and catalogues shall include but not limited to the
following:
[Link] Detailed catalogue, pamphlets and description necessary to explain the
constructional features and function characterization of the different
apparatus [Link] are offering.
[Link] Layout of the supplied equipment with sections.
[Link] Type test report.
[Link] Single line diagram.
~ ~

[Link] Layout of complete switchgear.

[Link] Outline drawings of components.
[Link] Sections showing the compartments.
[Link] Foundation details.
[Link] Control schematic.
[Link] Wiring diagrams.
[Link] Interlocking schematics.
[Link] A full description of the quality controls used in manufacture.
[Link] Manufacturer's brochures.
[Link] Full parts list.
[Link] Detailed test program and procedures for field testing, including
method oftest, proposed test circuit and acceptable test levels.
12.8.2.i6 Reference list for the offered type.
[Link] Test reports, operation and maintenance manuals.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 11/11

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 13
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS S/S

SECTION THIRTEEN

VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING,

FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEil1S

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 1/17

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 13

�.1
f: 1h
6 October Eastern Extensions '220/22/22 kV GIS S/S
·.

SECTION THIRTEEN

VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING & FIRE PROTECTION

AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
CONTENTS

Item Description Pacre

!:>

13.1 Ventilation and air conditioning systems

13.1.1 General.
13.1.2 Design conditions. 4
13.1.3 Quality Assurance 5
13.1.4 Noise levels 5
13.1.5 Fabrication 6
13.1.6 Spare parts 8
13.1.7 Submittals 8
13.2 Fire alarm and fire protection of substation. 8
13.2.1 General 8

13.2.2 Fire alarm system design. 9

[Link] Detectors 9
[Link] Alarm signal devices 10
[Link] Cables and interconnections 10
[Link] Pmver supplies 11
[Link] Fire alarm control panel 11
[Link] Submittals 11

13.3 Fire protection of substation buildings. 12

13.4 Portable fire fighting equipment. 12
13.5 Fire Fighting of Transformer 12
13.6 Submittal 16
13.7 Transformer fire fighting system tests 16

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page2/17

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter J3
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS S/S

SECTION THIRTEEN

VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING & FIRE

PROTECTION
AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

13.1. VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS

13.1.1. General:
A) Ventilation is the process of supplying air to or removing air from a space
by mechanical fans means. Such air may or may not be conditioned.

b) Air conditioning is the process of treating air to control its temperature,

humidity or contaminant levels to meet the requirements of the
conditioned space.

c) The ventilation and air conditioning system shall guarantee correctly

operation of all installed substations up to maximum enviromnental
conditions. The whole system shall be capable of maintaining
enviromnental conditions which will not exceed maximum admissible
temperature of indoor equipment.

d) The substation air conditioning and ventilation systems shall be designed

and installed in accordance with the following EUS: Electricity Utility
Specification (National Standards):-
'
L - E26 [Ventilation and Air conditioning systems (H.V.A.C)].

- E24 (Fire detection and alarm system)

- E27 (Grounding systems)

The system includes the following:

- Air conditioning system split units.

- Suction and exhaust fans.

- Filters.

Sizing of the air conditioning and supply & exhaust fans should be in
accordance with the volume of the rooms, the essential loads & their
characteristics and the climatic conditions of the site.
e) The system shall be connected to power supply rated 380/220 ±5% volts
50 Hz, three phase, four wire with solidly eaiihed neutral.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 3/J 7

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter J3
6 th October Eastern Extensions 22012.2i21 kV GIS S/S

13.1.2. Desizn Condition:

a) Positive pressure is required for switchgears, cable basement, corridors

and staircases.
b) Negative pressure is required for battery rooms, store, workshop,
Auxiliaries Transformers, kitchen, F/F, Pump room and toilets. B(\th--·-.
cases of positive and negative pressures shall keep minimum numbei of
air changes per hour as specified in Section 2. ·
r
c) Ambient Conditions:
Dry bulb temperature 46 °C. \,·,.
d) The air conditioning syGtem shall be designed to be capable to maintain··,---
inside the conditioned spaces the following conditions:
Inside conditions: Offices Electronic Others room

Dry bulb temperature 22 -° C -----·-20 ° C 25 °C

Relative humidity 50% ±5% 40% ±5% 78%±5%

The design and cooling calculations shall be based on reconunendation of

(ASHRAE) handbook fundamentals and the design condition mentioned
inEUS-E26.

e) Ventilation system shall keep inside temperature below the maxnnum

temperature at which the equipment operate.

f) Ventilation system and air conditioning shall be automatically shutdown

as soon as the fire alarm system had been initiated and the control panel
receives a signal from it.

g) Staircases shall be separated in case of fire by suitable fans and/or air

curtains to facilitate personnel escape.

h) Control / relay room, Teleco1mnunication room, AC/DC, 22 kV hall,

guard room and offices shall be air conditioned by split type air
conditioning units.

i) Air conditioning units shall be sized so that the space temperature does
not exceed the above mentioned requirements and not larger than 115%
of the total cooling load at the design conditions.

j) Unless otherwise specified for specific places all mechanically ventilation

should be served by both supply and exhaust fans.

k) Ventilation system shall supply fresh air to buildings and rooms through
sand traps and filters.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 4/17
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 13
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

1) Roof mounted and all units (CO.U) should be shaded.

m) The type of the air conditioning split units for substation shall be
convenient to the zone of the substation location and from the best quality
manufacturer. The manufacturer should be approved by the owner

n) One fan (supply or exhaust) shall be provided for the control building and
FIF, Pump room as standby

13.1.3. Oualitv Assurance:

[Link]. Applicable codes and standards

The air conditioning and ventilation systems in this specification shall
comply with the latest editions of relevant publications of international
standards or American standards and codes of practice.

Ventilation and air conditioning shall comply with:

EUS: Electricity Utility specification.
ASHRAE: American society of heating, refrigerating and air
conditioning engineers.
NFPA: National fire protection association
NFP A - 90A "installation of air conditioning and
ventilation system"
IEC : Standard.
ASTM: American society of testing material.
NEBB: National Environmental balancing bureau.

[Link]. Alternative Codes and Standards

The supplier may propose alternative codes and standards provided it is
demonstrated that they give an equivalent of quality as referenced
codes and standards. Acceptability of any alternative codes or
standards is at discretion of the purchaser.

[Link]. Precedence of Codes and Standards

In cases of conflic'< bet,veen these specifications and any of the
referenced codes and standards, the following order of precedence-shall
apply:- /// '•.,.
This specification. I ·
EUS specification. {
IEC recommendations. t
Referenced codes and stai,dards. \(:'
Acceptable alternative codes and standards. ·•,

13.1.4. Noise Levels:

The sound attenuation and vibration control equipment, associated with
air conditioning and ventilation installation shall be selected to ensure that
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 5/17
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 13
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

the noise level do not exceed 60 dB.

13.1.5. Fabrication:

Fans shall have high efficiency.

Supply & exhaust fans shall have a specified static pressure (SP) with
maximum speed (r.p.m) selected according to referenced codes and
standards.

Capacities of fans shall be in accordance with the design calculations.

Fans shall have direction of rotation or discharge direction arrangements
to suit space conditions.

All fans shall fulfill the specified requirements without producing

excessive noise anywhere in the building.

All fan outlets shall be fitted with gravity shutters and wire mesh screen
to prevent the entrance of insects, dusty air and rain water

Louvers and/or ducts shall be used wherever, needed for the areas
ventilated by fans.

All fan systems shall be controlled by main control board (MCB). Fans
shall shut down when main control board receives a signal from fire
alarm system.

[Link]. Ventilation and air conditioning:

[Link].1. Control / Relav room, Telecommunication, AC/DC rooms, and

offices
Temperature and humidity control are required.
Control / relay room, Telecommunication room and offices shall be air
conditioned by ceiling diffuser type air conditioning units.
Air conditioning units shall be sized so that the space temperature does
not exceed the required inside conditions mentioned in item (11.1.2.).
One extra unit shall be provided for the control/ relay room as standb~-
One extra unit shall be provided for the Telecommunication,.+;;om. as
standby. /
One extra unit shall be provided for the AC/DC room as standb~
\
\1
[Link].2. 22 kV hall& Guard Room: \
Temperature control is required, this will be done by:

One split unit extra shall be provided for the 22 kV hall as standby.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 6/17

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 13
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS SiS

220 kV GIS switchgear buildings:

Temperature control is required. This will be done by (supply fans shall
be fitted at lower levels in the hall & gravity shutter shall be located at the
highest level in the hall) in order to maintain proper air circulation.
One extra fan shall be provided for the 220 kV system (standby).

[Link].3. Batterv Room

Temperature and chemical concentration control are required.
Battery room shall be ventilated by means of two system each system
contain of one supply & one exhaust fans.
It is important to maintain the average ambient room's temperature less
than 25°C (77°F).
Fans should be arranged so that one is operating at full flow and the other
is on stand-by. Airflow sensor shall be installed to initiate an alann when
running fan become inoperative and the stand-by fans will be
automatically started upon failure of the nonnally running fan. Each fan
shall have an independent failure alarm.
Fans shall be located at the highest level in the room and all exhaust air
shall be discharged outside the building.
Supply and exhaust fans should be spark roof, antialka!ine & antiacid~
motor and blades of fans and frames to be antiacid as well.
Fan motors must be outside battery room. /
f
'I •
[Link].4. Store, Corridors and workshop: \,
Temperature control are required, this can be done by forced ve11tilation
by supplying air from the filtered air supply fans and exhaust fans unitt .
Two extra fans supply and exhaust shall be provided for the store and-·
workshop as standby as per active system.

[Link].5. Auxiliaries Transformers:

Temperature control is required. This will be done by exhaust fan and
duct, grill.
One extra fan shall be provided for the auxiliaries transformers as
standby.

[Link].6. Fire fighting room and Pumping room:

Temperature control is required. This will be done by exhaust fan and
grill.
One extra fan shall be provided for the F/F room as standby.
One extra fan shall be provided for the pump room as standby.

[Link]. 7. Basement:
The basement will be ventilated by forced [supply and exhaust] fans
provided with fixed wire mesh screen.
Extra fans (supply + exhaust) shall be provided for the basement as
standby as per active system.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 7/17

Volume 2: Teclmical Specifications Rev. (0)
 Ne\v Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 13
6 th October Eastern [Link] 220/22/22 kV G1S S/S

[Link].8. WC & Kitchen:

Temperature control are required.
Kitchen and WC shall be provided with sufficient ventilation by exhaust
fans.
It is important to maintain the ambient room temperature at least 5°C
below the outside ambient temperature.

[Link].9. Other Areas in control building:

Temperature control is required.
All other area is the control building will forced ventilated by supply and
exhaust fans.

[Link]. Filter For Ventilation And Air conditions Svstem

Filters with high efficiency shall be used to reduce the diJ.i content of the
air supplied to the different areas and to keep equipment on a clean
environment.
Filters percent efficient shall be determined by the dust spot test specified
in ASHRAE standard 52.
Filters shall be a drawer washable type and re-used.
Sand traps shall be provided for all suction openings as well as the needed
course and fine fitters as specified in EUS E-26.

13.1.6. SPARE PARTS: / ,

List of manufacturer's rec01mnended spare parts shall be included in

addition to spare parts requested by purchaser (if required). I
\\ i

13.1.7. SUBl\1ITTALS: \ '('__

Drawings, material and equipment submittals shall include:

Complete design analysis incorporating the cooling loads calculations,

selection of required equipment. ·
A ventilation schedule on the drawing listed the total supply air for each
area as per pressure static.
Schedules, perfonnance curves, cha1is, instruments, diagrams, catalogues
and any other infommtion's necessary to demonstrate the requirements,
operation of a complete system and the compliance to specification
requirements as well as codes standards.
The infonnation shall also include the nan1e and address of the nearest
services and maintenance organization that regularly stock repair parts.
A complete electrical connection diagrams for each electrically controlled
components having control device shall also be submitted.

13.2. FIRE ALARM AND FIRE PROTECTION OF SUBSTATION:

13.2.1. General
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 8/17
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chupter 13
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220i22/22 kV GIS S/S

1) In order that an outbreak of fire inside buildings to be rapidly discovered,

the substation shall be equipped with an automatic fire alann device
monitoring the following zones:-
- Switchgear buildings.
- The Centro! building.
- Cable ducts and basement.

2) The fire alann devices monitor all spaces in the building concerned.

3) In the event out of an outbreak being discovered, a fire alann signal is to

be:
- Transmitted locally in all buildings.
- Transmitted to a monitoring center or such like.

4) Fire alann and fire protection shall be designed and installed to comply
with the latest editions of national and international standards and codes
of practice including:-
EUS (E24, E25, E26).
NFP A: National fire protection association.
IEC: International Electromechanical Commission.
BS: British Standard
IEEE - 979 guide for substation fire protection.

[Link] Alarm Svstem Design

It shall be in accordance with EUS-E24, E26. In addition the following
technical specifications shall be fulfilled:-

[Link]. Detectors:
The detectors installation will include.
- Ionized smoke detectors.
- Optical smoke detectors.
- Heat detectors.
- Duct smoke detector (if applicable).

Smoke detectors should be sited so that the sensing element is not less
than 25 mm not more than 600 1mn below the ceiling or roof, if a
protected space has a pitched or northern light roof, then smoke detectors
should be installed in each apex.

Heat detectors should be sited so that the sensitive element is not less than
25 1mn not more than 150 1mn below the ceiling or the roof.

Under flat horizontal ceiling and corridors more than 5 m wide, the
maximum horizontal distance for point type smoke detectors should not
exceed 7 .5 m and 5.3 m for heat detectors.

If the passage of smoke or hot gas is blocked by an obstruction on the

Electric Power Systems EngineeJing Company Exhibit D Page 9/17
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 13
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS SIS

ceiling such as beam, the following shall be followed:

a. Beams have a depth greater than 150 mm but less than 10% of the ceiling
height than the maximum horizontal distance between any point in the
area and the nearest detector shall be decreased by twice the depth of the
beams.

b. Beams have a depth greater than 10% of the ceiling height in this case the
area either side of the obstruction shall be considered as a separate rooms.

c. Beams have a depth less than 150 mm. This can be ignored.

[Link]. Alarm Signal Devices

For purposes of alann signaling, the building are to be equipped with
the requisite signaling devices, emitting clearly identifiable signal in
the event of an outbreak of fire.

a. Manual call points

Manual call points shall be well illuminated, free from obstruction----an~d-"".

provided in the following places:- . /' "
a) At all exit routes from the building. /
b) Near the central fire alann control panel.
c) In easily accessible, conspicuous positions 1
d) The maximum distance between manual call points shall not\~xceed 30
meters, they shall be mounted at 1.4 m above floor level. ·
..
•

b. Sounders:
Sounders shall be electronic type.
Sound level shall be a minimum of 65dB, or 5 dB above any
background noise likely to exceed 30 seconds.
The number of the fire aiarm sounders shall be sufficient to
produce the sound level recommended with at least two sounders.
All sounders throughout the building must produce a similar
sound.
The sounders shall be a1Tanged in at least two separate circuits.
One sounder shall be mounted in the control room.

[Link]. Cables and Interconnections:

Fire resisting cables are reco1mnended for all parts of the fire alarm
system, including the main supply cables.
Conductors carrying fire alann power or signals should be segregated
from conductors used for other systems.
All cables shall be installed in conduit with separate Junction boxes
labeled "fire alann".
All circuit conductors shall be identified with red tap within each
enclosure where a tap, splice or termination is made.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 10/17
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 Nev,, Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 13
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/2?/22 kV GJS S/S

Connections to the mains should be via an isolating protective device its

cover should be red and be labeled "fire alann do not switch off.

[Link]. Power Supplies

Two power supplies are required i.e. main and standby supplies.

The main supply for the fire alann control panel shall be derived from the
main AC board.

Standby supply will be usually from batteries with automatic chargers.

These batteries are normally built into the fire alann control panel.

Standby batteries must be sufficient to operate the entire system without

the main for at least 24 hours after which sufficient capacity should
remain to provide an evacuation alann sounders in all zones for at least 30
minutes.

Batteries must have an expected life of at least 4 years - automotive type

batteries must not be used.

The battery charger shall be completely automated with high/ low

charging rate.

Batteries can be charged sufficiently after a charging period of 24.hours7>..

./".. . ..

Both batteries and charger shall be located in fire alarm contr;ol panel.

[Link]. Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) i

\
The fire alann control panel shall be of the addressable ty~e equipped
with all features necessary to perfonn the required function. · ··· • ,

FACP shall be located in the control room.

The ventilating system shall be automatically shut down (fans, dampers)

as soon as the fire alarm control panel received a fire signal.

[Link]. Submittals
In addition to EUS - E 24 clause 8 the following submittals shall be
provided after award of contract:-
!. Wiring diagrams showing connections between all system components.
2. Description of system operation.
3. Annunciator schedule showing titles for each fire alarm and supervisory
zone.
4. Manufacturer's literature marked to show model and catalogue the
number of equipment.
5. Manufacture's installation instructions, operations and maintenance
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 11117
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Commw1ities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 13
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SiS

instructions.
6. A complete layout of the entire system including conduit routing, conduit
sizes, wire sizes and types.
7. Battery sizing calculations indicating circuit loading and power supply
loading, voltage drop calculations shail be submitted for all notification
appliance circuits.

13.3. FIRE PROTECTION OF SUBSTATION BUILDINGS

It shall conform to the requirements of the Egyptian electricity utility
specifications EUS- E25.

13.4. PORTABLE FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPI\1ENT

1) Substation shall be equipped with
a) 20 PCs portable fire extinguishers of CO 2 type, in a steel bottles not less
than 12 [Link] 2, and distributed as the following:-
- 4 PCs in the 220 & 66 kV building.
- 3 PCs in the control building
- 2 PCs in 22 kV hall.
- 6 PCs in [Link].e basement
- One PC for each of 1) guard house, 2) the Transformer fire fighting,
room, 3) Pump room, 4) work shop and 5) store room.
b) 6 PCs in fire extinguishers of "Powder" type, in a steel bottles not less
than 50 kg
c) 30 PCs self fire extinguishers of "Powder" type, in a steel bottles
operating at 686C and cover circuit area of diameter 6 meter.
d) 2 PCs self fire extinguishers of "Powder" type, in a steel bottles with
sensitive hose.
2) In addition to the firefighting equipment stated above (Five) mobile fire
fighting trailers each should be equipped with the following:-
- Two CO2 steel bottles each contains 30 kg of CO2 with quick
opening and closing valves.
- High pressure rubbers hose, twelve meters long. /--::·
- Trailers should have two wheels with pneumatic rubber:fues and' all
• I
necessary accessories.
(
13.5. TRANSFORMERS FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM: \\;,'.
"¼ :-
,
.>''.
,
:

[Link]:
'""-~
-•··> · ·¼~: ..
, ,:)

The scope include the design, manufacture, testing, transportation to

site, supervision of installation, field testing, commissioning,
insurance till handing over and guarantee of complete (1)
firefighting system for 3 x 125 MVA plus one future transformers as
specified.

[Link] Protection Svstem of Transformers:

[Link]. Transformers shall be separated from each other or regulating units by

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 12/17
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 13
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

fire proof walls.

[Link]. In order to prevent or reduce a fire in case of oil spill, transformer oil
collection pits shall be provided.

[Link]. The transfonners station shall be equipped with an efficient fire

detection and extinction systems.

[Link]. The transfonners station shall be equipped with an efficient fire

fighting equipments, completed with deluge valves, line strainers with
stop valves, drains and vents, pneumatic release system, activating
system for the hydrant, heat detectors header and nozzles, piping, ... etc.

[Link]. The fire fighting systems shall instantaneously act as soon as fire staii
to open the spray hydrant to extinguish the fire in a shortest possible
time. The fire protection systems shall be suitable for manual aI1d auto-
operation.

[Link]. The manual operation is carried out with an excitation valve in the
valve station.

[Link]. The auto operation of the system is achieved by a separate excitation

pipe line, which is filled with compressed air, which will release its
pressure in case of fire. Due to the sudden drop of pressure, the valve
station is released and the water for extinguishing the fire is spraye/cLon~~....
the transfonners immediately through all nozzles. The SY$1:e)n is
provided with double knock operation to prevent false operatiofi. ·
'
13.5.3. FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM:
\
\
\
. ,,' ,, :
-[Link]. Each Transfonner station shall be equipped with an ~fj:icient
firefighting equipment complete with pressurized water tank ·with:.-~·
capacity not less than 40 ni3 for 220/22/22 kV transforn1ers.

[Link]. In case of a fire in any transfonners the fire detection system shall
instantaneously come into action isolating the transformer by tripping
the transfonner circuit breakers and put the fire extinction system into
action.

[Link]. The number of the11110 element detectors shall not be less than 12 for
220/22/22 kV transfonners and shall be suitable to the transfonners
size and shall be mounted at the cover level of the transfonners.

[Link]. The detectors shall detect at every moment ai1 abnonnal temperature
rise generated by a fire on the tank, the tenninal or even on the
transfo1mer bed.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page J3/J 7

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (OJ
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 13
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22122 kV GIS SIS

[Link]. The detectors shall be designed and equalized such that they do not
operate at slow temperature rise which may occur due to variation of
ventilation, variation load, solar beam, etc.

[Link]. The design of the detectors shall ensure complete security, such that it
will not operate due to any reason except fire, and complete
dependability in case of fire.

[Link]. The detectors shall be series mounted by a fire resistance electric cable
which is connected to a detection unit.

[Link]. The detectors shall be of simple, steady inspect vibration proof

moisture acid resistant construction.

[Link]. Provision shall be made for a guard current following through the
detectors, interruption of the gnard current due to break of the elements
series connecting cable or loose terminal shall activate an audible and
visible alann signal at the detection unit of the equipment, indicating
interruption of guard current.

[Link]. This signal must not activate the extinction system and the signal can
be used for blocking of the extinction system on request.

[Link]. In order to prevent the activation of the system due to false indication,
the detection system is doubled with one piping system pressurized by
air and with thenno activated nozzles and with one electric
differential thermo activated system. The water spray system is
activated only when fire detection signal is given from the two
detection systems at the same time. Activated system as in A or B
below shall be indicated in a central unit and activates the a~ea-firee-,....,
alarm signal ./.:

[Link]. The fire protection system shall be suitable for manual and auto
operation.
\

[Link] EXTINGUISH SYSTEM:

13 .5 .4.1. In order to extingnish a fire in the shortest possible time the

transformer · shall be provided with a high velocity water spray
system. The water spray system can either be provided as a
conventional system with water in tubes and crown, pressure on and
closed spray nozzles (system A) or as an empty system with open
spray nozzles(system B). Any provided system shall fulfill the
regulations in:
• High velocity Water Spray system for Transfonner, system Design
and Installation instructions (Automatic Sprinkler Corp. of
America 1973).
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Ex.1ibit D Page 14/17
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority ([Link]) Chapter 13
6'1, October Eastern Exrensions 220/22/22 kV G!S SIS

NFPA 15 \X/ater Spray Fixed systems for Fire Protection

<>
1982(National Fire Protection Association Inc. USA).
[Link]. Systern(A) consists of three crowns of tubes surrounding the
periphery of the transfonner at suitable distance apaii
" The crowns shall be supported and held in place by a fixed pipe
aiTangement, and the part cif the crown at the side of the running
rail shall be disconnectable, safety clearance should be kept
between pipes and high voltage paiis.
• Two of the three crowns shall be fixed at the height of the
transformer cover and the other at a height straight above the
transformer bed.
o The crowns shall consist of prefabricated pa1is which are hot dip
galvanized after forming and mounting on spot without dainaging
the galvanization.
• Each crown shall be equipped with judiciously directed spray
nozzles having sufficient number to ensure complete flooding and
coverage of the transfonner by means of sprayed water.
[Link]. System (B) consists of tubes, pipes and nozzles arrangements as in
above. When a fire is detected a deluge valve is opened and the whole
system with its open spray nozzles is activated. In order to prevent the
activation of the system due to false indication, the detection system
is doubled ·with one piping system pressurized by air and with thermo
activated nozzles and with one electric differential thenno activated
system. The water spray system is activated only when fire detection
signal is given from the two detection system at the saine time.
Activated systems as above shall be indicated in a central unit and
activates t.1-ie area fire alarm signal.
[Link]. Automatic deluge valve assembly should be complete with pressure
switches, pressure gauges, drain and test valve, site drainage system,
etc. site drainage system should be designed to clear the water
discharged from the drain and test valve during periodi9rt,ests>, ' /

Automatic deluge valve assembly should be protected /from the

adverse environmental conditions. /, •
I'
[Link] SUPPLY: \ ,
\1 .
\'
[Link]. The water supply shall consist of a storage vessel put under.,pxf:;sure
by pressurized Air. ~~/

[Link]. The water pressure shall meet the requirements of efficient operation
of the spraying nozzles.

[Link]. The water storage vessel shall be galvanized pre- proved by a

qualified orgai1ization at a pressure not less than 150% of the
operating pressure. The capacity of the storage vessel shall be
sufficient to maintain flooding of transfonners or reactor for no less
L'lan stated in the regulations.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 15/17
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 13
6'" October Eastern Extensions 2?0/?2/?? kV GIS S/S

[Link]. The storage vessel shall be equipped with filling inlet, discharge
outlet, discharge pipe in direction of compressed air.

[Link]. The water pressure system shall have jockey pump sufficient to
charge the water vessel to the specified pressure within a time not
more than (3) three hours. The jokey pump shall not be less than 10
1113/hr for 220/22/22 kV transformers.

[Link]. Primary water tank shall be hot dip galvanized at less than 1000 liter.

[Link]. One compressor system (with two heads & two motors) and Two
Jockey pump shall be provided for each transformer to be one system
in operation and the other as [Link]. The compressed air vessel of
the compressor shall not be less than lO00L Letter size for 220/22/22
kV transformers. Each system shall have its own control, protection
power supply etc, and will be adjusted on operation mode or, standby
mode by a selector switch.

[Link]. Push buttons for manual operation shall be completely secured

against an unauthorized operation a..'1d accidental system operation.

[Link]. Technical specifications for systems components and mounting as

stated. in the regulations shall be submitted with tender.

[Link]. The water of frre fighting system shall be supplied from the main
water tank and will be included in scope ofF.F work. f,,/~---
_/'

13.6. SUBMITTALS . ;
Submit drawings, design, calculation, test rep01is and literaturJ peiiaining
to specified items. Submittals shall include but not limi\ed to the
following: \ ·
- "" ·~",,.
·--~,,~
a) With Elevender:
1. Reference list of all components of each system.
2. Schedules, performance curves, charges, instruments, diagrams,
catalogues and any other information necessary to demonstrate the
requirements, operation of a complete system and compliance to
specification requirements as well as codes and standards.
3. A complete electrical connection diagrams for each electrically
controlled components having control device shall also be
submitted.
4. A complete detailed calculations for H.V.A.C system
5. Others which are required by the tender documents.

b) At the design and erection stages:

1. Detailed design, calculation and aiTangements of each system.
2. Samples and catalogues of the components of the systems.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 16/17
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 13
6'" October Eastern Extensions 270/22/22 kV GIS SIS

3. Erection drawings of the systems.

4. Operation and maintenance drawings and manuals.
5. Others which are required by contractor and the owner.
6. Tests ce1iificates to the pressurized steel tank from the manufacturer/
supplier for each of:
a) Painting materials.
b) X-ray welding.
c) Pressure up to (15) bar for 24 hours.
7. Air tank with at least lOOOL for 220/22/22 kV transformers.
8. Primary water tank shall be hot dip galvanized 8.t less than 1000 L.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 17/J7

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6 th October Eastern Extensions 22on2112 kV GJS SIS

CHAPTER FOURTEEN

QUALITY ASSURANCE AND TESTS

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 1/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

CHAPTER FOURTEEN

QUALITY ASSURANCE AND TESTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clause Description Page

14-1 General

14-2 Gas Insulated Metal-Enclosed Switchgear GIS Tests 22

14-3 Testing and Inspection of Steel Structure 38
14-4 Tests on Circuit Breakers 41
14-5 Tests on Disconector / Earthing Switch 44
14-6 Tests on Conductors and Insulators 46
.-('·

f'?
.. 14-7 Tests on Cu1Tent Transformers 50 t{
Iii" :"
I ,, -J
.•
t.t 14-8 Tests on Inductive Voltage Transformer 52
14-9 Tests on Lightning [Link] 54
14-10 Tests on M.V. Switchgear 56

14-11 Tests on Auxiliary Transformers 57

14-12 Testing of Transformer Neutral Point Equipment 59
14-13 Testing of Control Panels 65

,I,,.., 14-14 Tests on 66 kV Cables 67

i
'L,,,!;
14-15 Tests on accessories for 66 kV Cables 71
14-16 Tests on MV Cables 73
14-17 Tests on Low Voltage Eequipment 77

Li
14-18 Tests on Capacitor Banks 79
14-19 Tra.1sformer Fire Fighting System Tests 82
14-20 Power Transformer Factory Test 84
14-21 Transformer Site And Commissioning Tests
14-22 Telecommunication Tests
./

/.
,/•'.,
,. .j "' -·>',.
ii:::\�
i
l!
u
Ll

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD ---� 'Page 2/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS SIS

CHAPTER FOURTEEN

Qualitv Assurance And Tests

14-1) General

I. Oualitv Assurance

1.1 All material shall comply with and shall be manufactured and tested in
accordance with requirements and the latest editions of relevant
publications of the international electro-technical commission. Where no
IEC publication has been issued to cover a particular subject then a
recognized national standard with same or higher quality shall be applied
and approved by the owner.

Equipment provided under this specification shall conform to the

applicable codes and standards of the following:

IEC - International Electrco-technical Commission

• IEC 62271-703 for gas insulated metal enclosed switchgear.
" IEC 60044-1,IEC 60044-2, IEC 60694, and BS 3938 for current
and voltage transformers.
• IEC 60060 high voltage test techniques.
" IEC 60076 power transfonners.
• IEC 60099-4, IEC 60099-1, IEC 60099-5, IEC 60517 and IEC
60694 for Metal Oxide Surge An·esters, and additional tests for
the SF6 cencapsulated types when required.
• IEC 60137 bushings .
• IEC 60214 on-load tap-changers .
• IEC 60270 partial discharge measurements .
• IEC 62271-100, IEC 62271-101, IEC 60694 and IEC 62271-110
for the circuit breakers.
.. IEC 62271-102, IEC 60694 and IEC 60265 for HV Disconnectors
and Earth Switches.
.. IEC 62271-200, IEC 60694 and IEC 60270 for the switchgear
and control gear.
• IEC 60296 specification for new insulating oil for transfonners
and switchgear. ~----
• IEC 60354 Loading guide for oil i1m11ersed tranffoni1ers
I
.
~

• IEC 60529 classification of degrees of protfction provided by

enclosures.
L
• IEC 60289 Reactors .
Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD ···-~.. ~· -Page·J/90
Volume 2: Technical Specifications ·,.~Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS S/S

e IEC 60551, IEC 60076-10 (2001). measurement of transformer

sound levels.
IEC 60616 terminal and tapping markings for power
transformers.
" IEC 60044-1 Current transfonners.
• IEC 60616 Tenninal and tapping markings for power
transformers.

In addition to that the steel structures provided under this specification

shall conforn1 to the applicable codes and standards of:-
ECP - Egyptian code of practice.
IEC - International Electrotechnical C01m11ission.
IEC 60652 - loading tests on overhead line towers.
DIN 17100
B.S 2910 - Methods for radio graphic examination of fusion butt
joint.
B.S 4872 - Part 1: Fusion welding of steel.
B.S 4360 - Structural steel.
B.S c Code of practice 3 structural steel.
B.S 4232 - Specifications of surface finish of blast cleaned steel for
painting.
B.S 3643 - ISO metric screw threads.
B.S 3692 - ISO precision hexagon bolts, screws and nuts.
ISO 1459 - Metallic coatings - protection against corrosion by hot
dip. Galvanizing guiding principles.
ISO 1460 Metallic coatings - hot dip. Galvanizing coatings ferrous
-
materials.
ISO 2174 - Non - magnetic coatings on magnetic substrate-
measurement of coating thickness.
ISO 752 - Zinc ingots.
ASTM Al52 - Zinc coating ( hot dip) on iron and steel hardware
/'/~STM A 307 - Carbon steel externally threaded standard
// fasteners.
ASTM A 325 - High strength bolts for structural steel joints.
( ASTM A 123 - Specification for zinc (hot- galvanized) coatings
\\ . on products fabricated from rolled, pressed and
forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strips.
A 153 - Standard specification for zinc coating (hot-dip)
on iron and steel hard ware.
ASTM A 239 - Standard test method for locating the [Link] spot
in a zinc (Galvanized) coating on iron or steel
articles by the preece test (copper suiphate dip).
ASTM A 385 - Recommended practice for providing high quality
zinc coating (hot - dip).

L Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 4190

Volume 2: Teclmical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/21/22 kV GJS SIS

Alternative Codes and Standards

The bidder may propose alternative codes and standards provided it is

demonstrated that they give at least an equivalent degree of quality as
the referenced codes and standards. Acceptability of any alternative
code or standard is at discretion of the owner engineer.

1.2 In cases of conflict between this specification and any of the referenced
codes and standards, the following order of precedence shall apply:-

1- This specifications and Egyptian Utility Standard (EDS) for AIS

Switchgear.
2- IEC reconunendations.
3- ISO, BS, IEEE ..... .
4- Accepted alternative codes and standards.

1.3 The Contractor is totally responsible for the good function and the
quality of the delivered plant equipment. To ensure this, a Master
Quality Assurance Programme must be adopted and in service ·within
the Contractor's entire organization.

1.4 The Quality Assurance Programme must confonn to an internationally

well known standard, and to be submitted with a copy of this standard
for owner review.

The Quality Assurance Prograimne shall cover but is not limited to the
following items:-
1) Contractor's organization.
2) Contract review.
3) Design assurance.
4) Document Control.
5) Measuring and test equipment.
6) Purchasing.
7) Incoming inspection.
8) In-process inspection ( Field inspection ).
9) Final inspection /conunissioning.
10) Inspection status.
11) Identification and traceability.
12) Handing and storage.
13) manufacturing and erection.
14) Special processes.
15) Packing and shipping.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 5/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)

L
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

16) Quality records.

17) Non-conforming items.
18) Customer supplied items.
19) Corrective action.
20) Audits.

2. Tests
General

a) All tests on the electrical equipment shall be carried-out according to

this contract and latest edition of IEC standard and for other equipment
and materials (steel, building equipment, fire fighting equipment,
HVAC equipment etc.) other agreed standard.

b) Two English copies of the applied standards other than IEC should be
[Link] to Owner with the test procedure.

c) Test procedure should be submitted to Owner for approval, three months

prior the testing date,the test procedure shall include but not limited to
the following:

1) Preliminary testing progra.'11 and duration of each test.

2) Testing circuits.
3) Technical Particular of the equipment.
4) Reference drawings.
5) Samples oftests fonns and reports.
6) Reference of the testing laboratory.
7) Reference of the testing instruments and their calibration.

d) Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment what so ever or to any

extension of time for delivery by reason of, or in respect of any such
tests due to any failure during testing or the rejection of any part of the
component of the plant as a result of any test.

e) The acceptance of the bidder's offer including his designs, and

drawings shall not bind Owner to accept any of the contract works until!
they shall have passed the tests prescribed and have been approved by
Owner in writing.

f) The expenses of all tests carried out during and after manufacturing at
works shall be included in the FOB or CIF price of the equipment. Also
expenses of tests at site after erection which will be carried out by the
contractor, shall be borne by the contractor.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company [Link] Page 6/90 ·

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCAj Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS S/S

g) The costs of the tests at works and site shall cover all expenses,
including cost of apparatus and instruments used, equipment, labor etc
required for carrying out of the tests.

h) All instruments used for the purpose of the testing shall be of approved
type and shall have been calibrated by a recognized laboratory which
must be accepted by Owner, particulars of the calibration shall be given
on the test certificate.

i) Technical Particular shall mean a figure contained in the tables signed

fmally by the contractor or a figure which may be obtained by
calculation or by interpolation from these figures or by use the con-ection
curves supplied by the contractor at the time of bidding.

j) Type test to be carried out within the last ten years and test certificate to
be submitted with the offer (for evaluation) on one unit, of apparatus of
the same type to ensure that the apparatus under test satisfies the
specified working and all the conditions laid down as regards, design,
dimensions, quality of the principal materials and workmanship.
/---~
k) Special test to be carried out on one/All (according thejt)'pe-_
/
of~,_ ,'. -, '-:' -~-,
, l;\

equipment) unit of the apparatus of the same type. , \,

I
1) Routine test to be catTied out on all units of the sat11e equipme~t.
. \;. ·. .
m) Site tests to be catTied out on the plant on completion of the wo.r1ss:.tgY, ·,
ensure the plant is ready for commercial operation. ~--
n) All the tests should be can-ied out in accordance to the approved test
plan and test procedure in the presence of Owner Engineer and under
his control, all the test results should be signed by him, manufacturer
should provide Owner Engineer with the approved drawings,
specification, design, relevant standards, type test certificate, all the
specifications and tests certificates of all the components of any
equipment should be given to the inspector and any other documents as
required by him.

o) Bidder shall submit with his bid all type test ce1iificates and special test
certificates for items of equipment including power transfom1ers where
items of the same design and rating have previously been subjected to
the required tests.

p) Routine tests should be catTied out in the presence of Owner Engineer

and may be on sample base, if this base is accepted by the Owner, then,
contractor shall can-y out the routine tests on each consignment and

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 7/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions }00/1 2/22 kV GIS S/S

furnish the test repo1is to the Owner inspection Engineer, who 'Nill select
by random, samples equal to the higher whole number to the square root
of the number of the equipment of or 10% of the total nubmer of
equipment the consignment which to be tested in his presence, as a first
test of this selected equipment if the results of the tests on these samples
are same as results on their test repo1is, then the inspection Engineer
shall approve the routine test reports of the consignment, otherwise the
routine tests on all the consigmnent shall be can-ied out in presence of
the Owner inspector.

q) In case of power transformers, the factory tests shall be canied out in

presence of the owner inspector and shall include the followings:-
e Type tests on one unit of each type of the delivered transformers.
• Routine tests on all units of the delivered transformers.
• Special test on one/all unit(s) of the delivered transformers.
• Short circuit test certificates for similar power transfonner should be
issued by an internationally recognized testing organization. If such
test certificates are not submitted with the offer or if they are not
accepted by the Owner then, these tests shall be ca1Tied out in
presence of Owner engineer within maximum two months from the
date of openning technical envelope and their costs are considered
included in the offered price. Bidder will be considered non-
responsive if he don't follow this.

r) All equipment shall be tested in accordance with the latest edition of IEC
·and as specified herein. Following completion of the tests, two certified
copies of the test rep01is shall be submitted to the purchaser for approval.
No equipment shall be delivered until the test rep01is have been approved
by the purchaser. The purchaser, at his discretion, may waive type test
requirements where type tests have previously been carried out and
where acceptance type test ce1iificates are provided by the supplier. The
acceptance of such type test certificate shall be based on thytatet
requirements for type testing contained in this specification. / ./.
,,
·· · -·· ·· . ···· •.

s) Validity of Test Certificates (

Test ce1iificates are considered valid if the tests have beJii\ ,.carried
{'•
.out
within the last ten years on equipment identical to that on offer using the
test methods outlined in this specification. ·,. ·~

t) Location of Tests

Routine test shall be carried out at the supplier's factory.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 8/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS SIS

Type tests shall be carried out at an approved independent testing

laboratory or at the supplier's factory and be witnessed by a
representative of an approved independent test laboratory or other
representative acceptable to the purchaser.

u) Inspection

The purchaser may be wish to witness test or to visit the factory during
manufacture of any or all items covered · by this specification.
Accordingly, the supplier shall give the purchaser adequate notice of
manufacturing schedules and one month notice oftest schedules.

v) Type Tests

Type tests shall be carried out in accordance with the latest edition of
relevant IEC.

Type tests which have been carried out to prove the design of the
equipment shall be supported by a test certificate, giving the type,
description, location and date of the tests carried out at an approved
independent testing laboratory or witnessed by the representative of an
approved independent testing laboratory.

w) Sampling

Type tests shall be cai-ried out in one of each type of equipment offered.

Routine tests shall be canied out on all equipment offered.

x) Acceptance And Rejection

The supplier shall forward to the purchaser, two copies of ce1iificates

proving that all test required have been carried out.
~~
Acceptance or rejection of the units will be based on the criteri(specifl~d '>
at relevant IEC. l · ·

y) Delivery \
Packing

Each equipment shall be packed in a strong non-returnable case to

protect it against corrosion, dampness and breakages.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 9/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV G!S S/S

The sides and top of each case shall be marked clearly with the supplier's
name, purchaser order no., item no., case serial no. and gross weight and
shall be accompanied by a detailed packing note in Arabic and English.

The supplier shall provide a guaranteed delivery time from the date of
receipt of the official order.

z) Guarantee

The supplier guarantee the delivered equipment against manufacturing,

design and material defects for a period as given in the Bidding
documents.

3. Factory tests:

The factory tests shall be specified in latest edition of IEC and this
specification, .including all optional tests, the tests shall include byt"not--~."' _
limited to the tests mentioned in the following subsections. ·

4. EXECUTION

4.1 INSPECTION

Perfonn the following checks upon an-ival of the substation equipment at site
prior to off-loading from the transporter

a) Visual External Inspection

Check for signs of external damage to the equipment transport units or to the
boxes, crates and containers accompanying the shipment.

b) Reports and Records

Report any inconsistencies noted during the inspection upon receipt to the
transport company representative and Owner.
Record all inspection observations and tests made (during the inspection upon
receipt for reference at a later date).

5. INSTALLATION AND ERECTION

(a) Ensure that accredited representative(s) of substation equuipment

manufacturer (when applicable) are present full time at site during
installation, erection and field testing of his equipment to ensure that
correct installation and erection procedures are employed. The
representative's function shall be to:-
i) Supervise installation, erection and field testing of GIS equipment.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 10/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (OJ
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

ii) Plan, schedule, monitor and control al! method procedures and
precautions to be followed.
iii) Measure alignment, clearances recommend adjustments and other
matters pe11aining to quality of installation.
iv) Recommend the placement of equipment, starting up adjusting and
testing the equipment, to achieve satisfactory operation and specified
performance guarantees.
(b) During assembly of the equipment cleanliness is essential.
( c) Provide all tools and equipment required during the erection.
(d) Inspect equipment transport units for external damage. Replace damaged
components prior to energization of equipment. Take care to prevent
dust and dirt particles from entering the equipment during erection.

(e) Touch-up any damaged paintwork.

6. FIELD TESTING

A Test Prior to Taking Over and Acceptance

In order to prove completion of construction of the works in accordance the

following tests shall be perfonned

(1) Perform tests of each substation component in accordance with the relevant
subsections.

(2) Perfonn tests and verifications after erection of the substation switcl1g~-~.
as specified in the relevant sections and IEC. ' · ·

(3) Results oftests recorded.

B. Tests for Taking Over and Acceptance

Tests to prove completion of the works of this section in accordance.

(1) Perform tests of each switchgear component in accordance with the
relevant subsection.

(2) Perfo1m tests of the substation switchgear as specified herein and the
relevant IEC.

7. Site And Commissioning Tests:

A- General:
1- Bidder should submit with his bid site tests standard.

2- All requirements of the specifications shall be subject to verification.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page J1/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (OJ
New Urban Comnrnnities Authority (NUCA) Chapter !4
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/27 kV GIS S/S

3- A program of tests shall be agreed upon between the contractor and the
owner, and a test program in conjunction with the erection and
commissioning program shall be prepared by the contractor, subject to
the approval of the owner.

4- Testing shall be can-ied out during normal working hours as far as is

practicable. Tests which involve existing apparatus and outages may be
carried out outside nonnal working hours. The contractor shall give
sufficient notice to allow for the necessary outage arrangements to be
made in conformity with the testing program.

5- The contractor is responsible for all power supplies which will be

required for operation of the test equipment.

6- The contractor shall provide the requisites experienced test personnel

and all relevant test equipment, unless otherwise agreed upon between
the owner and the contractor.

7- The contractor shall record the results of the tests clearly, in a.'1
approved form and with clear references to the equipment and items to
which the refer, so that the equipment, the site tests result records shall
be provided by the contractor to the owner as soon as possible after
completion of the tests. In addition after the c01mnissioning period is
completed a test report book shall be prepared to include the results»f~
all factory and field tests. ,0 · . · ·. ·•
•

8- Details of the test equipment and instruments used shall be no{ecfin t/1e
test sheets in case where the instrument of equipment [Link] can
have a bearing on the test results.

9- The contractor is responsible for the maintenance and calibration oi"the··••··~··'

inspection and test equipment, the calibration shall be performed
periodically in accordance with an approved standard.

10 - The testing requirements detailed under this specification may be

subject to some variation upon the instruction or agreement of the
owner where necessitated by changed conditions on site or by differing
design, manufacturing, or constiuction techniques.

11 - All tests agreed upon in the approved test program shall be carried out.
Any changes in the test program shall be subject to the owner review. If
agreement is reached owner will approve the changes in writing.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 12/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urben Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6111 October Eastern Extensions 220/2'212'2 kV GIS SIS

12 - Owner on his discretion may do any tests by his staff and his testing
equipment ,vhich to be supplied under the contract before the issuance
of the construction completion certificate, during these tests if the
owner ,vill observe any defects or deviations from the contract, the
owner, without limitation of his right to use the plant, will not issue the
construction completion ce1iificate till the contractor fulfill his
contractual obligations.

B - Electrical Check-out And Testing:

the contractor is responsible for:

1- All inspection of drawings and to ensuring that drawings are prepared
in the best possible way with regard to the design of the station, its
positioning in the network and compliance with cmrent Jaws and
regulations. The inspection shall be particularly concen1ed with
ensuring that:-

(i) All parts of the installation are dimensioned with due regard to
operating cun-ent, sh01i-circuiting effects and climatic conditions and
are sufficiently far apart for insulation purposes in all positions.

(ii) Fixed earthing devices are provided at the requisite points and are
con-ectly positioned and dimensioned. ✓~-:--,
/
.{
--- "'~,,,,

(iii) Neutral earthing is can-ied out with due regard to the main eahhing of
. h. . d ~ I ~
the network to wh1c 1t 1s connecte . t
!

(iv) The auxiliary power facility is suitably designed and dimensioned with
regard, for example, to the necessity of dependable operating [!nd
emergency disco1U1ection equipment (redundancy requirements).

(v) Connecting apparatus, surge arrests and measuring transfonners are

suitably dimensioned and positioned with regard to the object ai,d field
of protection (risk of by-passing measuring transfom1ers; asymmetry in
connections).

(vi) Cables are of an approved type and properly dimensioned with regard to
load, voltage drops derating factors etc.

(vii) Plant is suitably designed from the point of view of operation and
maintenance (positioning of apparatus, distances, spaces, risk of
confusion, lighting etc.)

(viii) The requisites signs are provided for the identification of important
parts of the facility, and that they worded and positioned c01rectly.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 13/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority 0'1UCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/72/22 kV GJS S/S

(ix) Control equipment is appropriately positioned with regard to the risk of

confusion and faulty control and that sufficient spare paiis is provided.

(x) The relay protection system is suitably designed and complies with
current standards (functional principles, functional areas, component
selections etc.).

(xi) Indicating and recording instruments are suitable calibrated with regard
to normal loads and have adequate measuring ranges for the abnonnal
operating load occuning.

2- All ocular inspection and that all equipment installed is thus inspected.
Ocular inspection is particularly concerned with ensuring that:

(i) The requisite equipment is installed.

(ii) The apparatus is suitable [Link] (positioning in relation to objects

and areas to be protected, accessibility for inspection purposes, space
required for insulation-distances in all positions).

(iii) The mechanical workmanship of the component parts of apparat11s is

satisfactory (risk of tampering, protection from wind and either, testing
facilities).

(iv) The installation has been properly made (both mechanical and electrical · -
quality, eaiihing, positioning of wiring, cable areas, marking, tensipmng •.
oftenninal and·connection screws).
l
(v) · The marking of subsidiary circuits agrees with the drawings. '

(vi) Subsidiary circuits have been conectly earthed.

(vii) The requisite signs are provided for the identification of important parts
of the facility and that text and positioning are conect, special
· allowance being made for the risk of confusion. Notices warning of
personal danger, e.g. reverse cunent, must be positioned in such a way
that they cannot be obscured by an open compartment door.

(viii) Data and markings on marking plates with the values give in drawings
and specifications.

(ix) The mimic diagrain ai1d the drawings agree with each other
simplifications in mimic diagrams and drawings are pem1itted on

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 14/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/2? kV GiS S/S

condition that apparatus and connecting devices are positioned correctly

in relation to one another.

(x) The facility satisfies current requirements concerning fencing, locks,

warring signs etc.

3- All electrical and mechanical equipment being measured and tests and
all measurement and testing being conducted in accordance with a
previously complied list, particular care being taken to ensure that:

(i) The apparatus has been insulation-tested.

(ii) Moving parts of apparatus are in proper mechanical working order

when functioning (movement charts for switches, position indicators,
limit switches, intermediate position terminals etc.)

(iii) Breakers and disconnectors with their operating devices function as

intended.

(iv) Measuring transfonners conform to be predefined requirements

(conversion, magnetisation curves, output markings, burden).

(v) The batteries of facility with their associated charging and monitoring
equipment have been tested in keeping with current requlations.

(vi) The D.C. circuits of the control equipment are correct lD.C. feed,
collaboration between the different paiis of the protection devices and
between the different relay protections in different combination of fault,
blockages, indication, automatic control devices, co-operation betwee~--
the protector and the auxiliary terminals of the connecting members)/" · · - "',,,

(vii) Co-operation between different protectors within the switchyard1or via

remote connection to another switchyai·d operates as intended. ·

(viii) Tripping and control circuits are con-ect in all operating facilities
(switches, disconnectors, blocking and indicating devices).

(ix) The control blocking works in every conceivable operating solution at

the switchyard.

(x) All signaling circuits are con-ect and all alaim devices 111 proper
working order.

(xi) Other monitoring equipment (thermometers, pressure gauges etc.)

shows correct values and that signal terminals are properly set.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 15/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions ?.?0/22/22 kV GlS S/S

(xii) All mechanical relays are in proper working order and are set and
tri1mnecl according to plan (gas-operated relay, pressure switch etc.).

(xiii) All gauging relays and time relays are in proper working order and are
set in accordance ·with a selective plan.

(xiv) The fault and signal sequence recording devices are calibrated and
programmed according to the current plan.

4) . -
Alterations occasioned bv the above review are to be entered in original
drawings.
5) Corrected drawings are to be transmitted to the personnel concerned
and to the owner.

C- Commissioning Procedures:

1- Commissioning procedures comprise both primary tests of the plant and

the starting up to the same.

2- The purpose of primary tests is to imitate true conditions during both

nom1al operations and in the event of faults or abnormal operating
conditions.

3- During these tests, the contractor must ensure:

(i) That relay protectors are finally tested with regard to gauging relays and
direction of cmTent.

(ii) That high voltage apparatus is voltage tested at nonnal and elevated
operating voltage.
/~---~"'.,.,,,
(iii) That phasing equipment and automatic operating devices are f(nally · ·\.:1,

4-
tested.
{\
A separate testing system shall be used for these tests if possilile. The
·.'
\

test current shall be at least 10 percent of the nominal current fpr the
apparatus included in the facility.

5- The necessary pennission for commissioning shall be given by the

owner.

6- If, for technical and/or economic reasons, a separate testing system

cannot be arranged special tests, such as low-voltages tests, are to be
carried out. If the low-voltage test is not capable of generating an

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 16/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

acceptable test current, control measurement of the running current is to

take place after connection.

7- Before the control facility is current-tested, insulation measurement is

to be carried out to make sure that no parts of the facility are improperly
connected to other voltage-system or the ground.

8- All primary tests are to be carried out and documented by the contractor
under the supervision of the owner.

D- Primary Testing:
1 - Primary Faults Fed From System:
Short circuits and single-phase ground leaks are to be applied.
These tests must verify that:

(i) The values of currents to protectors, instruments and gauges

are as estimated.
(ii) Voltage-measuring ground-leak protectors are in proper working
order.

2 - Energisation From Test System:

(i) The relay protectors must be completely tested, which means that
they can disconnect any faults arising in connection with the
energisation of the facility.

(ii) During voltage testing using a separate testing system, tl1e·1e~"",.

voltage is to be gradually raised to the rated voltage and ~l:Jove it. ·

(iii) These tests are verify that:-

• There is no ground leak in the test system.

• The excess voltage and under voltage protections operate at the

preset limit values.

• Not even the currents and voltages occurring at high operating

voltages in the relay circuits of the control facility are of such
magnitude as to involve a risk of malfunction.

• The transfonners, lines, capacitor, batteries etc. are not connected in

such a way as to cause malfunction or other abnormal states
(vibrations, heating, leaks, noise, light phenomena, smells, pressure,
gas emission, (changes of level).

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 17/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Aulhority (NUCA) Chapter 14
61h October Eastern Extensions 210/22/2'2 kV GIS S/S

3 -. Phase - Position And Phasing Tests:

These test must verify that:

(i) The facility has the same phase-position and phase-sequence as
the network to which is to be connected.

(ii) The phase-position and phase-sequence of the control equipment

agree with primary conditions.

(iii) Phasing is possible with all combinations in switchgear and

network which it is anticipated can involve phasing.

E- Tests Following Start Up:

1- On load tests:

These tests must verify:

That the connection of transformers, lines, etc. does not produce

malfunction (cmTent voltage-frequency) or other abnonnal staiis
(vibrations, heating, leaks, noise, light phenomena, smells, pressure, gas
emission, changes of!evel).

2- Tests of relay protectors and gauges:

(i) If a separate testing system cannot be used, or if other testing

devices do not provide adequate feed with the test cmTent, the
protector circuits in the plant must be tested with the aid of the
running cunent.

(ii) When the transformer is energised, the circuits will still not have
been completely tested. Great imp01iance will therefore have to
be devoted to the gas-operated relay and the tripping circuits
being in proper working order. After the transfom1er has been
energised, the running cU1Tent is to be brought up to full load as
far as possible.

(iii) These tests are to verify that:

* Unwanted cunents and voltages do not appear in bypass circuits

or otherwise in the facility (leakage fields).

* The operating cunent in the control circuits is of the right

magnitude and direction.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page J 8/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220122/22 kV GIS S/S

Gauges and instruments are working correctly.

(iv) It is essential for lines and transfon11ers to be loaded sufficiently

after c01m11issioning for the relay protectors to be directionally
tested.

These tests generally require about 20 percent of the nominal

cun-ent.

Testing of automatic equipment;

(i) These tests are to be conducted from relay protectors by initiating
trip circuits according to a predetermined program. /.-----,,
(ii) These tests must verify that: phasing equipment and autgmatic ,
operating devices are working con-ectly in there various (a'.cilities
and fault situations.

8. Test Certificates:

Triplicate sets of ail principal test records, test certificates arid'·

performance curves shall be supplied for all tests can-ied out in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract. These records,
certificates and perfon11ai1ce curves shail be supplied for all tests. The
information given in such test certificates ai1d curves shall be sufficient
to identify the material or equipment to which the certificate refers to
and shall also take the contractor's reference aI1d heading.

Bidders are requested to enclose with their offer S.C. test for typical
transformer to the offered transfom1er. Also type test certificates for
OLTC shall be submitted with the bid.

Test certificates are considered valid if the tests have been carried out
within the last ten years on equipment identical to that on offer using
the test methods outlined in this specifications.

In case this certificate will not be enclosed in any bidder's offer, such
bidder should take into consideration that this test will be performed on
his own account in an international neutral laboratory. In case of
account, a sepai·ate price for this test should be declared separately in
the price schedule and will be included in total reevaluated comparing
pnce.

9. Re;ection of Plant:

If any item fails to comply with the requirements of this specification in

any respect whatsoever at ai1y stage of mairnfacture, test erection or on

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 19/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS SIS

completion at site, the Owner's Engineers may reject this item, or

defective component there of: which ever he considers necessary. After
adjustment or modification is completed as directed by the Owner's
Engineers, the Contractor shall has to submit the item for further
inspection and/or test.

In the event of a defect of any item being of such a nature that the
requirements of this specification can not be fulfilled neither to be
adjusted or modified, such item shall be replaced by the Contractor, on
his own expenses, to the entire satisfaction of the Owner Engineers.

10. Submittals:

Submittals shall include ; but not limited to the following:

a) \Vith Bid:

1- The tests procedures which are not defined in the IEC.

2- Factory and site quality assurance programs.

3- Factory tests of the components of the plant which are not given
in this section such as:
(i) Control boards with all components.
(ii) Relay boards with all components.
(iii) A.C. and D.C. boards. /
i
(iv) Fire alam1s.
(v) Fire Fighting.
(vi) Ventilation.
(vii) Testing Equipment.

4- Load losses and temperature nse tests procedures of three

winding transformer.

5- Detailed site tests and commissioning of the plant.

6- Others which are required by the Bidding Document.

b) At Design And Erection Stages:

1- Detailed factory tsets and inspection procedures which include

but not limited to the following:

(i) The applied standard if it is not submitted previously.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 20/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220112/22 kV GJS S/S

(ii) Detailed testing and inspection procedure for each

component of the plant including period of each test and
sequence of tests.
(iii) Testing circuits.
(iv) Details of the testing equipment such as, their type,
nmufacturers, accuracy etc.
(v) Calibration of the testing equipment.

2- Testing program including, period of each test, place of each test

etc.

3- Reference of the testing laboratories for type test and special tests

4- Detailed site tests and c01mnissioning of the work.

5- Others which are required by the contract and owner.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Ex.'1ibit D Page 21/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/2"J kV G1S S/S

14-2) Gas Insulated lVfetal-Enclosed Switchgear GIS Tests

1. Tests:

1.1 General:

1.1.1 Contractor shall perform type and routine test on the gas insulated metal-
enclosed switchgear GIS these tests shall generally be in accordance
with IEC (62271-203) and associated documents returned to that
standard and the relevant standards for switchgear components called for
in this Specification.

1.1.2 Ce1iified test reports covering type tests conducted on identical

equipment to that being quoted shall be furnished as part of the bid. In
the event that such data cannot be submitted, Contractor shall perf01m
such tests at Contractor's expense and such tests will be witnessed by
owner. The cost of such tests shall be included in the bid price.

1.1.3 All routine tests will be witnessed by owner basically

Type tests, when required, and routine tests on components supplied by

Sub-Contractor ( s) will also be 'Nitnessed by owner if required.

1.2 Tvoe Tests:

1.2.1 Factory type tests shall be conducted on at least one (1) of each different
type transportable assemblies of bolted, welded, plug-in and otherwise
jointed compartments to verify that all components of the specified GIS
as assembled can perfo1m satisfactory both electrically and mechanically
at or better than, the rating specified. Tests shall be in accordance with
IEC 62271-203 and Amendments subject to the following modifications
and additions:
(a) Lightning Impulse Voltage Tests, with devices in open as well
as closed position.
(b) Switching Impulse voltage Tests, with devices in open as well
as closed position.
(c) Power frequency voltage Tests, with devices in open as well
as closed position.
(d) Partial Discharge Tests 1.2Ur/✓3 according to IEC 62271-203
(e) Artificial pollution tests.
(f) Mechanical operation tests, on components of identical
L; design, voltage class and ratings.
(g) Dielectric test on the auxiliary circuits.
(h) Proof Tests for Enclosures during pressure test including
pressure test on partitions. If this test will he caJTied out in

Electrical PO\ver Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 22/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS S/S

presence of owner engineer it will be a bursting pressure test.

(i) Tests Under conditions of Arcing due to Internal Fault
(i) Radio interference voltage (RIV) tests.
(k) Temperature iise test.
(I) Measurement of the resistance of the main circuits.
(m) Short-time and peak withstand current tests.
(n) Verification of making and breaking capacities.
(o) Then11al stability tests.
(p) Operation tests at limit temperature.
(q) Gas tightness tests.
(r) Special thermal stability test.

-1.2.2 Contractor shall provide details of type tests conducted, or to be

undertaken, on the isolators to simulate over voltages resulting from
capacitive cunent interruption by the isolators such as switching of the
GIS line entrance busbar compartments of the specified gas insulated
-switchgear. In particular, contractor shall submit data to confinn that the
design and [Link] of the particular isolators to be supplied for this
contract have been provided to prevent failure of:

(i) . The isolating switch due to transient over voltages resulting from
-restrikes and/or flashover of the switch to ground during capacitive
cmTent intenuption.
(ii) Other switchgear components resulting from the transient over
voltages produced by the isolator operation

1.2.3 If certified test reports for the above modified and additional tests
conducted on identical equipment are available, Bidder shall submit
them in English with the bid. In the event that these reports are not
available, the tests shall be performed at Contractor's expense. The cost
for such tests shall be included in the tender price.

1.3 Routine Tests

1.3.l Routine tests shall be conducted on all transportable assemblies. The

tests shall be in accordance with IEC 62271-203 and Amendments
subject to the following modifications and additions:-

(a) A routine partial discharge test shall be perfonned on all

insulators. The test voltage shall be raised to the rated power
frequency withstand test level for one (1) minute during which
time the partial discharge level shall not exceed five (5)
picocoulombs.
Partial discharge tests shall generally be conducted in accordance
with IEC Publication 60270-Partial Discharge Measurements.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 23/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/1 2/22 kV GIS SIS

The test assembly shall duplicate the high voltage conductors and
earthed pmis of the switchgear so that the same values of
electrical field stress are obtained. Tests shall be performed at the
minimum SF6 operating density for the switchgear.
(b) Lightning Impulse Voltage Dry Tests, at the rated lightning
impulse withstand voltage.
(c) Partial Discharge Tests, at 120 percent of maximum operating
voltage. This test shall be conducted on the downward excusion
of the voltage from the one (1) minute power frequency test
voltage and discharge extension shall occur above ti'1e 120 percent
voltage value. At 120 percent of maximum operating voltage the
transpo1i unit shall be partial discharge free, with due
consideration of the sensitivity of the measuring system and the -
partial discharge background level.
(d) Power Frequency voltage withstand test, one (1) minute, to be
conducted in conjunction with the partial discharge tests specified
above.
(e) Gas Leakage Tests, in accordance with Contractor's non11al
procedure, details, including test procedure and acceptance
criteria
(f) Dielectric tests on auxilim-y and control circuits
(g) Verification of correct wiring.
r~
If (h) Measurement of resistance of the main circuits.
•\L,c
(i) Pressure tests of enclosures.
G) Mechanical operation tests.
(k) tests of auxilim-y circuits, equipment and interlocks in the control
mechanism.
(1) Design and visual check.

1.4 Tests after Installation on Site

- Dielectric tests on the main circuits.

- Dielectric tests on the auxilim-y circuits.
- Measurements of the resistance of the main circuits.
- Gas tightness tests.
- Checks and verifications.
- Gas quality verifications.

2. Circuit breaker Tests

(1) General
The circuit breakers shall be tested in accordm1ce with the routine and
type tests stated in !EC 62271-100 and !EC 60694. subject to the
modifications stripulated in this specifications.
If ce1iificates for type, all in accordance with this Specification,
conducted previously on the class of equipment offered are available,

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 24/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/2202 kV GIS SIS

they shall be submitted with the bid. In the event that appropriate type
test reports are not available, such tests shall be perfonned at
contractor's expense and will be witnessed by Owner.

The cost for such tests shall be included in the bid price.

(2) Type Tests

Dielectric Tests:
Type tests shall be in accordance with IEC 62271-203 and Amendments,
62271-203 and IEC 60694 subject to the following modifications and
additions:-

(a) Lightning Impulse Voltage Tests, only biased voltage tests at

rated levels specified is acceptable.
(b) Switching Impulse Voltage Tests, only biased voltage tests at
rated levels specified is acceptable, and a fifty(S0) percent
disruptive discharge voltage test to be performed on the circuit
L breaker in the closed position.
(c) Bias Voltage Tests, under both lightning and switching impulse
conditions, the power frequency voltage shall be compensated to
allow for voltage regulation caused by coupling between the two
(2) voltage test sources.
(d) Short Circuit Making and breaking Tests, as follows:
Short circuit tests may be made either three phase, single phase, or
in the event of limitations in the short circuit testing station out-
put, on a unit basis. In the event of the latter method being
accepted, an additional test comprising Test Duty 4 ofIEC 62271-
203 shall be made on one (1) complete phase of the circuit
breaker as follows:-
(i) Rated recovery voltage with maximum available short
circuit cmTent.
(ii) Rated sh01i circuit cunent with maximum available
recovery voltage. The particular test method adopted shall
be subjected to the approval of Owner.

When the unit test method is adopted, tests on closing and opening units
shall be made at rated closing and opening cunent with not less than one
hundred(l00) percent of rated recovery voltage.

(NOTE: This is the minimum value of recovery voltage that will, be

accepted.)

Where the output capacity of the test plant makes it possible to meet
these requirements on two (2) or more making or breaking units 111
series, the maximum number of units shall be tested.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 25/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUC A) Chapter 14
6th Ocrnber Eastern Exlensions 220/22122 kV GlS S/S

The rate of rise and peak value of the inherent restriking voltage applicable
to each test duty shall be the values specified, or the values guaranteed by
Contractor, which ever is the higher.

Prior to the commencement of any series of short circuit tests, a complete

series of no-load timing tests shall be made on the circuit breaker at
minimum and nonnal operating pressures and voltages, as follows:

Duty Pressure Volta2:e on Coil

C-0-CO Nonna! Pressure Rated normal
C-0-CO Normal Pressure Rated minimum
C Close lockout Pressure Rated minimum
0 Open lockout Pressure Rated minimum
co Lockout Pressure Rated minimum
O-C-CO Auto--reclose iockout Pressure Rated minimum

If the average of the arc duration in the three (3) tests of the one
hundred· (100) percent test duty No.1 - IEC 62271-203 is greater
than for the thirty (30) percent test duty No.2- IEC 60056, then a
supplementary test duty shall be made at five (5) percent of the
rated symmetrical breaking current.

Circuit· breakers exhibiting a critical inte1Tupting characteristic

shali be demonstrated to be capable of satisfactory operation
under such condition. This shall be proven by performing a series
of ten (10) opening operations, at each of four (4) cmTent levels
within the critical cun-ent zone.

(e) Auto--Reclosing Tests, as following:

(I) O-t-CO duty cycle at ten (10) percent rating
(ii) O-t-CO duty cycle at one hundred (100) percent rating.

The time interval "t" shall be as specified for delayed or high

speed auto reclosure.

The transient recovery voltage (TRV) shall be as specified for the

temtinal fault conditions. The operating pressure shall be the
lockout value appropriate to the above duty cycle.

(f) Small Inductive current Switching Tests, as follows

A series of breaking tests shall be made on each type of circuit

breaker being supplied in order to demonstrate the performance
when switching transfonner magnetizing cun-ents, tests shall be

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 26/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/02/2? kV G!S SIS

made using one (1) of both of the following circuit arrangements.

The high voltage windings of a pair of testing station
transformers shall be connected in parallel, the low voltage
terminal of one(!) being fed from the test generator, the low
voltage terminals of the other being open circuited. The circuit
breaker under test shall be connected in the high voltage circuit
loop.

A series of switching tests shall be made compnsmg ten (10)

break tests at 18 intervals around the current loop (i) under steady
state magnetizing current conditions, (ii) under transient
(switching in) conditions.

A series of switching tests shall be made comprising ten (10)

break tests at 18 intervals around the current loop at cmTents of
10, 50 and 100 amperes. The test circuit shall computrise air
cored reactors in series with the low voltage winding of a testing
station step-up transfom1er, the high voltage winding of which is
shorted when the circuit breaker under test is in the closed
position.

Tests shall preferably be made on a complete three phase or

single phase unit, but where this is not possible because of
limitations in the testing station capacity, tests shall be made on
the maximm,n possible number of interrupter units. The pressure
of the arc extension medium shall be the nonnal operating
pressure of the circuit breaker.

The fonner circuit shall be used to simulate a transfonner

magnetizing current switching duty whilst the latter shall be
utilized to represent a shunt reactor switching duty.

(g) Synthetic Testing, as follows:

Bidder may submit evidence of synthetic tests made as part of his
development prograimne for the circuit breaker to justify the
ratings claimed.

The use of synthetic test circuits utilizing separate current and

voltage sources may be accepted provided details of the test
circuit and test procedure are submitted for examination at the
time of bidding.

1n the event of such a test procedure being accepted, the precise

test method, when using the current or voltage injection test
circuits shall be in accordance with IEC 62271-203.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 27/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authoriry (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS SIS

-Ch) Test on auxiliary and control circuits.

(i) Radio interference voltage (r.i.v) tests.
()
J temperature rise tests.
(k) Measm·ements of the resistance of the main circuits.
(1) Short time withstand cun-ent and peak withstand current.
(m) IY1echanical and environmental tests.
(m-1) Low and high temperature tests.
(m-2) Humidity test.
(n) Short-line fault tests.
(o) Out -of- phase making and breaking tests.
(p) Capacitance current switching tests.
(q) Verification of the degree of protection.
(r'
. J Electromagnetic compatibility.
(s) Tightness test.
(t) Critical current tests.
(u) Single line and doubJe·earth fault tests.

(3) Routine Tests:

Routine tests shall be conducted on all circuit breakers in accordance
with IEC 62271-203 and Amendments and IEC 60694 subject to the
following modifications and additions:-

(a) · Mechanical operating tests, fifty (50) operations, as follo\.vs

i) Thirty five (35) Make and break operations covering the range
between lockout and normal operating pressure of the operating
mechanism and/or extinguishing medium.
ii) Five (5) Make and Break operations at nonnal operating pressure
of mechanism and/or arc extinguishing pressure of mechanism
and/or arc extinguishing medium.
iii) Five (5) Make and break operations at maximum operating
pressure of mechanism and/or, arc extinguishing medimn.
iv) Five (5) Auto-Rec!ose operations at appropriate lockout pressure
of mechanism and/or arc extinguishing medium.
v} It must also be proven that the circuit breaker operates
satisfactorily from [Link] remote and emergency manual trip device.

(b) No-load Timing Tests, as specified herein under type Tests and to be
made at the conclusion of the Mechanical operating Tests:-
The following tests shall be made and records taken to enable
all relevant parameters. e.g. contact travel, main and resistor
contact open and close etc., to be detem1ined

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 28/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 2°0/22/0 2 kV GIS SIS

DUTY MECHANISlV[ CR CIRCUIT VOLTAGE ON COIL

BREAKER OPERATING PRESSURE
C-O-CO Nonna! Rated nonnal
C-O-CO Nonna] Rated minimum
C Close lockout Rated minimum
0 Ooen lockout Rated minimum
co Lockout Rated minimum
O-t-CO Auto-Reclose lockout Rated minin1un1

.. During the above operation and timing tests, the resistance of the trip and
close coil circuit shall be modified such that the current flowing is that
which would be contained under the maximum an1bient temperature
specified.

(c) Tests on unit Assembled circuit Breakers, as follows:

Contractor shall demonstrate that the procedures adopted on each unit

assembly are adequate to ensure that the completely erected three-phase
circuit breaker is capable of operating within the guaranteed limits with,
respect to opening time, etc. Where required by Owner a complete single
or three-phase circuit breaker shall be erected and tested at contractor's
works to veity these guarantees.

Routine tests on unit assemblies shall be made in accordance with the

following as a minimum requirement

1. Mechanical Operating Tests

Each interrupter unit shali be assembled complete with making and breaking
resistor units etc, and shall perform fifty (50) operations comprising the
--·-.. . following:-
a) Thirty five (35) Make and Break operations covering the
range between lockout and nonnal operating pressure of the
circuit breaker.

b) Five (5) Make and break operations at nonnal operating

pressure.

C) Five (5) Make and Break operations at maximum operating

pressure.

d) Five (5) Auto-Reclose operations at appropriate lockout

pressure.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 29/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS S/S

2) No-Load Timing Tests

A series of no-load timing tests shall be made on each interrupter unit,

records being taken of main and resistor contact travel, and other relevant
parameters.

The tests made shall be as detailed previously.

3) Leakage Tests

The circuit breaker compartment shall be charged to its ma,-ximum

worldng pressure and the SF6 gas supply disconnected. The pressure and
temperature shall be noted. at intervals of one (1) hour for a period of
twelve (12) hours. The total detectable leakage rate shall not exceed the
guaranteed rate stated by contractor.

4) Power Frequency Voltage Tests

Each complete interrupter unit shall, withstand satisfactorily in the open

position,. a power frequency voltage test specified with the applied
voltage per unit being not less than 1/n times that for the complete
circuit breaker, where n=number of interrupter units.

(d) Tests on Base Unit Operating Mechanism Assembly, as follows

Each base unit assembly shall be subjected to the following routine tests,
the operating mechanism and pull rods being artificially loaded in order
to simulate the stressing to which they are subjected in nonnal service.

(i) Mechanical Operating Tests

Each operating mechanism and base unit shall be assembled-...

complete and valves etc., adjusted to provide the correct opei;ational
timing. Each assembly shall perfon11 fifty (50) operations in the
manner specified previously. (

(ii) No-Load timing Tests

A series of no-load timing tests shall be made on each assembly and

records taken of trip and close coil current, pull rod travel, valve
operating times and characteristics, auxiliary switch settings, tee.
Tests made shall be as detailed previously.

(e) Voltage withstand tests on control and auxiliary circuit.

Elecnical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 30/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

(f) ·Measurement of the resistance of the main circuit.

(g) Design and visual checks.
(h) Tightness test.
(i) Routine Pressure Tests (on Gas Pressure Vessels), as follmvs all
pressure vessels shall be tested in accordance with the requirements
of the standards specified.

3. Isolators and Grounding Switches

(1) General
The isolators and ground switches shall be tested in accordance with the
routine and type tests stated in IEC 62271-102 and IEC 60694, subject to
the modifications stipulated in this Specification.

If ce1iificates for type tests, all in accordance with this Specifications,

conducted previously on identical equipment offered are available, they
shall be submitted with the bid. In the event that appropriate type test
reports are not available, such tests shall be performed at contractor's
expense and will be witnessed by Owner.

The cost for such tests shall be included in the bid price.

All routine tests will be witnessed by owner, both routine and type3/ tesi:s
on components supplied by Sub Contractor(s) will be also witnessed by
Owner with their expense. 1

(2) Tvpe Tests \\

\

Dielectric Tests: ..____ ..

Type tests shall be in accordance with IEC 62271-203 and IEC 60694
subject to the following modifications and additions.

a) With the blade locked in the closed position, the blade shall not move
with an attempted motor and manual operation. Manual operation shall
consist of the application of a 445 N force to the actuating mechanism.
During the test the switch and the switch actuating mechanism and
auxiliary switches shall not be damaged.
b) Capacitive Current Switching Test, on isolators only to demonstrate
that isolator capable of interrupting capacitive current at value
guaranteed by contractor.
c) Mechanical Endurance Test, per IEC 62271-203.
d) Sh01i CmTent Test, to verify short time current rating. The incoming
and outgoing test connections to switch shall simulate as closely as
possible those of the particular installations for which it is being
supplied.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 31/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Ne\v Urban Communities i•.uthority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220i22/2? kV GJS SIS

e) Impulse and Power Frequency Voltage tests, to be performed after

completion of above tests.
Cleaning and maintenance are not pennitted prior to the tests.
f) Tigh1ness tests.
g) Test of verify the proper function of the position indicating device.
h) Induced current switching tests.
i) Bus-charging switching tests.
j) test on auxiliary and control circuits.
k)Radio interference voltage (r.i.v) tests.
1) Temperature rise tests.
rnJ Measurements of the resistance of the main circuit.
· n)Tests to prove the short circuit making perfonnance to earthing
switches.
o) Operation at temperature limits.
p)Verification of the degree protection.
q)Electromagnetic compatibility.
r) Bus transfer current switching test.

(3) Routine Tests

Routine tests shall be conducted on all isolators and grounding switches

in accordance with IEC 62271-102 and IEC 60694.

a) Power frequency voltage withstand tests on the main circuit.

b) Voltage v,ithstand tests on control and auxiliary circuits.
c) Measurement of the resistance of the main circuit.
d) Mechanical operating test.
e) Design and visual checks.
f) Tightness test.

4. SF6-to-Air Bushings:

General
SF6-to-air bushing shall be tested in accordance with the type and routine
tests stated in IEC 6013 7.

(1) Type Tests:

1.1 Wet power-frequency voltage withstand test.

1.2 Dry lighting impulse voltage withstand test.
1.3 Dry or wet switching impulse voltage.
1.4 Thermal stability test.
1.5 Temperature rise test.
1.6 Thennal sh01i-time current \Vithstand test.
1.7 Dyna..111ic cmTent withstand test.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 32/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities /•.uthority (NUCA) Chapter 14
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/2') kV GiS SiS

1.8 Cantilever load withstand test.

1.9 Tightness test on liquid-filled and liquid-insulated bushings.

(2) Routine Tests:

2.1 Iv1easurement of the dielectric dissipation factor (tan/3) and the

capacitance at ambient temperature.
2.2 Dry power- frequency voltage withstand test.
2.3 Measurement of the discharge quantity.
2.4 Tests of the tap insulation.
2.5 Pressure test of gas-filled and gas-insulated bushings.
2.6 Tightness test on liquid-filled and liquid insulated bushings.
2.7 Tightness test on gas-filled, gas -filled, gas insulated and gas-
immersed
bushing.
2.8 Tightness test at the flai,ge or other fixing device.
2.9 Lightning and or switching impulse voltage test.
2.10 Design and visual check.

5. Instrnment Transformers:

The cun-em transformers, the voltage transformer and the control panels
and cubicles shall be tested in accordance with IEC 60044(1,2).

1. Type Tests:

1.1 Short-time current tests.

1.2 Temperature rise test.
1.3 Lightning impulse tests.
1.4 Switching impulse test.
1.5 Wet tests for outdoor type transformers.
1.6 Detennination errors.
1.7 Tests as required by IEC 44.1 & 44.2

2. Routine Tests:
2.1 Verification of tenninal marking.
2.2 Power-frequency withstand test on secondary windings.
2.3 Power-frequency withstand test between sections of primary and
secondary widings.
2.4 Inter tum over voltage test.
2.5 Power - frequency withstand test on primary winding.
2.6 partial discharge measurement.
2. 7 Detennination of errors.
2.8 Tests as required by IEC 60044.l & 60044.2.
2.9 Design and visual check.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 33/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 Ne"v Urban Co1mnunities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6111 October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SiS

3. Special Tests:
3.1 Chopped lighting-impulse test.
3.2 Measurements of dielectric dissipation factor (tan8) and capacitance.
r
j
3.3 Tests as required by IEC 60044.1 & 60044.2.
3 .4 Design and visual check.
3.5 !vfechanical tests.

6. Surge Arresters Tests:

All type tests, routine tests and acceptance tests shall be carried out
according to latest editon ofIEC 60099-4.

1. Type Tests:

1.1 Insulation withstand tests: These tests demonstrate the ability of the
arrester housing to withstand voltage stress under dry and wet
conditions.
1.2 Residual voltage tests: These tests demonstrate the protective levels of
the arresters.
1.3 Long duration current impulse withstand tests: These tests
demonstrate the ability of the resistor elements to withstand possible
dielectric and energy stresses withstand puncture or flash over.
1.4 Operating duty tests: These tests demonstrate the stability of the
arrester under defined conditions.
1.5 Pressure relief test: For arresters fitted with the ability of the housing
to withstand short circuit cmTents without violent shattering of the .
housing under specified test conditions.
1.6 Artificial pollution test: This test is made to show that the internal
parts of the arrester including its grading system, are able to withstand
pollution without any damage and that the external insulation does not
flashover.
1. 7 Partial discharge: this test measures the internal partial discharge.
1.8 Seal leakage test: This test determines the integrity of the arrester
seals.
1.9 Current distribution test for multi -column arrester: This test
determines the current through each column of parallel resistors when
there is no electrical connection between colmI111s. /~··
./
1.10 Testing of the bending moment.
1.11 Shot circuit test procedure.
1.12 Radio interference voltage test.

2. Routine Tests:

2.1 Measurement of reference voltage.

2.2 Residual voltage test.
2.3 Satisfactory absence from partial discharge and contact noise.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 34/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/'22/22 kV GlS S/S

2.4 Sealed housing leakage check.

2.5 Cunent distribution test for multi -column arresters.
2.6 Design and visual check.

3. Acceptance Tests:

The following tests shall be made on the nearest lower number to the cube
root of the number of anesters to be supplied.
3. l Measurement of power frequency voltage on the complete anester at
the reference cmTent measured at the bottom of the [Link].
3.2 Lightning impulse residual voltage on the complete arrester or arrester
unit at nominal discharge current.
3.3 For the partial discharge test the power frequency voltage applied to
the complete arrester or arrester unit shall be increased up to its rated
voltage ai.1d after less thaJ.1 10sec. decreased operating voltage at that
voltage the partial discharge according to IEC C270 shall be
measured. The measurement values for the internal partial discharges
shall not exceed.
3.4 Special thennal stability test.

7. Execution

7.1 CHECKS OF GIS SYSTEM UPON ARRIVAL.

7.2 INSPECTION
Perform the following checks upon arrival of the GIS at site prior to
off-loading :from the traJ.1sporter

a) Visual External Inspection

Check for signs of external damage to the GIS transport units or to
the boxes, crates aJ.1d containers accompanying the shipment.

b) Reports and Records

Report any inconsistencies noted during the inspection upon receipt
to the transport compaJ.1y representative aJ.1d Owner.
Record all inspection observations and tests made (during the
inspection upon receipt for reference at a later date).

8. Installation and Erection

a) Ensure that accredited representative(s) of the gas Insulated
switchgear 111aJ.1ufacturer is present full time at site during
installation, erection and field testing of his equipment to ensure that
correct installation and erection procedures are employed. The
representative's function shall be to:-
I) Supervise installation, erection aJ.1d field testing of GIS equipment.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 35/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6:h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV G1S S/S

II) Plan, schedule, monitor and control all method procedures and
precautions to be followed.
III) Measure aligmnent, clearances reconunend acljustments and other
r IV)
matters pertaining to quality of installation.
Recommend the placement of equipment, starting up acijusting
and testing the GIS, to achieve satisfactory operation and
specified performa..,ce guarantees.

(b) During assembly of the GIS equipment cleanliness is essential.

(c) Change desiccant in the bus_!=>~r_compartment ifneeessary a
compartment is opened.
(d) Provide all tools and equipment required during the erection. Some
L equipment required are:
i) Dew Point Meter
ii) Weight Scales
iii) SF6 Leak Detector
iv) Vacuum Pump
v ) Compressor
(e) Inspect gas insulated switchgear transport units for external damage.
t
K
Replace damaged components including valves and seals prior to.
f
' energization of equipment. Take care to prevent dust and dirt particles
from entering the equipment during ereetion.
(f) Evacuate all GIS transport units and refill with sulphur hexafluoride
or dry nitrogen for leakage test after assembly of unit.
(g) Pull a vacuum down to less than 500 micrometres ofmercmy (HG) on
the assembled GIS. Use with automatic shut-off on the vacuum a<
vacuuming pump to prevent loss of vacuum in the event of loss of
power or pump failure.
(h) Touch-up any damaged paintwork. ~""---
(i) Verify, prior to energization of equipment, that gas contamination,
/
·
supply and monitoring system operate correctly. / ·

9. FIELD TESTING

A. Tests Prior to Taking Over and Acceptance

In order to prove completion of constrnction of the works in accordance the

following tests shall be performed

(1) Perform tests of each gas insulated switchgear component m

accordance with the following chapters as applicable:
• \Vire and cable system.
• Grounding systems.
• Control and Relay panels.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 36/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Amhority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS S/S

(2) Perform tests and verifications after erection of the gas insulated
switchgear as specified in IEC 62271-203.
(3) Perform fluid leakage test across partitions to verify the leakage rate
(4) Results ohests recorded.

B. Tests for Taldng Over and Acceptance

Tests to prove completion oft!J.e works of this section in accordance.

(1) Perform tests of each gas insulated switchgear component m
accordance with the following chapters, as applicable:

• Wire and cable system.

o Control and relay panels.

(2) Perfonn tests of the gas insulated switchgear as specified in IEC

62271-203. clause 30.3 subject to the following modification and
addition.

Gas monitoring system test: conduct checks on the gas monitoring systems,
pressure gauges, gas density relay settings.

Electrical Pmver Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 37/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA_) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS S/S

14-3) TESTING Al\1D INSPECTION OF STEEL STRUCTURE

1. TESTING
a) All structures shall be tested in accordance with the latest edition of IEC
60652, DIN 17100 and as specified herein.
r
1 Fallowing completion of the tests, 4 certified copies of the test rep01is
L shall be submitted to the purchaser for approval. No item shall be
supplied until the test reports have been approved by the purchaser. The
purchaser, at his discretion, may waive type test requirements.

where type tests have already been carried out and where acceptable type
test certificates are provided by the supplier. The acceptance of such
type test certificates shall be based on the stated requirements for type
testing contained in this specification.

b) Test Certificates

The manufacturer is responsible for the steel to be employed in the.

r structure that it meets the requirements of the material specified in the.
l drawings.

The manufacturer shall provide the purchaser with the certified

inspection certificates of all materials in accordance with DIN 50049 -
[Link].
/'//'_--,~~-

The inspection certificates shall be signed by a responsible technical

representative of the contractor and shall show:- 1
L Steel working and deoxidization method. i
Chemical composition and mechanical properties \
including also the results of impact strength test. \

Sampling & testing should be carried out in accordance with Dn-r-

standard 17100 and as specified herein at the manufacturer's expence.
The test report shall include the results of all test specified herein for
bolts and nuts and also the results of thickness measurements for zinc
coating.

c) Location Of Tests

Routine tests (mechanical, chemical and galvanizing tests) shall be

carried out at the supplier's factory.

Type tests (loading tests) shall be canied out at an approved independent

testing laboratory or at the supplier's laboratory and be witnessed by a

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 38/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

representative of an approved independent testing laboratory or other

representative acceptable to the purchaser. However, the tower load
calculations and the complete tower stress analysis including the
computer input and output must have been previously approved by
purchaser.

2. Inspection

The purchaser has the right to witness tests or to visit the factory during
manufacture of any of all items covered by this specification.
Accordingly, the supplier shall give the purchaser adequate notice of
manufacturing schedules and one month's notice oftest schedules.

The inspector (s) shall have free access during nonnal working hours to
the shop and testing laboratories in connection with the inspection and
testing of materials

3. Tests

a) Type Tests ( Loading Tests)

Type tests shall consist of a load test carried out in accordance with IEC
60652 on a complete structure of each type ordered.

The combination of loads shall be chosen to give the maximum resultant

stress on the portal. The structure shall withstand [Link] 100% loading
including safety load factor according to case ofloading for 5 minutes.
\Vhere:-
Safety factor = 2.00 For nonnal conditions
= 1.56 For emergency conditions / -~"-

After [Link] loads have been removed there shall be no pennanent

defonnation observable.
\\
b) Routine Tests (Steel Quality And Galvanizing Test)
/
The routine tests shall consist of selection and tests of component paiis-----·
of the structures to ensure that the galvanized coatings are in accordance
with this specification.

The tests shall comprise:-

Mechanical and chemical properties for structure material (according to

DIN 17100). The tests shall include tensile tests, impact tests ai1d
analysis chemical composition

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 39/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Ne-..v Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV G!S S/S

The steel used for the manufacture of bolts and nuts shall meet the
requirement tests specified for material, dimensions, galvanizing and
mechanical properties and tests for bolts and nuts shall be catTied out in
accordance v,rith DIN standard 7990 and 267. Hot dip galvanization for
steel items, bolts and nuts shall be catTied out according to ASTl\11,
Al 23, A 153, A239 and A385.

4. SAkIPLING
Samples taken for routine testing shall be not less than 2% of the
consigm11ent. Specimens of plates and structural sections used in the
portals rhay be used as allowed in specification of galvanizing.

5. METHOD OF TEST
All tests shall be canied out strictly in accordance with IEC 60652, DIN
17100 and as outlined herein.

6. ACCEPTANCE Al'lD REJECTION

a) The supplier shall forward to the purchaser, four copies of certificates
proving that all the required tests have been catTied out. Acceptance or
rejection of the structure will be based on the criteria specified in this.
specification.

If any sample fails to meet the requirements of this specification, twice.

the 01iginal number of samples shall then be tested. If any of these
sainples fails to conform, the whole consigmnent of aiiicles represented
by sainples shall be rejected.

b) Assembled Portals

Should a structure fail on any load up to 100% of design load, including

load factor of safety according to case of loading the part that has failed
shall be replaced. The structure on being retested must pass the previous
load test for acceptance.

c) Galvanized Coatings

should the sample items fail the tests outlined in galvanized specification
the consignment represented by the sample shall be rejected. H...owever;"',..
the consignment that has been rejected may be regalvaniseq/apd then
resubmitted for test. (•
t
\
\ '

E1ectrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 40/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Amhority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/i""J kV GIS S/S

14-4) Tests on circuit breakers

1. Type tests:
a) Mechanical Operation Tests

The mechanical operation test shall be made at the ambient air

temperature of test location.
Mechanical performance of 2000 operating cycles unenergised as
detailed in IEC 62271-100, with the motor mound spring set at
minimum rated and maximum values and with the operating coil set
at minimum, rated and maximum voltage as set out in IEC 62271-
100.

b) Temperature Rise Tests

c) Measurements of Resistance of Main Circuits

This test shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 62271-100. The
results shall be recorded,

d) Dielectric Tests

These tests Shall be carried out according to IEC 60694 including the
following:-

a. Lightning Impulse Tests:

These tests shall be made on the circuit breaker closed and across the
pole tenninals with the circuit breaker open in accordance with IEC
62271-100. The voltage levels shall be those specified in system
parameters volume (2), chapter (2).

b. Power Freguencv Tests:

These tests shall be made at 50 Hz on the circuit breakers as in IEC

62271-100 wit.1-i the voltage levels specified in system paraineters table
2. In the case of SF6 circuit breakers, tests shall be carried out-a1:·the
minimum safe operating gas density. r/ _, ·

e) Dielectric test on auxiliary and control circuits

(
1) Short Circuit Making and Breaking Perfonnance

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 41/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authoriry (NUCA) Chapter J4
6th October Eastern Extensions ')20/22/22 kV GIS S/S

These test shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 62271-100. for
1J1e test duties listed therein. For these tests 100% rated sh01i circuit
breaking cunent sha!l be [Link].

g) Out of Phase making and Breaking Tests

h) Shmi Time withstand cunent and peak withstand current tests

These tests shali be carried out in accordance with IEC 62271-100 to

the current values listed in system parameters volume (2), chapter (2).

i) Capacitive Current Switching Tests

Capacitive current switching tests shall include the following:-

- Line - charging breaking current.
- Cable - charging breaking current.
- Single- capacitor bank breaking cmTent.
- Back to back capacitor breaking current.
- Capacitor -bank inrush making current.
and small inductive current switching tests may be required to be
performed on request in accordance with IEC 62271-100.

j) Short Line Fault Tests

k) Tests of Verification the Degree of Protection

According to IEC 60694 and IEC 62271-100.

1) Paiiial Discharge Tests

These tests shall be caiTied out in accordance with all clauses of IEC
62271-100.

m) Electromagnetic Compatibility Test

n) Tighti,ess test.

o) Small inductive switching test.

2. Routine Tests

Routine tests shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 62271-100.

The routine tests required are:

a) Dielectric Test on the Main Circuit

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 42/90

Volume 2: Technical Specificaiions Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) [Link] 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 210122/22 kV GlS S/S

These tests shall be made at 50 Hz on the circuit breaker closed and

across the pole tenninals with the circuit breaker open in accordance
with IEC 62271-100. The voltage level shall be that specified in system
parameters, chapter (2).

b) Measurement of Resistance of Main Circuits

This test shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 62271-100. The
results shall be compared with that obtained during the type tests.

c) Mechanical Operating Tests

These tests shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 62271-100. on

the circuit breaker fully assembled as for service and shall included
pole timing tests according to IEC 62271-100 and tests of all alarms
and lock-out devices.

d) Dielectric tests on Control and auxiliary Circuits

e) Design and Visual Cheeks

f) Tightness Test

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 43/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authoritv (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 226122122 k-\1 GlS S/S

14-5) Tests on disconector / earthing Switch

1. Type Tests:
a) Lightning impulse tests to the levels specified in system parameters,
volume (2), chapter (2) and in accordance with IEC 62271-102. These
tests shall be applied to all poles and across the open disconnector as
specified in IEC 60694.

b) Power freguencv test:

Power frequency test to the levels specified in system parameters,

volume (2), chapter (2) and in accordance with IEC 62271-102.

Power frequency voltage test at 2 kV to all auxiliary circuits of the

disconnector / earthing switch for one minute in accordance with IEC
60694 and IEC 62271-102.

c) Temoerature Rise Test

The test for temperature rise shall be made on the dicsonnector at the
rated normal cunent in accordance wit..1-i IEC 62271-102.
d) Short - time withstand and peak cunent tests and making cunent test
for earthing switch.

e) Operating and mechanical endurance tests.

These tests shall be canied out to prove.

(a) Normal endurance at 1000 operations.
(b) Endurance with maximum pennitted
tenninal load.

f) Measurement of resistance of the main circuit:

The resistance of the main circuit shall be measured in accordance with

IEC 62271-102 and IEC 60694.

g) Operation at the temperature limits test (for outdoor discom1ector

switches and earthing switches).

h) Partial Discharge Tests.

These tests shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 60694, 62271-
102 and IEC 60270.

Electlical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page44/90

Volume 2: Teclmical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6 th October Eastern Extensions 720/72/21 kV GIS SIS

i) Bus transfer current switching test

j) Verification of the degree of protection

The test shall be carried out in accordance with IEC. 62271-102 and IEC
60694.

k) Elec1Tomagnetic compatibility test:

The test shall be canied out in accordance with IEC 62271-102 and IEC
60694.

2. Routine Tests

a) Routine tests shall be carried out in accordance with latest edition of IEC
62271-102.

b) The routine tests required are:

Power frequencv voltage test.

Power frequency voltage test at the voltage level specified in systeni
parameters volume (2), chapter (2).
Dielectric test on auxiliarv and control circuit:
Power frequency voltage test at 2 kV to all auxiliaiy circuits.

Measurement of Resistance of11ain Circuits.

The test shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 60694 and 62271-
102 for routine tests. The result shall be compared with that obtained
during the type test.

11echanical Ooerating Tests.

These tests shall be carried out on the disconnector / earthing switch

connected as for service.

Design and visual check test

.,,...---~~-~
£,/: '- ,, >,,,
These test shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 62~71-102 and
IEC 60694. I

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 45/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Ne\\• Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

14-6) Tests on Conductors and Insulators

(1) Tests on Tubular Conductor

These tests (measurement) shall consist of:
(a) Measurement of weight.
(b) Measurement of resistance.

(2) Tests on 66 kV Post Insulator

2.1 Type Tests

These tests shall be carried out m accordance with IEC 60168 as

follows:

(a) Dry lightning impulse voltage test.

(b) Wet power frequency voltage test.
(c) Test for mechanical strength until mechanical failing load is reached.
(d) Artificial pollution tests.
According to IEC 60507 using the solid layer method.

A separate test shall be carried out for each reference layer

conductivity.

The solution composition shall consist of 40 g kaolin, 1000 g water

and salt giving the various reference layer conductivities.
The measurement of the layer conductance and the determination of
the layer conductivity. The withstand test procedure shall be in
accordance with IEC 60507.

(e) Partial discharge test

These tests shall be carried out in accordance with all clauses of IEC
60270.

2.2 Sample Tests

These tests shall be carried out m accordance with IEC 60168 as

follows.
(a) Verification of dimensions.
(b) Temperature cycle test.
(c) Test for mechanical strength.
(d) Porosity test.
(e) Galvanising test.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 46/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Ne;v Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV G]S S/S

2.3 Routine Tests

These tests shall be carried out m accordance with IEC 60168 as

follows.
(a) Visual examination.
(b) Mechanical routine tests.
(c) Electricai routine test.

3. Tests on String Insulators

3.1. Type Tests:

These t;:;sts shall be canied out in accordance with referenced
specification as follows.
(a) Dr; lightning impulse voltage test in accordance with IEC 60383-1.
(b) \Vet switching impulse voltage test in accordance with IEC 60383.
(c) Wet power frequency voltage test in accordance with IEC 60383.
(d) Artificial pollution test in accordance with IEC 60507.
(e) Thermal mechanical perfonnance tests in accordance with IEC
60575.
(f) Residual strength of insulator string in accordance with IEC 60797.
(g) Impulse overvoltage test in accordance with IEC 60383.

3.2. Sample Tests:

These tests shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 60383 as
follows.
(a) Verification of the Jocking system.
(b) Verification of the dimensions.
(c) Temperature cycle tests.
(d) Electromechanical failing load test.
(e) Mechanical failing load test.
(f) Thermal shock test for glass insulator.
(g) Puncture test.
(h) Porosity test.
(i) Galva.."lizing test.

3.3. Routine Tests:

These tests shall be carried out m accordance with IEC 603 83 as

follows.
(a) Visual examination test.
(b) :tviechanical routine test.
(c) Electrical routine test.
(d) Thermal shock routine test.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 47/90

Volume 2: Teclmical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/2?/?? kV GTS S/S

4. Bushings:
4.1. Type Tests:
• \Ve! power-frequency voltage withstand test.
" Dry lighting impulse voltage withstand test.
o Dry or wet switching impulse voltage.
" Thermal stability test.
• Temperature rise test.
• Thermal short-time cunent withstand test.
• Dynamic current withstand test.
• Cantilever load withstand test.

4.2. Routine Tests:

• Measurement of the dielectric dissipation factor (tan 8) and the
capacitance at ambient temperature.
• Dry power-frequency voltage withstand test.
<> Measurement of the discharge quantity.
• . Tests of the tap insulation.
• Design and visual check.

5. Tests on Accessories

5.1. Conductor Connectors (clamps and :fittings)

Proof of cunent rating and mechanical pull-out strength shall be
provided by the manufacturer for each type of connector offered.

5.2. Insulator Accessories

These accessories, ,vhich include all the forged steel fittings associated
with an insulator string set shall be tested in accordance with BS 3288 or
equivalent as follows:

(a) Type tests consisting of mechanical tests.

(b) Sample tests consisting of:
(i) Verification of dimensions.
(ii) Mechanical tests as in (a) above.
(iii) Galvanizing test in accordance with EUS.
(c) Routine mechanical tests for the fittings.

6. SAMPLING

6 .1. Tubular Stranded Copper Conductor

The samples shall be taken from not less than 10% of the individual
lengths of conductor of each consigmnent before stranding. Each sample
shall be sufficient to provide one test specimen for each test.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 48/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
th
6 October Eastern Extensions 220/2°/22 kV GIS S/S

Alternatively, if the purchaser or his representative is present, samples,

as above, my be taken from lengths of stranded conductor.

6.2. POST INSULATORS

For the sample tests shall be taken in accordance with IEC 60168.

6.3. BALL AND SOCKET INSULATORS

For the sample tests shall be taken in accordance with IEC 60383.

6.4. INSULATORACCESSORIES
The sample tests shall be taken m accordance with BS 3288 or
equivalent.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 49/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Nev,1 Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter J4
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/2~/22 kV GIS SiS

14-7) Tests on Current Transformers

1. Type tests:

a) Short - time current test

In accordance with IEC 60044-1. Note that this test shall combine
measurement of thermal and dynamic withstand currents.

b) Temperature rise tests on primaiy winding

Verification that at conditions of rated continuous thermal cunent and
rated output, the temperature rise of any part does not exceed the
appropriate value given in table 1 IEC 60044-1. The test shall be in
accordance with IEC 60044-1.

c) Impulse and chopped voltage tests

Application of )ightning and chopped impulse voltages to the levels
specified in system paraineters, volume (2), chapter (2)and in accordance
with IEC 60044-1.

d) Test for accuracy

Verification that the accuracy of the metering winding is appropriate for
the accuracy class specified. The tests shall be performed and adjudge in
accordance with IEC 60044-1.

e) Test for composite en-or

Verification that the accuracy of protective windings are appropriate for
the accuracy class specified. The tests shall be performed and adjudged
in accordance with IEC 60044-1.

f) Mechanical test:
The static loads that cmTent transformers shall be capable withstanding
is 1.25 KN. The dynamic loads (e.g. short circuit) shall be not exceeding
1.4 times the static withstand test load according to IEC 60044-1.

g) Measurement of capacitance and dielectric dissipation factor

The measurement of capacitance and dielectric dissipation factor shall
be made after the power frequency withstand test on the primaiy
windings.
The test voltage shall be applied between the short-circuited primary~~,
wm·ct·mg tenmna
·1s an d earth . ·/.

h) Wet test for outdoor cun-ent transformer.

This test shall be carried in accordance with IEC 60044-2.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 50/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'h October Eastern Extensions 220/2~/22 kV GIS S/S

2. Routine Tests

2.1 Routine tests shall be carried out in accordance ,vith IEC 60044-1, and
~

i
as specified herein.
' 2.2 The required routine tests are:

a) Verification oftenninal markings

In accordance with IEC 60044-1.
r b) · Power frequency test on primary windings
I
Application of alternating voltages to the level specified in system
parameters, volume (2), chapter (2) and in accordance with IEC 60044-
1.

c) Partial discharge tests

A partial discharge or internal discharge test shall be performed on each
current transfonner in accordance with IEC publication 60044-2.

d) Power frequency test on secondary windings

Application of alternating voltage of 3kV m accordance with IEC
60044-1.

e) Inter-turn over-voltage test

The test shall be performed in accordance with IEC 60044-1.

f) Test of accuracy
Verification that the accuracy of the metering winding in appropriate for
th.e accuracy class specified accordance with IEC 60044-1.

g) Test for composite error

Verification that the accuracy of protective windings are appropriate for
the accuracy class specified in accordance with IEC 60044-1.

h) Routine tests on class X windings

In accordance with section 4.4 of BS 3938.

i) Visual inspection
On hollow insulator, in accordance with IEC 60233.

j) Measurement of dielectric dissipation factor.

k) Electrical routine test on hollow insulator.

in accordance with IEC 60233.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 51/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6111 October Eastern Extensions 220122i21 kV GIS S/S

14-8) Tests on inductive volta2:e transformer

1. Tvpe tests:

a) Temperature Rise Test

Verification that at conditions of rated voltage and frequency and with
the highest burden connected, the temperature rise of any part does not
exceed the appropriate value given in IEC 60044-2.

b) Lightning And Chopped Impulse Tests

Application of lightning and chopped impulse voltage to the level
specified in system parameters volume (2), chapter (2), and in
accordance with IEC 60044-2.

c) Short- Circuit Withstand Capability Test

Application of one short circuit current for 1 second in accordance with
IEC 60044-2.

d) Ferro-Resonance Test
Sho1t-circuiting of the secondary terminals 111 accordance with
procedures specified in IEC 60044-2.

e) \Vet Test For Outdoor Transformer

This test shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 60044-2.

f) Test for Accuracy

Verification that the accuracy of both windings are appropriate for the
accuracy class specified. The test shall be perfo1111ed and adjudged in
accordance with IEC 60044-5 and IEC 60044-2.

g) Special measurement of transmission factor for high frequency of over

voltage.

h) Detennination of temperature coefficient.

i) Measurement of capacitance and dielectric dissipation factor (tan 8 ).
This test shall be carried in accordance with IEC 60044-5 §,lld-.JEC_
60044-2. / / . ·. · ..

j) Tightness test
This test shall be carried in accordance with lEC 60044-2.

k) Mechanical Test
This test shall be [Link] in accordance with IEC 60044-2.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 52/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October E2stern Extensions 210/22/22 kV GIS SIS

2. Routine Tests

2.1. Routine tests shall be carried out in accordance with the followings:

2.2. The required routine tests are:

a) Verification of Terminal Markings

In accordance with and IEC 60044-2.

b) Power Frequency Withstand Tests

Application of alternating voltages to the levels specified in system
parameters, IEC 60358, IEC 60044-2 where not in conflict with this
·.r.-. ,1.'
spec1i1cat1vn.

c) Partial Discharge Measurement.

In accordance with IEC 60358, IEC 60044-2 and IEC 60044-5.

d) Measurement of Capacitance and Dielectric dissipation factor

(tan o).

e) Sealing Test
This test shall be canied out in accordance with IEC 60358.

f) Tests for Accuracy

Verification that the accuracy of both windings are appropriate for
the accuracy class specified. Tests shall be perfom1ed and adjudged
in accordance with ofIEC 60044-2.

g) Visual Inspection
This test shall be carried out on hollow insulator in accordance with
IEC 60358 and IEC 62155ED.1.0.

h) Electrical Routine Test (hollow insulator)

This test shall be carried out on hollow insulator, in accordance with
IEC 60358 and IEC 62155ED.l.O.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 53/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority ()\TUCA) Chapter 14
6';, October Eastern Extensions 220122/7? kV GIS S/S

14-9) Test on Lightnin!! Arresters

1. Tvpe Tests:
a) Insulation withstand tests on the arrester housing.
b) Residual voltage tests
c) Long duration current impulse withstand test.
d) Operating duty tests.
e) Short circuit test.
f) Internal partial discharge test
g) Test of bending moment.
h) Seal leak test.
i) Enviromnental tests.
j) Artificial pollution test.
According to IEC 60099 - 3.
k) Test of an·ester disconnectors / fault indicators if fitted.

2. Routine Tests:

2.1. Routine tests shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 60099 - 4
(clause 9.1)
2.2. The bidder shall provide details of all quality control checks / routine
tests which will be performed on individual Zno blocks (including
verification that the material is homogeneous) and on complete arresters
with a minimum requirement being the following:

a) Measurement of reference voltage as per IEC 60099 - 4 (clause

9.1.a)
b) Residual voltage test for lightning impulse cmrent in the range
between 0.01 and 2 times the nominal discharge current. The test
shall be -perfonned as per IEC 60099 - 4 ( clause 9 .1. b)
2
c) Internal partial discharge test on complete arrester as per IEC 60099
t'
L,"
-4 (clause 9.1. c)
d) Housing seal test as per IEC 60099 - 4 (clause 9. l.d).
e) Current distribution test for multi - column arresters as 60099 - 4
--,-------,
(clause 9.1.e).
f) Verification of surge counter operation.
g) Insulator tests as per IEC 62155 d.l.o including:
1- Visual inspection.
2- Electrical routine test.

3. Acceptance Tests:
3.1. Standard Acceptance Tests:
Acceptance tests shall be canied out in accordance with IEC 60099 - 4
(clause 9.2). The following tests shall be made on the nearest lower
whole number to the cube root of the number of arresters to be supplied:

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 54/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NlJCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV G[S S/S

a) Measurement of power frequency voltage on the complete arrester

as per IEC 60099 - 4 (clause 9.2.1.a)
b) Lightning impulse residual voltage test on complete arrester or
arrester unit as per IEC 60099 - 4 (clause 9.2.1.b)
c) Internal pmiial discharge test as per IEC 60099 - 4 (clause 9.2.1.c).
d) Insulator tests as per IEC 62155 d. l.o including:
1- Verification of dimensions.
2- Porosity test.
[ 3- Temperature cycle test.

3.2. Special thermal stability test. The test shall be carried out accordance
with clause (9 .2.2) with IEC 60099 - 4.

4. SAMPLING

4.1. Type tests shall be carried out on (one - three) of each type of
anester offered according to the latest IEC specification.

4.2. Routine tests shall be carried out on all arresters ordered.

4.3. Acceptance tests shall be -carried out on the nearest lower whole
number to the cube root of the number of arresters ordered.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 55/90

Volume 2: Teclmical Specifications Rev. (0)
'.
I
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA_) Chapter 14
6 th October Eastern Extensions 120!"2122 kV GIS SIS

14-10) Tests on I\1.V. Switchgear

1. Tvpe Tests:

Complete Assembly:
The following tests shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 62271-
200, unless otherwise specified:
Irnpluse voltage dry tests.
Power frequency voltage dry tests.
Temperature rise test.
Short-time current tests on earthing circuits.
Verificatim1 of making and breaking capacities.
Mechanical operations tests.
Verification of degree of protection.

2. Routine Tests:

Complete Assembly:
The following tests shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 60694 -
and 62271-200, unless otherwise specified:
Power frequency voltage dry tests.
Voltage tests on auxiliary circuits.
Mechanical operations tests.
Tests of auxiliary electrical devices.
Verification of wiring.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 56/90

Volwne 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/2') kV GIS S/S

14-11)Tests on Auxiliarv Transformers

1. Tvpe Tests:

The following type tests shall be carried out.

Temperature rise test per IEC 60076 part 2 in ONAN and

overload.
Lightning impulse test for HT - LT - and neutral point per IEC
60076 paii 3.

2. Special Tests:

The following special tests shall be carried out.

Measurement of dissipation factor (tan o) of the insulation system
and capacitances and for oil before and after dielectric test.
Vaccum / pressure test of the transfonner tank and radiators.
Determination of sound level.
Measurement of zero sequence impeda,,ce.
Short circuit withstand capability hai1nonic at no load current.

3. Routine Tests On Auxiliarv Transformers:

These tests shall be applied on all the transfonners in accordance with

details as given in IEC publication No. 60076 - 1, 2 and 3 (last issue).
They shall include the following:-
!- Measurement of winding resistance of L V winding and HV
winding at all taps.

Measurement of voltage ratio in all taps and check of voltage

relationship (vector group).

3- Measurement of short - circuit impedance ai1d load loss at the

two extreme taps and the principle tap.

4- Measurement of no - load loss and no load current before and

after dielectric test.

5- Dielectric tests, including:

One - minute sepai·ate - source voltage withstand test.
Induced over voltage withstand test.
Measurement of insulation resistance of each winding with
respect to all other winding and tank.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 57/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Ne,v Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV G1S SIS

!v[easurement of dielectric strengH1 of oil (transformer

should be tested filled with oil having breakdown strengili
of not more than 55 kV/2.5 111111).
Functional and insulation tests for auxiliary circuits and
CT's.

4. Repeated routine tests after short circuit test according to IEC

5. Test on off load - tap changer test as per IEC 60076.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 58/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NliCA) Chapter i 4
6 1h October Eastern Extensions 220/2')/?2 kV GJS S/S

14-12) Testing of Transformer Neutral Point Equipment

1. Tvpe tests

1.1. Complete Bav

a) Lightning Impulse Tests

These tests shall be made with all the HV switches except the earthing
devices closed and also with each HV switch in the main circuit in the
open position. The test voltages shall be the values specified in system
parameters, volmne (2 ), chapter (2) as appropriate.

b) Power Frequency Voltage Withstand Tests

These tests shall be made with all the HV switches except the earthing
devices closed and also with each HV switch in the main circuit in the
open position. The test voltages shall be the values specified in system
parameters, volmne (2), chapter (2) as appropriate.

c) Temperature Rise Test

This test shall be carried out on an assembled bay. Temperatures both
internal and external to the enclosure shall be recorded in accordance
withIEC.

d) l\'leasurement of Resistance of main Circuit

Resistance of the main circuit of one of each type of shipping unit is
recorded. The values recorded shall be used for comparison with those
recorded on routine tests.

e) Short circuit Making and Breaking Performances

Switching devices forming part of the main circuit shall be tested to
verify their rated making and breaking capacities according to the
relevant IEC reco,mnendation and under the proper conditions of
installation and use i.e. they shall be installed with all the associated
parts which may influence the perf01mances, such as the anangements
of connections, supports, provisions for venting, etc.

f) Mechanical Operation Test

Switching devices of the metal enclosed switchgear shall be submitted to
mechanical endura,'[Link] type test in accordance with the relevant IEC
recommendations, unless previously tested separately.

g) Verification of Degree of Protection

Test to verify the specified degree of protection against contact with live
paiis and moving paiis shall be perfo1med.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 59/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter ]4
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS S/S

h) Arcing Due to Internal Fault

Tests to detennine the effects of arcs due to internal faults withing the
switchgear may be required. If required these tests shall be subject to
agreement between the purchaser and supplier.

1.2. Surge Arresters

1.2.1 Type tests certificates shall be submitted in accordance with IEC 60099-
4 proposal on surge arresters.

1.2.2 Type tests which have been corrected out to prove the design of the
aiTesters or its components shall be supported by a test certificate, giving
the type, description, location and date of the tests carried out at an
approved independent testing authority or witnessed by representive of
approved independent testing authorities.

1.2.3 The type tests required are:

Short circuit test.
- Internal partial discharge test.
- Insulation withstand tests including:
1- Lightning impulse .voltage test.
2- Power frequency voltage test.

- Residual voltage tests including

1- Steep current impulse residual voltage.
2- Lightning impulse voltage.

- Current impulse withstand.

- Pressure relief tests including:
1- High current pressure relief test.
2- Low current pressure relief test.

- Test of the bending moment.

Seal leak rate test.
- Altificial pollution tests.

1.3. Disconnectors Switch

1.3.l Test certificates in accordance with IEC 62271-102 shall be submitted.

1.3.2 Lightning impulse tests to the levels specified in system parameters,

volume (2), chapter (2) as appropriate and in accordance with 62271-
102.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 60/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Uiban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/21 kV G1S S/S

1.3 .3 Power frequency test to the levels specified in system parameters,

volume (2), chapter (2) as appropriate and in accordance with 62271-
102.
1.3 .4 Power frequency voltage test at 2 kV to all auxiliary circuit of the
disconnectors/ earthing switch for one minute in accordance with
62271-102.

1.3 .5 Short-time withstand and peak current tests

These tests shall be carried out as detailed in 62271-102.

1.3.6 Operating and mechanical endurance tests

These tests shall be canied out in accordance with IEC 62271 -102.
(a) nonnal endurance at 1000 operations.
(b) Endurance with maximum permitted terminal load.

1.3.7 Measurement of resistance of main circuits

The resistance of the main circuit shall be measured in accordance with
IEC 62271-102.
Electromagnetic compatibility.
Test to verify the degree of protection.
operation at temperature limit.

1.4. Current Transformers

1.4. l -Test certificate for the following tests should be submitted in [Link]-
with IEC 60044-1. ./

1.4.2 Sh01i-time cU1Tent test /

'\
In accordance with IEC 60044-1.
1.4.3 Temperature rise test
Verification that at conditions of rated continuous them1al cunent and
rated output, the temperature rise of any part does not exceed the
appropriate value given in clause 7.1 of IEC 60044-1. The test shall be
in accordance with clause 7 .2 of IEC 60044-1.

1.4.4 Lightning implllse test

Application of impulse voltages to the level specified in system
parameters, volume (2), chapter (2) and in accordance with clause 7.3 of
IEC 60044-1.

1.4.5 Test for accuracy

Verification that the accuracy of the metering winding is appropriate for
the accuracy class specified. The tests shall be perfonned and adjudged
in accordance with clauses 11.4 of IEC 60044-1.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 61/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urbtm Communities Amhority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6111 October Eastern Extensions 220/22/?2 kV GlS S/S

1.4.6 Test for composite error

Verification that the accuracy of protective windings are appropriate for
the accuracy class specified. The tests shall be performed and adjudged
in accordance with clause 125 ofIEC 60044-1.

1.5 Earthing resistor

These tests should be carried out:

1) Measurement of resistance.
2) Dielectric tests.
i) Power frequency withstand voltage test.
ii) Diel_ectric test on auxiliary and control circuit.
iii) Lightning impulse withstand voltage test.
3) Temperature rise test.
4) Verification of the degree of protection.

2. Routine Tests
Routine tests shall be carried out on all neutral point equipment
assemblies and on individual components according the relevant
.,.,.-,-·
]EC-~--~.. ,

recommendations.

2.1. Complete Bav

2.1.1 Power frequency voltage withstand test

The test method shall be identical to that type tests.

2.1.2 Voltage tests on auxiliary and control circuits ··-

All auxiliary and control circuits shall be subjected to power frequency
voltage tests between all live parts of the auxiliary and control circuits
and the enclosure.
The applied voltage shall be 2 kV for 1 minute.

2.1.3 Measuring of resistance of main circuits

The test meL1-1od shall be identical that for type tests. The results obtained
shall be compared with thoseTecorded during the type tests.

2.1.4 Mechanical operation tests

Switching devices of the metalclad switchgear shall be submitted to a
mechanical endurance routine test in accordance with the relevant IEC
recommendations, unless previously tested separately.

2.1.5 Tests of auxiliary electrical devices

The electrical ai,d other interlocks together with control devices having a
predetennined sequence of operation shall be tested five times in
succession in the intended condition of use and operation.

E]ectrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 62/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Ne\~· Urban Communities Authorhy (NUCA) Chapter 14
6"' October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV G!S S/S

2.1.6 Check of wiring

These checks shall verify that the auxiliary wmng conforms to the
supplier's wiring diagrams and the specified requirements.

2.2. Surze Arresters

2.2.1 Routine test shall be canied out in accordance with IEC 60099-4.

2.2.2 The purchaser shall provide details of all quality control checks/ routine
tests which ,vill be performed on individual zone blocks (including
verification that the material is homogenous) and on complete arresters
· with minimum requirement being the following:
i) Measurement of reference voltage as per IEC 60099-44 (cl [Link]).
ii) Residual voltage test for lightning impulse current in range
between 0.01 and 2 time discharge current.
iii) Partial discharge test on complete arrester as per relevant to IEC.
iv) Housing seal test as per relevant to IEC clause 8.1 d.
v) Verification of surge counter operation.

2.3. Disconnector Switch

2.3.1 Routine tests shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 62271--102.

2.3 .2 The routine tests required are:

2.3.3 Power frequency voltage test at the voltage level specified in system
parameters volume (2), chapter (2) as appropriate and in accordance
with relevant IEC.

2.3.4 Power frequency voltage test at 2 kV on all auxiliary circuits as i~---.,

/
accordance with the revelant IEC.

2.3.5 Measurement of resistance of main circuits

These tests shall be carried out in accordance with revelant IEC.

2.4. Current Transformers

Routine tests shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 60044-1 unless
otherwise indicated.

2.4.1 Verification ofte1minal markings

In accordance with clause 8.1 ofIEC 60044-1.

2.4.2 Power frequency test on primary windings

Application of alternating voltages to the level specified in system
parameters, volume (2), chapter (2) and in accordance with clause 8.2 of
IEC 60044-1.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 63/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220il2/2'2 kV GJS SIS

2.4.3 Power frequency test on secondary windings

Application of alternating voltage of 2 kV in accordance with clause 8.3
ofIEC 60044-1.

2.4.4 Overvoltage inter-tum test

This test shall be can-ied out m accordance ·with clause 8.4 of IEC
60044-1.

2.4.5 Test for accuracy

Verification that the accuracy of the metering winding is appropriate for
the accuracy class specified in accordance with clause 11.5 of IEC
60044-1.

2.4.6 Test for accuracy

Verification that the accuracy of the metering winding is appropriate for
the accuracy class

Earthing Resistor
Routine tests shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant IEEE
ST 32 and IEC.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 64/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

14-13) Testirn, of Control Panels

1. Type and Routine Test

1. 1. Type test shall be carried out for one of each particular type or design of
unit type test shall be accordance with latest version ofIEC.

1.2. Insulation resistance test at 1000 V, AC for one minute are, if possible to
be cmried out on all protection, control, alarm and indication circuits to
ensure that wiring is in satisfactory condition.

1.3. Visual inspection shall ½e made on cable gland, cable joints, circuit
breaker rating and small panel items, such as indicating lamps.

1.4.- Static equipment which may be damaged by the application of test

voltages shall have the appropriate terminals short-circuited.

L- 1.5. Inter-relay, inter-unit and cubicle wiring cmried out at site is to be

checked to the appropriate circuit and/or wiring diagram. This may be
done by using bells or buzzers, or DC voltage supplied from the station
battery may also be used.

1.6. Where it is found necessary to effect site modifications to the secondary

wiring, copies of appropriate schematic and wiring diagrams shall be
suitably marked as agreed with Engineer before rhe circuit is
c01mnissioned.

1.7. Loop resistance measurements shall be made on all current trm1sfonner

circuits. Separate values are required for cmrent transfonners and lead
resistance and all instruments are to be recorded on load resistance
diagrams. ,-/ - - -

1.8. Vector group, phasing, synchronizing and alann test shall alfo be carried
out. [
\
'
1.9. All panel equipment is to be examined to ensure that it is in proper
working condition m1d correctly adjusted, correctly labeled. and that
cases, covers, glass and gaskets are in good order and properly fitted.

1.10. Secondmy Injection

Secondmy injection shall be carried out on all AC relays, using voltage
and cmrent of sinusoidal wave from and power frequency to confinn
satisfactory operation and range adjustment.

Electrical Power Systems EngineeriJ1g Company Exhibit D Page 65/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

1.11. _DC Operation Test

Tests are to be ca1Tied out to prove the correctness of all DC polarities,
the operating levels of DC relays and the correct functioning of DC relay
schemes, selection and control switching, indication and alarms.

1.12. Auxiliary power and control cables test

Each complete circuit of cable shall be subject to a direct current high
voltage test.

1.13. For cables installed in a three phase 220/380V, 50Hz system the test may
be applied with a 2000 V megger insulation tester.

2. Test Facility
Terminal blocks shall be provided to accommodate all circuits entering
or leaving the panels and cubicles. The tem1inal blocks should be of fire
resistant type. For CT's circuits, tenninal blocks should be provided with
short circuit facility. For VT's circuits, tenninal blocks should be
provided.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 66i90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Nev,' Urban Communities Amhority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6111 October Eastern Extensions 210/1 2/22 kV GlS SIS

14-14) Tests on 66 kV Cables

1. Routine Tests:
Routine tests shall be carried out by the supplier on all finished cables to
demonstrate their individual integrity.
The tests shail be carried out generally in accordance with IEC
publication 60840.
(a) Electrical Test
For non metallic sheath shall be in accordance with IEC 60229.
(b) Partial Discharge Test
The partial discharge test shall be carried out in accordance with IEC
60885-3. The magnitude of the discharge at 1.5 U 0 shall not excie-od 10
PC.
(c) High Voltage Test:
No breakdown of the insulation shall occur when the cable is tested at
the voltage 2.5 U 0 between conductor and the metallic screen for 30 min.
at ambient temperature in accordance with IEC 60840.

2. Special (Sample) Tests:

2.1. Special (sample) Tests Required in accordance to IEC 60840.

(a) Conductor examination
(b) Measurement of electrical resistance of conductor.
(c) 1',1easurernent of thickness of insulation and non metallic sheath/•'"·"-
(d) l'vfeasurement of thickness of metallic sheath. /
(e) Measurement of diameter.
(f) Measurement of capacitance.
(g) l\1easurement of density ofHDPE insulation.
(h) Hot Set Test For XLPE Insulation

2.2. The sampling and test procedure shall be carried out in accordance witli".. ··
IEC 6081.

3. Type Tests:

3 .1. Type tests shall be carried out be the supplier in order to demonstrate
satisfactory perfonnance of the cable design covered by this
specification.

3.2. EETC at his discretion, may waive any or all of the type tests where such
tests have been carried out previously on a cable of "similar design", and
where acceptable type test ce1tificates are provided by the supplier. The
acceptance of such type test certificates shall be based on the stated
requirements for type testing contained in this specification.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 67/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extem:ions 220/?2/22 kV GlS S/S

The type tests shall be carried out generally in accordance with IEC
60502-2. Tests on the serving shall be carried out in accordance with
IEC 60811.

4. Type Tests Required

(a) Bending Test Plus Partial Discharge

After completion of bending test, the sample shall be subjected to partial
discharge measurement.
The magnitude of the discharge at 1.5 D 0 shall not exceed 5 PC.

(b) Tan 8 as a Function of Temperature

The sample of completed ·cable shall be heated gradually until the
conductor has reached the 5 to 10° C above highest rated temperature in
non11al operating.
The tan 8 shall be measured at a power frequency voltage at Do but the
temperature specified acc. to IEC 60840.

(c) Heat Cycle Plus Partial Discharge

The conductor shall be heated by passing A.C current until the conductor
temperature reaches to a steady value 10° C above the max. rated
temperature of insulation in nonnal operation.
After the final cycle of heating and cooling the sample shall be subjected
to the J)fu-tial discharge measurement in accordance with IEC 60840.

(d) Impulse withstand followed by a power frequency voitage t e s ~ ·

accordance with IEC 60840. ,/ · ·

(e) Resistivity of semi conduction screen

(f) Non electrical type tests acc. to IEC 60840.

5. Inspection:
EETC has the right to witness tests or to visit the factory during
manufacture of any cables covered by this specification. Accordingly,
the supplier shall give the purchaser at least one month's notice of
manufacturing and test schedules.

6. Sampling

6.1. Routine Tests:

EETC shall specify in enquiry schedules, whether routine tests are to be
can-ied out on all the delivery lengths or on manufactured lengths, i.e.
prior to cutting into delivery lengths, ,vhere this may apply.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 68/90

Volume 2: TecluJical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Auth0riry (NUCA) Chapter i4
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS SIS

6.2. Special (Sample) Tests:

6.2.1. The measurement of dimensions shall be carried out on at least 10% of
tbe number of delivery lengths with a minimum of one length and in
accordance with the following:

Number of Deliver Number of Dimensional

Lengths Measurement Tests
. 0-10 1
11-20 2
~

21-30 .J

etc. etc.

6.2.2. The mechanical tests and the tests on the anti-c01Tosion serving shall be
carried out on samples taken from cables manufactured for the contract
in accordance with the following:-

Cable lenm:h (km) Number of sanmles

Above Un to and including
4 20 1
20 40 2
~
40 60 .)

etc. etc. etc.

6.3. Type Tests:

Type tests may be ca1Tied out on separate samples of cable, or on one
sample of cable only, in accordance with JEC 60502.

6 .4. Electrical tests after Instal!ati on

Tests after installation are made when the installation of the cable and its
accessories has been completed.

A d.c voltage equal to 3 U 0 shall be applied for 15 min.

As an alternative, by agreement between the contractor and
purchaser, an a.c voltage test at power frequency, in accordance
with JEC 60840.
Test for 5 min with the voltage applied between the conductprartci--
the screen. ·
Test for 24 with the nonnal operating voltage of the systerµ.
No metallic sheaths and outer protective covering of joint~.

7. Method Of Tests

All tests shall be canied out in accordance with the above mentioned and
other relevant JEC publications.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 69/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

8. Acceptance And Rejection

8.1. The supplier shall forv,ard to the purchaser two copies of certificates
proving that all the required tests have been carried out and that the
materials and construction comply with the specified requirements.

8.2. Criteria for acceptance or rejection of XLPE cables shall be m

accordance with the relevant standards quoted.

Electiical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 70/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 Ne,v Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS S/S

14-15) Tests on accessories for 66 kV Cables

1. Routine Tests
l. 1. Routine tests shall be carried out on the following accessories m
accordance with test schedule attached to the relevant chapter.
" Porcelain insulators.
• Bonding leads.

1.2. W11ere manufacturer's test certificates are supplied then the tests
required on porcelain insulators may be waived at the discretion of
EETC.

2. Special Tests
Special tests shall be carried out on porcelain insulators in accordance
with test schedule attached to the relevant chapter.

3. Type Tests
3. l. Type tests shall be carried out on the following accessories m
accordance with test schedule attached to the relevant chapter:
• Straightjoints, terminations.
• Link boxes.
• Porcelain insulators of outdoor sealing ends.

3.2. EETC, at his discretion, may waive any or all of the type tests where
such tests have been carried out previously on the following and where
acceptable type test certificates are provided by the supplier.
• joints and tenninations of "similar design" where "similar design" is
as· defined in IEC publication 60141-1, IEC 60811-1 where
applicable.
• Link boxes having the same insulation level and the same
closure/sealing mechanism as those being supplied.

3 .3. The acceptance of such type test certificates shall be based on the stated
requirements for type testing contained in this specification.

4. Inspection
EETC may wish to witness tests or to visit the factory d1:1rirrg~·-
manufacture of any or all items covered by this specification.
Accordingly, the supplier shall give EETC at least one month's µotice of
manufacturing and test schedules. /'
\
"' '
5. Sampling \
5.1. Routine tests .•. .· >
Routine tests shall be can·ied out on all of the completed accessories i ~ -
accordance with the relevant chapter and IEC.
r~

L Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company

Volume 2: Technical Specifications
Exhibit D Page 71/90
Rev. (OJ
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

5.2. Special tests

Special tests shall be carried out on samples or porcelain insulators in
accordance with the following:
(i) Porosity test on control samples.
(ii) Temperature cycle test on a number of samples m accordance
with the followin°·
'"-·
Number ofinsulators I Number of Samples
Ordered I
'' 1
24 or less
25 - 100 2
over 100 2% with a minimum
'

5.3. Type tests

Type tests shall be carried out on one of each type of accessory which is
to be supplied.

6. Method Of Test

All tests shall be carried out in accordance with the above mentioned
standards and other relevant IEC publications as detailed in the test
schedules attached to the relevant chapter.

7. Ac,ceptance And Rejection

7.1. The supplier shall forward to EETC, two (2) copies of certificates
proving that all test required type tests have been canied out and that the
· materials and construction comply with the specified requirements.

7.2. Criteria for acceptance or rejection of accessories for 66 kV XLPE

cables shall be in accordance with relevant standards quoted.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 72/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter l,;J
6 th October Eastern Extensions 1 '20/22/22 kV GIS SiS

14-16)Tests on I\1V Cables

1. Routine Tests:
1.1. Routine tests shall be carried out by the supplier on all finished cables to
demonstrate their individual integrity.

1.2. The tests shall be carried out generally 111 accordance with IEC
publication 60502-2.

(a) Electrical Resistance of Conductors

Resistance values shall be in accordance with IEC 60228.
The measurement shall be made on all conductors of each cable length
selected for the routine test.

(b) Partial Discharge Test- For 11 kV and 22 kV

The partial discharge test shall be can-ied out in accordance with IEC
-
60502-2. The magnitude. of the discharge at 1.73 U 0 shall not exceed 10
PC.

(c) High Voltage Test

The test shall be can-ied out bet\veen the conductor and the metallic
screen on all finished cable length in accordance with IEC 60502-2.

Special (Sample) Tests:

Special (sample) Tests Required in accordance to IEC 60502-2.

(a) Conductor Examination

Compliance with the requirements for conductor construction of IEC
60228 shall be checked by inspection and by measunnent.

(b) Check of Dimensions

Measurement of thickness of insulator and of non-metallic sheath
(including extruded separation sheaths) but excluding inner extruded
coverings shall be in accordance with IEC 60502-2.

(c) High Voltage For 4 hrs

The test shall be in accordance with IEC 60502-2.

No breakdown shall occur when cable shall be tested by applied "'.!''"-~-"

4 U0 for 4 hrs. at room temperature bet\veen each conductor
metallic screen.

E]ectrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 73/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

(d) Hot Set Test For XLPE Insulation

The sampling and test procedure shall be carried out in accordance with
IEC 60084-2-1.

2. Type Tests:

2.1. Type tests shall be carried out be the supplier in order to demonstrate
satisfactory performance of the cable design covered by this
specification.

2.2. EETC, at his discretion, may waive any or all of the type tests where
such tests have been carried out previously on a cable of "similar
design", and where acceptable type test certificates are provided by the
supplier. The acceptance of such type test certificates shall be based on
the stated requirements for type testing contained in this specification.

The type tests shall be carried out generally in accordance with IEC
60502-2. Tests on the serving shall be carried out in accordance wit.]}
IEC 60811.

2.4. Type Tests Required For 11 kV and 22 kV Cables are

(a) Partial Discharge Test

The partial discharge test shall be carried out in accordance with
IEC 60502-2. The magnitude of the discharge at l.73 U0 shall not
exceed 10 PC.
(b) Bending Test Plus Partial Discharge
After completion of bending test, the sample shall be subjected to partial
discharge measurement.

(c) Tan 8 as a Function of Voltage

The power factor of the sample shall be measured at ambient
t~mperature with alternating voltage at power frequency of 0.5 U0, U 0
and 2 U 0 • The measured values shall not exceed those given in IEC
60502-2.

(d) Tan 8 as a Function of Temperature

The sample of completed cable shall be heated gradually until the
conductor reached the highest rated temperature (90° c). . ~ • · ~,•.•..
The temperature shall be maintained for 2 hrs before the mea§urement o{
P.F and its values shall not exceed those given in IEC 60502/2.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 14790

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6111 October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

(e) Heat Cycle Plus Partial Discharge

The conductor shall be heated by passing A.C cun-ent until the conductor
temperature reaches to a steady value of 10° C above the max. rated
temperature of insulation in nonnal operation.
After the third cycle of heating and cooling the sample shall be subjected
to the partial discharge measurement in accordance with IEC 60502-2.

(f) Impulse withstand followed by a power frequency voltage test in

accordance ·with IEC 60230.
Cables shall withstand impulse tests as follows

Rated voltage Test voltage

6/10 (12) 75kV
12/20 (24) 125 kV
18/30 (36) 170 kV

After the impulse test the cables shall withstand a 15 minute power
frequency voltage test as follows:

Rated voltage Test voltage

11 kV 21kV
22kV 42kV

No breakdown of the insulation shall occur.

(g) Four Hour High Voltage Test

No breakdown shall occur when c-able is tested at 4 U0 for 4 hours in
accordance with IEC 60502-2

3. Inspection:
EETC has the right to witness tests or to visit the factory during
manufacture of any cables covered by this specification. Accordingly,
the supplier shall give the purchaser at least one month's notice of
manufacturing and test schedules.

4. Sampling

4 .1. Routine Tests:

EETC shall specify in enquiry schedules, whether routine tests are to be
carried out on all the delivery lengths or on manufactured lengths, i.e.
prior to cutting into delivery lengths, where this may apply.

4.2. Special (Sample) Tests:

The measurement of dimensions shall be carTied out on at least 10% of
the number of delivery lengths with a minimum of one length and the

Electrical Pmver Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 75/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter ]4
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/2?/?? kV GJS S/S

14-17) Tests on Low Volta!!e Equipment

1. Tests on LV Switch boards and main distribution boards:

1.1. Type Tests:

Type tests shall be canied out for each particular type or design of unit.
Any particular unit or units may, at the purchaser's discretion, be chosen
for testing.

1.2. · Routine Tests:

1.2.1. Each complete switchboard and n::::in distribution board assembly
including switchgear, relays and meters shall be subjected to high
potential tests in accordance with the reference IEC standards.

1.2.2. Switchgear after fabrication, shall meet the requirements of the routine
tests listed in IEC 60439.

1.2.3. All control wiring, instruments, relays, etc. c:hall be tested at 2,00-0V i:o.
ground, 50 Hz for one minute in accordm1ce with IEC 60439/

2. Tests on LV distribution boards:

2.1. Type Tests:

2.1. l. The following 1-ype tests shall be can·ied out for each pa1iicular :type or
~~- -

2.1.2. Any [Link] unit or units may, at purchases discretion, be chosen for
testing.

2.2. Routine Tests:

2.2.1. Each complete panels assembly shall be tested accordance with the
referenced IEC standards.

2.2.2. Panels assembly, shall meet the requirements of the routine tests.

2.2.3. All control wiring shall be tested at 2000 V to ground, 50 Hz for one
minute.

3. Tests on Substation batteries:

3.1. Type Tests

Type tests in accordance with IEC publication 60623 shall be canied out
on nickel -cadmium batteries.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 77/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authcrit;- (NUCA) Chapter 14
6111 October Eastern Extensions 220/'J.'1/22 kV GlS S/S

3.2. Routine Tests

The following routine inspection and testing shall be carried out:-

3 .2.1. Visual inspection.

3.2.2. Discharge perfom1ance test at 20°C according to IEC 60623, on Nickel

- Cadmium batteries.

4. Tests on Chargers:

4.1. General
4.1.1. All equipment shall be tested in accordance with the latest standards and
as specified herein. .
4.1.2. The supplier shall- provide acceptable type. Test ce1iificates for his
equipment.
4.1.3. The purchaser at his discretion may wish to have additional/ repeat type
tests carried out.

4.1.4. The routine tests specified shall be carried out on all units.

4.1.5. Following completion of all tests, two certified copies of the test reports
shall be submitted to the purchaser for approval. No equipme1}t.,s~af1 be···
transported until approval of the test reports has been giyen 'by the
purchaser. /

4.1.6. Location of Tests

Routine tests shall be carried out at the factory.

4.1. 7. Type tests shall be [Link] out at an independent testing agency or at the
supplier's laboratory and shall be witnessed by representative of an
independent testing agency or other representative acceptable to the
purchaser.

4.2. Inspection
The Purchaser has the right to witness tests or visit the factory during
manufacture of any or all item covered by this specification.
Accordingly, tl:te supplier shall give the purchaser adequate notice of
manufacturing and test schedules.

4.3. Sai.11pling
4.3. l. One unit of each different design shall be subjected to the type tests.

4.3.2. Routine tests shall be carried out on each unit.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 78/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GiS SIS

electrical and physical test shall be carried on samples acc. To IEC

60502-2.

4.3. Type Tests:

Type tests may be carried out on separate samples of cable, or on one
sample of cable only, in accordance with IEC 60811.

5. i\1ethod Of Tests

All tests shall be carried out in accordance with the above mentioned and
other relevant IEC publications as detailed in the test schedules attached
to the relevant chapter.

6. Acceptance And Rejection

The supplier shall fonvard to EETC two copies of certificates proving

that all the required tests have been carried out and that the materials and
construction comply with the specified requirements.

Criteria for acceptance or rejection of XLPE cables shall be m

accordance with the relevant standards quoted.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 76/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS SIS

14-18) Tests on Capacitor Danks

1. General:

Owner Engineer shall attend the herein after specified tests for capacitor banks
in accordance [Link]. the latest IEC publication, in addition tests are requested by
the purchaser as mentioned in the following items.

Other equipment such as discharge devices, fuses, cunent and voltage

transfonner, measuring instruments, control units, post insnlators and
switchgears shall be subjected to routine tests according to the relevant IEC
· standard.

However, the manufacturer must submit a test report for type and sample tests
ca1Tied out within 5years.

The capacitor unit and other equipment should meet at least the mmnnum
requirements mentioned in the general technical specifications.

2. · Tests on Capacitor Units:

A) Tvne Tests:
The required type tests are:-
The1111al stability test.·
Capacitor loss tangent (tan8) measurement at elevated temperature"
'"'-~-
A.C voltage test between tenninals and container.
Lightning impulse voltage test between tenninals and container.
Sh01i-circuit discharge test.
Ionization test.

B) Test of hot Spot Temperature Rise:

The hot-spot temperature shall be measured instead of state conditions at the
rated reactive power at an ambient temperature of 55°C by calibrated
thennocouples placed at two points between units expected to be near the
hottest spot. The hot spot temperature rise of any unit to be delivered,
detennined in this way must not exceed the declared value.

C) Endurance Test:
Some of the capacitor units will be subjected to endurance test according to
(IEC 60871-2).

D) Routine Test:
The required routine tests are acc. to IEC 60871-1
• Capacitance measurements.
• Capacitor loss tangent (tan 8) measurements.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 79/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter i4
6 th October Eastern Extensions 7 20/22/22 kV GlS S/S

• . -Voltage test bet,veen terminals.

• A.C. voltage test between tem1inal and container.
• Test of internal discharge device.
• Sealing test.

3. Tests On Controller:
The electronic reactive povsTer multi-step capacitor controller for high voltage
three phase networks shall be tested in accordance to the latest IEC publication
(IEC 60 688-1).

The following tests are required:-

a) Response Time:
The test shall be can-ied out under -ambient conditions (-2+55°C) and the
auxiliary circuit shall be energized for at least the preconditionin.g time unless it
is energized from one of the measuring quantities and is not separately
· accessible.·

The response time shall be in accordance to that mentioned in the item of the
sequence time of operation of the Q-controller.

b) Continuous Excessive Input:

All measuring circuits and auxiliary circuits of the control box shall be
subjected to 120% of the values assigned by the manufacturer for a period of 24
hours. All influence quai-itities shall be maintained at their reference values. The
power factor shall have its nominal value. The controller shall comply with the
requirements appropriate to its class index.

c) Excessive lnouts of Short Duration· .

The tests shall be made under ambient conditions.

The inputs shall be applied to the controller as follows:-

\"·: .
.

,,.
..···

Multiplying No. of Duration of each Interval between .,

Factor Applications application(s) successive
aoolications
Cun-ent 20 5 1 5min
Voltage 2 10 1 10 sec.
The controller shall comply with the requirements appropriate to its class
index.

d) Ripple Content of The Outout:

The ripple content of the output shall not exceed l % of the span, careful
consideration should be given to the selection oftest equipment with regard to
the maximum frequency to be expected.
Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 80/90
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

e) Voltage Tests:
Insulation tests and other safety requirement will be as in IEC 61010-1.

Testing of safety requirements should be done for indicating and recording

electrical measuring instrument and their accessories.

f) Imuulse Voltal!"e Tests:

Test voltage is± 5kV, 1.2/S0µs

In accordance to IEC 60 688-1 (General purpose transducer) 521 class 0.5 and
2 alternating current watt-hour meters.

After completion of the impulse voltage test, the controller shall comply with
the requirements appropriate to its class index.

g) Test For Temperature Rise:

This test shall be perfonned in according with clause 6.22 IEC 60 688-1.

h) Special Tests:
The manufacturer shall submit a test report to insure that the controller shall
comply with relevant limits of intrinsic error specified for their respective
accuracy 1 for a period of one year.

4) Capacitor bank Functioning Test:

One [Link] assembly of capacitor bank shall be tested at factory to insure
and check the functioning of different requirements defined in the
_specification. The bidder shall suggest the testing method in the bidding
document.

5) Test After Erection of The Equipment:

The following tests will be perfonned by the purchaser, in the presence of
manufacturer's representative if the considers it necessary:-

• Capacitor units are retested by applying a.d.c voltage of 0.75 x 4.3 x UN

. for 10sec. between the tenninals.
" The capacitance of each capacitor unit (or units group) will be measured
and the test results corrected to +20°C (dielectric) are compared with
the rating plate values of the units.
" The capacitance of each phase is measured.
., The temperature rise of the cubicle, at specified load.
• Functioning test for one week.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 81/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/21/2'2 kV GIS S/S

14-19) Transformer Fire Fighting Svstem Tests:

1. Factory tests and inspection:

Factory tests and inspection shall be submitted for jockey pumps,
compressors, valves ... etc.

2. Field and Function testing

In order to prove completion of construction of the works, the following
tests prior to taking over and acceptance shall be perfonned in the presence
of owner representative.

2.1. Field testing:

a) Jockey pump:
1. Installation check.
11. Piping system check.
111. Rotation check.
iv. Manual turning check.
v. Gland packing or mechanical seal check.
vi. Results of tests certified.

b) Motor:
Installation check.
1. Insulation resistance measurement.
11. Bearing and winding temperature detectors installation and
calibration check. ·
111. Lubrication check.
1v. Visual inspection: Aligmnent, leveling plumpness and bolting
down, tenninal connections, cable cover, ground connections
general workmanship and cleanliness.
v. Results of tests certified:
v1. Lr1 order to proved completion of the works, the following tests
for taking over and acceptance shall be perfom1ed in presence
of owner representative.

c) Water Storage vessel:

1. Water storage vessel shall be preapproved by a qualified
organization at a pressure not less than 150% of the operating
pressure.
11. Its capacity shall be sufficient to maintain flooding of all
transfonners for at least 3 minutes.
3
m. Storage vessel capacity not less than 40 111 •

2.2. Function testing:

a) Pump:
1. Hydrostatic test.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 82/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Ne\\' Urban Communities Authority (NUCP.) Chapter ] 4
6 th October Eastern Extensions 210122/21 kV G!S SIS

11. Field acceptance tests.

Ill. Results oftests recorded.
lV. Results of tests certified.

b) l\1otor:
1. Energization.
IL Phase sequence/ rotation check.
111. Motor operation check- uncoupled and coupled staii and rmming
cmTent; tern1inal voltage; vibration.
JV. Functional tests of control logic and alann system.
V. Visual inspection.
Vl. Results oftests recorded.
Vll. Results oftests certified.

c) Piping:
1. Piping equipment inventmy check.
ii. Piping installation inspection.
111. Results of tests recorded.
1v. Results of tests certified.

3. Taking over and acceptance tests:

In order to prove completion of the works, the following tests for taking
over and acceptance shall be performed in the presence of owner
representative.
1. Flushing tests.
· 11. Hydrostatic pressure test.
111. Leakage test.
1v. Results oftests recorded.
v. Results of tests certified.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 83/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authorir; (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV ClS S/S

14-20) Power Transformers Factorv Tests

J. The factory tests shall be as specified in latest edition of IEC, including all
optional tests, the tests shall include but not limited to the following tests:

1.1. Bushings:-
All type tests and routine tests mentioned in latest edition of IEC shall be
carried out. The test ce1iificates shall be submitted to the owner.

1.2. Transfonners:-

a. All type and special tests to be canied out on one unit of each type in
addition to routine tests shall be carried out on all units of same
equipment in accordance with the latest edition of IEC 60076, m
presence of owner inspector.

b. Test iimnediately prior to shipment:-

The following tests on each transfonner to be carried out
immediately prior to shipment and upon arrival to site:
1. Core insulation resistance test:-
After .loading to the common carrier measure the core
insulation resistance to ground, with a 1,000 volt. (minimum)
bridge megger. Include the value of core insulation :resistance
and voltage of megger on the ce1iified transformer test report
under "core insulation resistance test after loading on to carrier
at factory" compare with values measured upon arrival at site.

2. Dew point measurement:-

The dew point of the shipping gas inside the transformer shall
be measured and check upon anival at site to ensure that it is
essentially the same as at the time the unit was shipped.

1.3. On Load tap Changer and motor drive mechanism:-

The type tests and routine tests shall be carried out according to the
latest edition of IEC, the test certificates shall be submitted to the owner.

1.4. Control Panels and Cubicles:

Each local Master control panels and cubicle shall be tested ii1 accordance
with IEC standard.

Test on wiring:
Insulation resistance test at 2000 V AC for one minute are, if possible, to
be canied out on all protection, control, alarm and indication circuits to
ensure that wiring in satisfactory condition.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 84/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern £:-,;tensions 220/22/22 kV G1S S/S

Mechanical insoection of control panel:

All panel equipment is to be examined to ensure that it's in proper

working condition and con-ectly adjusted, comradely labeled and that
cases, covers, glass and gaskets are in good order and properly fitting.

1.5. Shunt Reactors:

All type and special tests and routine tests shall be carried out in
accordance with the latest edition of IEC 60289, in presence of owner
inspector.

E1ectrica1 Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D [Link] 85/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

14-21) Transformer Site And Commissioning Tests:

In addition to any otherwise transformer site and commissioning tests specified

in the technical specifications and the relavent IEC, during commissioning at
site and before putting the transforn1er into service, the following
measurements and testing in the field shall be carried out but not limted to:-
1. Dielectric measurements including insulation power factor (tan Ii) and
capacitance the oil, bushings and the transfonner (complete).
2. Partial discharge level and acustic control.
3. ·winding resistance.
4. Insulation resistance.
5. Dissolved gas in oil analysis.
L 6. Oil characteristics (physical and chemical analysis).
7. Test on tap changer operation.
8. Any other test required to complete for satisfaction of the owner.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 86/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (OJ
}kw Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 14
6'" October Eastern Extensions 200/2°/0 2 kV GlS S/S

14-22) Telecommunication Tests

Factorv Acceptance Tests:

Factory witness tests shall be conducted on FO, DPLC, TP & RTO
equipment. For details of tests refer to EUS-20.
No equipment shall be shipped to EETC until t1-1e factory tests for
the equipment are completed satisfactorily and all variances resolved
and approved by EETC representatives.
Successful completion of factory tests shall in no way constitute
final acceptance of any portion thereof.
Factory tests shall not begin without the prior delivery and approval
of d0cumentation for both the test procedures and the test plan.
FAT for all supplied equipment shall be done in the manufacturer's
factory in presence of EETC representatives. [for all supplied
equipment [FO, DPLC and RTU)] (two engineers).
All transmittals concerning FAT shall be directed to central projects.

1. RTU Inspection and Test:

Factory witness tests shall be conducted on the RTU equipment (in the
manufacturer's factory in presence ofEETC representative).

All RTU materials, hardware, and firmware to be furnished and all work to
be performed under this Specification shall be subject to inspections and tests.
The RTU shall not be shipped until all required inspections and tests have been
made, demonstrating that the equipment conforms to the Specification and that
ilie hardware and finnware have been approved for shipment by EETC

Approval of RTU inspection and test results, acceptance of hardware and

firmware, or ilie waiving of inspection and tests thereof, shall in no way relieve
the Contractor of the responsibility for furnishing equipment which meets the
requirements of-this Specification, nor shall such actions invalidate any claim
which EETC may make because of defective or unsatisfactory hardware and
finnware. EETC reserves the right to request additional tests on the RTU at no
extra charge on any work EETC determines not to be in accordance with this
Specification.

Whenever the results of any inspections or tests performed or requested by

EETC in accordance with the requirements of this section indicate that specific
hardware, finnware, or documentation does not meet these Spedffcatio11•.,
requirements, the Contractor shall replace, modify, or add, at no cost to EETC, ·
RTU hardware, firmware or documentation as necessary to coefect the noted
deficiencies.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D ·-Page 87/90

Volume 2: Teclmical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Charter 14
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22i22 kV GIS SIS

2. Inspection:

Representatives ofEETC shall have free entry into the facilities of the RTU
manufacturer at any time while design, fabrication, or testing of the equipment
is taking place and into any mill, shop, or factory where the hardware or
firmware described in this Specification is being produced.

The Contractor shall provide to EETC's representative, free of cost, all

Ieasonable facilities, equipment and documentation necessary to satisfy EETC's
representatives that the RTU are being fabricated in accordance with this
Specification. The inspection rights described above shall apply to the facilities
of the Contractor or the Contractor's subcontractor where the RTU are being
manufactured. The inspection rights shall not apply to the facilities of
subcontractors 'supplying unit components to the RTU manufacturer. Such
items will be inspected and tested by EETC's representatives at the
manufacturing site.

Inspections by EETC shall not be limited to visual examination of the

physical appearance of the RTU hardware, cable dressings, and equipment and
cable labeling but shall __also include the witnessing of the factory acceptance
tests. Contractor documentation will also be exami.r1ed to verify that it
adequately identifies and describes all RTU hardware, firmware, and spare
parts. EETC shall have access to inspect the Contractor's and manufacturer's
quality assurance standards, procedures, and records, which are applicable to
this RTU project. _Inspection shall not relieve the Contractor of the
responsibility for furnishing material and equipment confim1ing to the
requirement of spec~fication, nor shall such inspection invalidate any claim,
which EETC may make because of defective or unsatisfactory RTU hardware
or firmware.

3. Test Procedures:

The Contractor shall submit the RTU test plans for approval eight (8) weeks
prior to the sta1t of factory tests. Fully approved test procedures shall be
submitted to EETC at least four (4) weeks prior to the conunencement of the
tests. EETC will only approve test procedures if they are inclusive, thoroughly
testing each section of the equipment. The Contractor shall use ANSI N1C8.1,
"Recommended Practice, Hardware Testing of Digital Process C01nputers,~ as a
guide in preparing the RTU test procedures. The test procedur6shall inchld~
the following: 1
" The test schedule, including provision for eight hoi;irs of unstructured
tests to be performed by EETC. \, .
',
• The purpose of each test. '
• The function to be tested.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 88190

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority Q-JUCA) Chapter 14
6th October Eastern Extensions 120/22/22 kV GlS S/S

(i) The plans/procedures to be followed.

(ii) Specific references to project documentation for correlate with the
procedures and for verification of the documentation.
(iii) The test setup, equipment, and conditions for each part of the test.
(iv) All tests inputs and outputs
(v) Test firmware descriptions and listings
(vi) A copy of any ce1iified test data to be used in lieu of testing.
(vii) Expected results.
(viii) The acceptance criteria.
(ix) A procednre for handling the variances that is identified during
testing.

-4. Test Records:

The Contractor shall maintain a complete record of the results of all tests.
This record shall be keyed to the steps enumerated in the previously approved
test plan. The record shall include the following items:
(i) Reference to the appropriate section of the test plan. _____ ..•
(ii) Description of any special test conditions or special action tak~n.
(iii) Test results passed/failed.

A copy of t.'-1e test records shall be delivered to EETC at the \[Link]

of the tests.

5. Factory Tests:

The RTU shall successfully pass a complete test before being accepted. This
complete test shall include, but hot be limited to, all of the following functional
performance tests:
(i) Inventory check and inspection for general appearance, cabling
drawing confonnance and labeling.
(ii) Checks of proper fnnctioning of all hardware and finnware a
thorough exercising of all RTU functions, both individually and
collectivity.
(iii) Simulation of inputs, including noise and transient conditions,
using convenient test panels, which allow each input to be varied
over its entire range via individual setters.
(iv) Checks of power supply voltage margins, ripple levels and sh01i
circuit protection.
(v) Test of all digital input points.
(vi) Test of all SOE input points including time synchronization and
time stamp accuracy.
(vii) Test of all control outputs.
(viii)Checks of analog accuracy, temperature coefficient, noise rejection,
and over-voltage protection on 10% of all analog point.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 89/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Aulhorily (NUCA) Chapter i4
1
6 h October Eastern Extensjons 220/22122 kV GJS SIS

(ix) Test of pO\ver failure and recovery

(x) Tests of communications and down-line loading of configuration
changes.
(xi) Test of equipment spares through substitution.
(xii) Checks to verify the accuracy of hardware and finmvare
documentation.
(xiii)Demonstration of techniques and methods for modifying the
database, including point additions and deletions.
(xiv) Tests conducted to verify the test set capabilities operations. All on-
line, -off-line and remote diagnostic features and equipment shall
be tested.
(xv) Test U..[Link] full-power and simulated operation for a min of 48
hours. Twelve hours of this test shall be at the specified high
temperature limit. The RTU shall demonstrate continuous operation
without any failures. This operation shall include periodic scanning
of all points and demonstration that all RTU functions operate
properly.
L
6. Field Performance Tests:

The Contractor personnel shall conduct the field performance test after::
installing, starting, and checking the equipment at field location. All hardware
shall be aligned and adjusted, interfaces all inputs and outputs established, ·.
operation verified, and all test readings recorded in accordance with the'
Contractor's reco1mnended procedures. The field perfonnance test shall .
exercise all functions of the RTU and duplicate selected factory acceptance
tests to the extent possible. This testing shall include but not be limited to the
following conditions:
(i) RTU initialization.
(ii) Diagnostics.
(iii) Checks of proper functioning of hardware and firmware by
exercising of selected RTU functions.
(iv) RTU c01mnunication interfaces including failure modes.
(v) Database modifications, including point changes and download
capability.
(vi) End to end closed loop test to EMS/SCADA system, which covers
all field signals connected to the MIC. Necessary c9orclirtirlion'~· ..
work with switchgear Contractor shall be made to/successfully
perform this test.
(
Type Tests:

Bidder should submit all equipment test certificates and type test,r.e.p_01:ts,/
valid through the last ten (10) years according to IEC standard.

Eiect:Iical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 90/90

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities. Authority (NUCA) Chapter 15
6th October Eastern Extensions 2?.0i21:'21 kV GJS SIS

CHAPTER FIFTEEN

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR

POWER TRANSFORMERS

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 1/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 15
6 11, October Eastern Extensions 220122/22 kV G1S SIS

CHAPTER FIFTEEN

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR POWER TRANSFORl\1ERS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CLAUSE j
1 DESCRIPTION I Page
15.1. General 3
15.2. Type and Main Characteristics I
15.3. Limits of Temperature Rise I
4
15.4. Continuous Power Rating 4
15.5. Limited Periods Ratii7.g 5 I
15.6. Ability to \Vithstand Short circuit 5
15.7. Efficiency and Losses 5
15.8. Harmonics 7
15.9. Noise Level 7
15.10. Transformer Parallel Operation 8
15.11. Transfonner Cooling System 8
15.12. Neutral Point I [; 10
15..13. . Eady Fault Detection I
I '·lff
-� ? i
15.14. Transformer Construction 10
15.15. On Load Tap-Changer 12
15.16.· Oil Preservation System 15
. 1s.1r . Bushings ..: , , 15
15.18. Current Transformers :116
15.19. Oil For Transfonners '" 16
15.20. Transformer Monitor and Protection 18
15.21. Terminal Cabinet !9
15.22. Accessories and Fittings 19
15.23. Remote Control and Protection 19
15.24. Gas Protection 19
15.25. Protection Against Excessive Heating 19
15.26. Protection Against Heating ofTransfom1ers 20
15.27. Protection Against Low Oil Level 20
15.28. Painting 20
15.29. Nameplates --~ . ·~� I 20
15.30. Maintenance Materials ·. •, :-'e,· ,>/ ',t\ 20
r"
-"

,/

Drying out of Transformer /

15.31. ·
-· ":,· ,,,\,. / 20
'. i
: '. '\ .,.',. ,\,
·
/

15.32. Zigzag Eaiihing Transfonners ..,·

. ··,
21

. . . i"i1?)
Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 2/21
Volume 2: Technical Spedtications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter ] 5
61h October Eastern Extensions 210/22/22 kV G1S S/S

CHAPTER FIFTEEN

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PO\VER TRANSFORMERS

15.1. General:

[Link] offered 220/22/22 kV 125 JVIVA Yn/dll/dll power transformers in all

aspects such as design, fabrication, assembly, testing, technical requirements ...
etc. shall comply with this specification, for technical parameters refer to volume 2
chapter 2 (S. Schedules) of this bid documents.
[Link] otherwise approved by Owner the transfonners shall be transported with
the tank under pressure of dry nitrogen gas and provided with pressure gauge
suitably protected frcm damage. The pressure and temperature shall be recorded at
the time of the transfonner leaves the factory, the recorder infonnation shall be
given so that it can be compared with pressure and temperature readings after the
transformer has been received at site to ascertain if any leakage has occurred to
ensure that the transformer anives at site in an uncontaminated condition.
[Link] axis impact recorders shall be provided on different places on the
transforn1er to record any shocks, the capacity of the battery shall be sufficient to
operate the impact recorder n:vo months continuously, method of evaluating the
shocks and places of the shocks recorders on the transformer to be submitted with •
bid the shocks recorders shall be protected from damage.
[Link] transfom1ers shall be unloaded on their foundations.
[Link] design of the transfonner should take into consideration that the transfonner
shall be operated and loaded safely, if the breakdown of the insulating oil is 40 kV/
2.5 mm gap or less.
[Link] transformer shall be designed and manufactured to withstand the vei-y fast
transient over voltages which can. arise during the operation of the switching
equipment in the GIS systems which the transformer will be connected to.
[Link] manufacturer of the transformer ·and its main accessories should have ISO
9001 certificate, these certificates should be submitted with bid.
[Link] are requested to enclose with their offers a complete type test report for a
transfom1er of same type and data of the offered one and S.C test ce1iificate for a
similar transformer according to the latest IEC 60076-5 (Annex - A). In any case
the S.C calculations should be submitted.
If a certain bidder, with accepted past experience, had not enclose with his offer
the requested S.C test certificate, this bidder shall have to peijorirrthis,(est on his
o-wn account in an international neutral laboratory on ,s:unilar transformer in
presence of owner engineer within maximum two months 1froin the date of opening
the technical envelope of the bid. /
I
·
Any bidder fails to fulfil the above mentioned request will be considered
nonresponsive, and rejected.

15.2. Tvpe and main characteristics: ~-;;_..'

15.2. [Link] transforiners shall be three phase, three windings, 50 Hz, Oil immersed,
ONAN/ONAF1/ONAF2 cooling type for 125 MVA 220/22/22 kV YN, dl 1, dll
transfonner, with on load tap changer suitable for outdoor tropical conditions.
Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exl1ibit D Page 3/21
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 15
61h October Eastern Exrensions 220/22/22 kV GlS SIS

[Link] loading conditions with voltage ratio at main tap, full load 0.8 P.F
shall fulfil the following rates:

TR's rating 125MVA

Percentage Impedance 13%
ONAN Up to 75/37.5/37.5 MVA
ONAF1 Up to 100/50/50 MVA
ONAF2 Up to and higher than 125/62.5/62.5 MVA

[Link] transfonners shall be equipped with on-load tap changers on the H.V winding
and all accessories such as fans, radiators, oil conservators (expansion tanks), etc.
[Link] the star connection windings, neutral-bushing insulators shall be foreseen.
[Link] three terminal bushfr1gs of each delta winding of the 220/22/22 kV
transfonner shall be fully covered by a cover ofIP54 and ready for interconnection
with medium voltage switchgear using cables and suitable to be connected with
three surge [Link].
[Link] principal tapping is the tapping corresponding to 100 °/o tapping factor.
i-77-v,
,:l.-. .
. 01tage rat10

.
TR's rating 125MVA TR,
No load voltage ratio at central tap. 220/24/24 kV ·••.
Full load, 0.8 P.F at central tap voltage ratio 220/22/22 kV

15.3. Limits of temperature rise.

[Link] climatic conditions specified herein and the effect of operation in sunshine
with high solar intensity for 12. hours per day shall be taken into consideration in
the design of the transfonners.
[Link] transfonners shall be able to deliver the rated continuous power with the tap
changer set at any tapping of the primary winding, without exceeding the
following temperature rise limits over ambient temperature:
15 .3 .2.1. Winding temperature rise (measured by resistance). 50°C
[Link]. Top oil temperature rise (measured by thermometer).45°C
15 .3 .2.3. Hot spot temperature rise (by calculation, based on the highest winding's
temperature and Hotspot factor not less than 1.3).60°C
15.3 .2.4. Temperature rise for core shall be::, hot spot temperature rise.
·[Link] temperature rise will be measured on one transformer of each type to be
delivered. If the temperature rise of this transformer exceeds the guaranteed figures
a fine of 1.8% of the total cost of the transformers of this type shall be imposed for
every one degree higher thai.1 the guaranteed temperature rise. If the excess rise of
temperature beyond than 5°C, Owner has the right to reject such transfon1.1ers.

15.4. Continuous Power Rating

15.4.1. The transformers shall be able to deliver for an unlimited period of time at any
tapping of the tap changer, the following continuous power ratings. without
exceeding the specified limits of temperature rise: '

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 4/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 15
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/??/22 kV GlS S/S

125MVA
ONAN Upto 60%
ONAFl > 60 to <80%
ONAF2 ?.. 80%

[Link] continuous power ratings should be verified by the temperature rise test.

15.5. Limited Periods Ratin!!:

15.5.1. The transfonner shall be capable of [Link] 10% overload of two hours at ru.1y
tapping, staiiing from steady state full load ,,1ithout exceeding the specified limits
of temperature rise.
15.5.2. The limited periods rating should be verified by the te1"perature rise test, by
calculation is not accepted.
15.5.3. Bidders shall state the duration for which the transformer can ca1Ty 10%,'25%,
50%, 75% ru.1d l00% overload at extreme minus tapping after having been loaded
for an unlimited period of time with 4/4, 3/4, 2/4 and 1/4 of its maximtm1
continuous power rating without exceeding the specified limit of temperature
nse.
15.5.4. Bidders should submit with the temperature rise test report the loading cui;ves 1s
mentioned in IEC 60076.7 [Link] (E) which to be applied on the qffered
transfonners, the curves should be for the loading capacity on the principal
tapping as well as on the extreme tapping.

15.6. Ability To "\Vithstand Short Circuit

15.6.1. On any tap position, the transfonner shall withstru.1d for 2 seconds. Without
dainage, a full sho1i circuit on any winding with the other windings [Link] at
their rated voltages as specified in IEC 60076 part 5.
15.6.2. Dimensioning .shall be based on the symmetrical short circuit currents and earth
fault cmTents which can arise for all conceivable faults in the network 220 a11d 22
kV systems as specified in relevant chapter. The system solidly earthing and
planned parallel connected trru.1sfo1mers shall be taken into consideration
dimensioning shall be based on up two trru.1sfom1ers connected in parallel on 220
kV side.
15.6.3. "Short - circuit ctm·ents" here mea11s cmTents which flow in the windings for 3-
phase, line-line, double line to earth ru.1d line to eaiih fault.
_15.6.4. The transfonners a11d all components parts shall be capable for withsta11ding
mechanical stresses caused by a short circuit for 250 msec in acc;ordance with
IEC stru.1dard taking into consideration that 220 kV neuvbrks hav; the
symmetrical short circuits cmTent specified in the relevant chapter.
15.7. Efficiency And Losses
[Link] transfonners shall be designed for maximum efficiency aA~ minimum lossed,
since this will be considered in the fina11cial evaluation of bids. ' .. _;'
15.7 .2. Transfonner Losses Evaluation:
[Link]. When comparing between different bids, the present value of the capitalized
cost of losses in the transfonners shall be added to the transformer price for
Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 5/21
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 15
61h October Eastern Extensions 2.'J.0/22/22 kV GIS SIS

comparison only according to the following formula and in accordance with

the specified evaluation and qualification criteria (Vol. l(A) of 3, Section III
-Evaluation- item 1.2b page 4/13):
2
PW = (K x EF x C) x 8760 x (\Vir + Wcu x aP +bx Fe).
2
= (K non-friel x C non-fuel+ K fuel x C fuel) x 8760 x (\Vir + Wcu x aP +
bxFc)LE
\Vhere:
• Pw is the present worth cost oflosses at annual rate of interest over 30 years.
• C is the cost per kwh = 0.419 L.E. using the VHV Tariff values that
conespond to the 2nd year (20l6i2017) of the government's program.
• EF is the escalation factor for the non fuel component according to the
cabinet approval = 5%.
• Kfuel is the present worth factor for fuel component (at 10% discount rate,
30 years)= 9.426.
• Knon-fuel is the present worth factor for non fuel component (at 10%
discount rate, 30 years, 5% EF) = 15.76.
• Cfuel is cost of fuel component · = 0.345 LE/ Kwh.
•• Cnon-fuel =0.419-0.345 • = 0.074 LE/Kwh
• \Vir is the no load losses in kW at n01mal voltage and main tapping.
• Wcu is the load losses in kW at full load principal tapping and reference
temperature 95 °c, in case the offered reference temperature (0 °c) isllower,
than 95 °c, the load losses will be multiplied by:
235 + 95
235 + 0
• P is the peak load in PU = 1
• bis the per unit working time of cooling fans per day= 0.4
• Fe is the fans consumption in k\V at transformer full load and specified
overload, rated voltage, and extreme minus tapping.
• a is the LSF (load loss factor)= 0.4.
Pw= [(15.67x 0.074) + (9.426 x 0.345)] x 8760= 38703.5 LE/Kw for No Load Losses.
Pw= [(15.67x 0.074) + (9.426 x 0.345)] x 8760 x 0.4= 15481.4 LE/Kw for Copper
Losses.
Pw= [(15.67x 0.074) + (9.426 x 0.345)] x 8760 x 0.4= 15481.4 LE /Kw for fans
consumption.
Based on the aim formula, PW shall be added to the tender price 111
/·;--·-. ·.. (LE/kW), by the following rates:
/ 38703.5 L.E/ kW for No-Load losses.
15481.4 L.E / k\V for copper losses.
15481.4 L.E / k\V for fans consumption.
PW can be added to the tender price in $/Kw based on the exchange
transfer selling rates of the National Bank of Egypt at the date of
tender opening.

The amount of technical adjustment for the transfonners losses shall

not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Bid Price (Item No. 5 included in
schedule 5 "Grand Summary").

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 6/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 15
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

[Link]. In case the transformer losses duririg rests exceed the guaranteed values in
the offer, but within the IEC standard pennissible tolerance, a penalty
according to the following formula:
Penalty= [K x EF x 8760 x C (.6. Wir + .6. \1/cu x aP 2 +bx .6. fc)] in L.E.
11 \1/fr and .6. Wcu are difference between the test and guaranteed value of
iron losses at full voltage and copper losses at full load on one transformer
at main tapping.
Based on the aim fonnula the penalty shall be calculated according to the
following rates:
L.E. 38703.5 L.E/ kW exceeds the guaranteed NO-Load losses.
L.E. 15481.4 L.E / kW exceeds the guaranteed load losses.
L.E. 15481.4 L.E i kW exceeds the guaranteed fans consumption.

The applied penalty on any transfonner shall be deducted from the

transfonner price at shipping and with the same currency of the transformer
contractual price using the free exchange market transfer selling rate of the
national bank of Egypt on the date of shipping of such transformer.

If the excess loss values measured during factory tests exceed the allowable
tolerance set in IEC standards, as well if the excess in the fans consumtition is
higher than 15% then the owner has the right to reject such transfonner.

No credit shall be given for any decrease in the values of losses below the
guarantee values.

15.8. Harmonics
15.8.1. The transfom1ers shall be designed with particular attention to the suppression of
harmonic voltages, especially the third and fifth, so as to eliminate wave f01m
dist01iion and any possibility of high frequency disturbance by inductive effect or
of circulating currents between the neutral points of different transformers and
generators reaching such a magnitude as to cause interference with telephone or
communication circuits or other undesirable effects.
[Link] percentage deformation, appearing in the voltage wave of one winding of a
transformer, when the other winding is energized from a source of pure sine wave
shall not exceed 5 % (five percent) of the fundamental wave amplitude.

15.9. Noise Level

[Link] noise level shall be measured in accordance with IEC 6055lamr(60076~10).

The noise level, under any mode of operation of the transformer, shall not exc:e~d
the specified levels in dBA for the transfonner at ONAF2 for 220/22/22 kV
Transfonner. ·
[Link] taken to reduce noise and vibration levels shall \nclude provision oi
vibration isolating pads in the transfom1er suppo1i system. \

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 7/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Nevi' Urban Commnnities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 15
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

[Link] design and clamping of the core and windings shall be such that excessive
vibrations shall not be transmitted from the magnetic circuits to the tank and
accessories.

15.10. Transformers Parallel Operation

15.10.1. The transformers shall work satisfactory in parallel under this various
load conditions.
15.10.2. Similar rated transformer shall exactly replace of each other.
15.10.3. Tap changer mechanism shall automatically adjust the tap changer to maintain
the secondary voltage equal on all transformers to avoid circulating cunent.
15.10.4. Parallel operation of power transfonner and the mode of panllel operation can
be selected ([Link]/ Follower/ Independent).

15.11. Transformer Cooling Svstem

The climatic. conditions, as specified in the relevant section, shall be taken into
consideration with respect to the cooling system.
15 .11. 1. Radiators
J5.1 l.i.1. The radiators shall be installed directly on the transformer's tank and shall
be provided with shutoff valves, drain plugs in each section of cooler pipe
work, vent plugs in each section of cooler pipe work and lifting eyes. Each
shut-off valve shal! be provided with a lever to indicate (valve open) in line
with the pipe and (valve closed) when at right angles to the pipe.
[Link]. The radiators shall be designed and constructed such as to eliminate pockets
where moisture can accumulate or which can prevent application, of a
continuous film of pajnt.
[Link]. Flexible connections in the pipe work between the main tTapsfontrer .tank
and [Link] headers to compensate thennal expansion.otcon1Tactio~ of
pipe where necessary shall be provided.

15.11.2. Forced Air Cooling

!\.
[Link]. Push button operation of the cooling fans shall be possibl~ from the control
cabinet mounted on transformer and from the station controlroom.
[Link]. The cooling system shall be: ·-~ ....
Two stages in the 220/22/22 kV transf01mer, each stage shall be with its
own control and power supply. The first stage shall be operated if the load
higher than 60% or the temperature rise higher than the specified value. The
other stage shall be operated if the load is higher than 80% or the
temperature is higher than the specified. Each stage shall have its own
power supply circuit complete with control and protection.
[Link]. Bidder shall give full description of the design, operation and maintenance
of the offered forced air-cooling system with its control scheme.

15.11.3. Motors and Auxiliarv Equipment

[Link]. All motors shall be squirrel cage type with IP23 and with rated power not
less than (0 .5) H.P. :rvfotors shall have a protection with automatic reset or
Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 8/21
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 15
6th October Eastern Extem;ions 220/22/22 kV GlS S/S

alternatively, if the motors have individual starters, the protection may be

provided in the starter circuit. On three phase motors the protective device
shall trip all three phases simultaneously in the event of either a three phase;
r phase-to-phase, phase- to ground or open phase fault.
[Link]. A molded case type air circuit breaker, with instantaneous trip elements
shail be provided in the main supply lines.
[Link]. An under-voltage relay to sound an alarm in the event of loss of power
supply to fans shall be provided.
[Link]. The transformer load and/or winding temperature indicator shall operate the
forced stages of cooling.
[Link]. Switches for (automatic/ manual) control of each fan stage shall be
provided.
[Link]. All fans control auxiliary equipment shall be located in the local control
cabinet.
15.11.4. Transfo1mer's Control Cabinet
15.11.4. l. A weatherproof control cabinet with enclosure protection IP54, accessible
from ground level shall be provided, to house the following:
15:[Link]. Terminal blocks, for the termination of all control and auxiliary circuits plus
(25%) twenty five percent spares. Tenninal blocks for the owner's incoming
cables shail be (stud and nut) type. ,
[Link].2. ·Fans control and auxiliary equipment and indicator for fan stages ope1;ation.
[Link].3. Windings and oil temperature measuring instruments and its ind(cators
should be digital.
[Link].4. Dry type transfonner, where necessary, for the supply of the AC control
voltage. IvICB shall be provided on the low voltage side.
[Link].5. A knife disconnects switch or some other visual disconnect device shall be
provided in the incoming supply line.
[Link].6. Door actuated light, rated 220V. AC.
15 .11.4.1. 7. Convenience outlet rated 220V. AC, 15A, tvvo pole with earthing contact
and its plug.
[Link].8. Thennostatically controlled anti-condensation heater capable of maintaining
a cabinet temperature of approximately 5° C above ambient temperature.
[Link]. Provide a removable plate of adequate size in the bottom of the cabinet
directly below the tenninal blocks, which will be drilled in the field for
cable openings.
[Link]. All wiring shall be brought to the control cabinet in conduit or electrical
metallic tubing (EMT), or alternatively am10red cable may be used.
[Link]. All current transformer wiring shall be 4.5 mm2 copper stranded (min.).
[Link]. Treat interior of the cabinet with an anti-condensation coating.
[Link]. A pocket or holder inside the cabinet for one (1) set of drawings. shall be
provided. ·
[Link]. Provide cabinet doors and hinged panels or ban-iers,with flexible earthing
facilities devices to latch them when in the open p¢sition. Provide cabinet
with padlocking facilities. \

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 9/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter l 5
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/??/22 kV GlS S/S

15.12 . .Neutral Point

(i) The neutral point for 220 kV transformer windings shall be brought out
through oil/air bushing and shall be solidly earthed through "Neutral
equipment" and shall be loaded with rated current of its winding.
(ii) Supply, install, connect and put on operation the "Neutral Equipment"
a11d shall contain single phase isolating switch, surge anesters for
protection and cmTent tnmsfonners as specified.

15.13. Earlv Fault Detection

To prevent most of the internal faults of the transfonner, an early fault detection
device, to be provided on the transformer to detect the hannful dissolved gasses,
the device should monitor at least, hydrogen (H2) and carbon monoxide (CO),
Carbon Dioxide (COi), Q:,,_7gen 0 2, Methane (CH4), Acetylene (C 2H2), Ethane
(C2H 6), Ethylene (C 2H 4) and Propane (C3Hs) (PPM) which are dissolved in the oil
and humidity in the oil with progrmmnable O/P relay for each gas m1d wired to
control cabinet to transmit signal to control room.

15.14. Transformer Construction

The internal parts of the transfonner such as cross sectional area of each winding,
type of insulation core lamination, thickness of tank, etc. should be checked 1ciuring
assembly (before tanking) in the presence of owner engineers. Two missioqs will
an::mged for owner Engineers to attend the aim assembly, date will be fixedhefore
(6) weeks :from date of starting the assembly. ·
15.14.T. Core And Framework
[Link]. The core, framework, claming [Link] and structure of each
transformer shall be mechanically robust to withstand any shocks to which
they may be subjected during transport installation, service and faults.''
[Link]. The material of the core lamination should be superior cold rolled grain
oriented sheet steel (C.R.G.O)- the thickness not more than 0.271mn laser
treated. The core shall be constructed in an approved marmer providing
efficient cooling of its internal parts. The core joints shall be properly
interleaved.
[Link]. Precautions shall be taken to eliminate noise and vibration in the core when
loaded and to diminish harmonic voltage as far as possiblecJlarticu~Iy, the
third and fifth hannonies. Full details of the [Link] the core shaJl be
given at design stage.
[Link]. The manufacturer of core steel should be reputable manufacturer, the curves
of the relation between the specific iron loss and the flux density of the core
steel should be submitted with bid.
[Link]. Shell and core type will be accepted.

15.14.2. Insulation
15: 14.2.1. The insulation for transforn1er ,vindings and connections shall be of class A
unless otherwise approved. Contractor shall submit the test certificates and
all the details of the insulation for approval.
[Link]. The terminals, turns and tapped coils shall be provided with reinforced
insulation.
Elect1ical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page l 0/21
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communilies Amhor!ty (NUCA) Chapter l 5
6th October Eastern Extensions 2'0122122 kV GlS SIS

15.14.3. \Vindirnzs
[Link]. The windings conductor shall be made of high conductivity copper.
[Link]. The c111Tent density should not be more than 2.5A/mm2 for each winding
including the tertiary.
[Link]. The winding coils shall be designed to be mechanically and dielectrically
strong and facilitate dismantling and repair.
[Link]. In case of 220/22/22 kV Y/t:,./t:,. transfonner, 220 kV winding shall have
uniform graded insulation and 22 kV winding shall have full uniform
insulation.
[Link]. The terminals, turns and tapped coils shall be provided with reinforced
insulation.
[Link]. The insulmion for transformer windings connections shall be of class A.
[Link]. The windii7gs and com1ections shall be properly braced to withstand shocks
and vibrations during transport or due to short circuit current.
[Link]. Full description of the insulating material and the method of insulation shall
be given in the bid.
[Link]. In order to limit the short circuit current the percentage impedance voltage
foLtransfonner shall be as specified i,7 relevant sections.
[Link]. The percentage deformation appearing in the voltage wave on one v.:inding
of a transfonner when the other winding is energized from a source of pure
sine wave shall not exceed 5% of fundamental wave amplitude. i
[Link]. The weight of each winding to be given in guarantee schedule, calculation
for detennining these weights should be submitted.
[Link]. Provisions shall be taken to measure and record the actlla~winding
temperature at the hottest points by means of adequate sen~m's built in with
a recording facility on the transformers. ·

15.14.4. Tank
[Link]. The transfonner tank and cooler banks shall be made of best boiler of steel
plate with thickness not less than 10mm and shall be designed to withstand
without defonnation: ······-· ·
(a) Full Vacuum
(b) Positive pressure higher than the set operating pressure of the
installed pressure relief device or 125% of nonnal operating
pressure, whichever is the higher shall applied to the top of the main
tank for a period of 24 hours.
[Link]. The tank shall be provided with bi-directional detach-able cast iron wheels
provided with locking arrangement.
[Link]. The base of the tank shall be so designed, that when the wheels are
detached, it shall be possible to move the complete transformer with oil on
rollers ofjacks in any direction.
[Link]. The tank's cover shall be bolted type, equipped with manholes equipped
with lifting devices. The location and dimensions of the manholes should
facilitate the inspection of the windings and should be approved by owner.
[Link]. The tank shall be capable of withstanding the different conditions for
treatment of insulated oil especially under full vacuum.
Electtical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 11/21
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Cornrnunities Amhorhy (NUCA) Chapte:· 15
6:h October Eastern Extensions ?20/22/22 kV GlS S/S

[Link]. The tank shall be provided with the following fitting:

[Link]. Lifting tackles to be used for the removal of the cores and the windings.
[Link]. The tank cover shall be provided with adequate manholes equipped with
lifting devices.
[Link]. Flanged oil drain valves, minimum two-inches.
[Link]. Oil sampling cocks at the top and the bottom of the tank, minimum half-
inch.
[Link]. Flanged valves minimum 1:vvo inch at the top and bottom opposite diagonally
for connection of oil filtering machine and suitable for evacuating the tank.
[Link]. Thermometer pocket for measuring the top oil temperature.
[Link]. Then11ostats with special pockets for the measurement of the transfon11er's
oil and ·windings temperature at different points (thermal image)with remote
indication contacts
· [Link]. Three-way cock with locking device on the com1ection pipe between tank
and oil expansion vessel, enabling the oil passage to be shut off and the
expansion vessel to be emptied.
[Link]. Pressure relief device with electric contact for trip on the tank cover.
15-.14.4.16. Dehydrating type breather mounted at eye level, the breather shall contain a
color indicator and shall be of a type in which the desiccant is not in
continuous contact with tl:ie atmosphere.
15.14.4:17. Two drilled ground pads ·with con..'lectors suitable for clamping a loop of ·
stranded copper conductor ranging in size from 95 mm to 300 mm mounted
at diagonally opposite corners of the tank base.
[Link]. O·wner should approve the dimensions and anangement of these fittings
[Link]. Oil level indicator with low oil alann contact. /< .•· ·.·•. •
<'~ ,"'"-,

[Link]. A metal kdder to be attached to the transfom1er tank's _SJ.de conveniently.

located to allow easy access to the gas detector relay and the top of the tank.•.
The ladder shall be provided with a barrier having pad- lc/.cking facilities.
\

15.15. On-Load Tap-changer

15.15.1. General
[Link]. The on-load tap-changer (OLTC) equipment shail conform to IEC 60214
and shali be continuously rated for operation under all loading conditions
specified in IEC [Link] OLTC should be Vacuum type.
[Link]. The OLTC unit shall have the same insulation levels of the connected
winding.
[Link]. The transformers shall be equipped with on-load tap changing equipment on
the primary to maintain the secondary voltage side constant for variations of
voltage on the primary side.
[Link]. For inspection and maintenance purposes, the diverter or selector switch,
which is under load, can be drawn out with its associated spring mechanism
and transition resistors without having to decrease the oil level in the
transformer tank.
[Link]. The dive1ier switch unit shall be incorporated in a separate oil filled
container. The container shall be connected to a special container to a
portion of the main expansion vessels of the transforn1er. A Buchholz relay

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 12/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 15
61h October Eastern Extensions 210/22!22 kV GJS S/S

of the tap changer shall be installed on the connection between the container
and expansion vessel partition
[Link]. The tap-changers shall be three phase enclosure type.
[Link]. The rated current for the on load tap-changers shall be chosen 20% higher
than the highest transfonner winding current. The tap-changer shall be
designed to withstand the routine and type tests specified in IEC 602 I 4 for
its own rated tlu·ough current.
[Link]. The tap-changer shail sustain the nonnal and abnormal operating conditions
of the transformer.
[Link]. The manufacturer of the tap-changer should be reputable manufacturer in
case the manufacturing of the tap changer is by license, the manufacturer
should has th•, experience as requested by bid document and the type test
certificates on his production should be submitted with bid.
[Link]. The manufacturer of the tap changer should confirm that the contacts of the
selector and diverter switches shall be subject to a number of cycles of
operation corresponding to (500 000) operation when can-ying cmTent
correspo_nding to the 1.1 rated through current at principal tapping. The step
voltage by marked curves showing the relation between the number of
operation and rated through current.
[Link]. Oil sampling cock at the top cover of the tap changer tank shall be
provided.
15.15.2. On-load Taos
15.15.2.l. On-load taps shall be controlled iocally and remotely by motor operated on-
load tap changing equipment of proven reliability and requiring a minimum
,_..---~ of maintenance.
/15 .15 .22:· •.. Overload and short-circuit characteristics shall be compatible with those of
/ · the transfom1ers.
[Link]. The diverter switch or the selector switch should be incorporated in its own
oil filled compartment. This oil compartment should be provided with its
own oil conservator which has no connection to the conservator of the
t~ansformer on either air or oil sides. The conservator of the tap-changer
compartment may be a separate portion of the transfonner conservator, the
oil compartment with its own conservator should be provided with the
following.
[Link].1. Excessive oil flow relay and rapid pressure relay with trip contacts.
[Link].2. Pressure relief valve with trip contact.
[Link].3. Fault pressure relay with trip contacts shall be provided in the pipe to the
conservator.
[Link].4. Dehydrating type breather mounted at eye level, the breather shall contain a
color indicator and shall be of a type in which the desiccant is not in
continuous contact with the atmosphere.
[Link].5. 1'1agnetic oil level gauge with alarm contacts, visible from the ground level.
[Link].6. Filling and oil filtering valves with dummy flanges
[Link].7. Drain valves with dummy flanges.
[Link].8. Oil sampling valves to collect the oil sample from the ground level during
the operation of the transfonner.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 13/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New lJrban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chap1er 15
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

[Link].9. Shut off valves to be provided in the conservator pipe on the conservator
side of the relays.
[Link]. The contacts of diverter or selector switch to be copper- Tungsten or similar
approved alloy.
[Link]. The drive mechanism shall be designed so that it is impossible for the tap
changer to stop in any non-continuously rated position, if any of the on-load
tap changer components are not continuously rated. This shall apply whether
the tap changer is driven by the motor or by manual hand operation.
[Link]. When the design of tap changer requires an oil expansion tank, it shall be
piped to a separate compartment in the conservator. This separate
compartment shall be provided with its own; magnetic oil level gauge with
low level alann
[Link]. The tap changer operation shall start on a (raise) or (lower) impulse of short
duration and shall (seal-in) and complete the step by itself The duration of
a signal beyond the time required for operation shall not initiate a second
operation. In the event of a power failure during a tap change operation, Lli.e
tap changer shall automatically be changed to the next upper or lower tap
position as soon as power returns. The return of power shall not initiate a
second operation.
[Link]. Electrical limit switches· and mechanical stops or declutching device.!: shall
be incorporated to prevent over-travel beyond the maximum (raise) and
(lo,ver) positions.
[Link]. Electrical and mechanical interlocks on the (raise) and (lower) contactors
shall be provided.
[Link]. Tap-changer motor protection shall consist of an over-cun-ent automatic air
circuit breaker with manual reset.
[Link]. Provided line drop compensation of the resistance and reactance type
complete with the necessary cun-ent transformer(s).
[Link]. Provide Current and potential tenninals for test purposes
[Link]. Provide blocking facilities to prevent the tap changer from rising if the
voltage rises above an adjustable pre-set value and from lowering if the
yoltage falls below an adjustable pre-set value.
[Link]. Provide a dial type tap position indicator, a "Manual- Automatic, switch and
"Raise-Lower" push buttons or switch, loose with the transfonner, Remote
tap position indication shall be of the step by-step voltage divider type with
balance type indicating instrument whose accuracy is independent of nonnal
variations in applied voltage. Local/ remote selector switch at the
transformer shall be provided.
[Link]. A removable handle for manual hand operation of the tap changer shall be
provided. The handle shall automatically block the electrical control when in
its operating position. Manual hand operation shall preferably be practicable
from ground level. Alternatively, provide a platfonn and steps to provide
access for manual hand operation.

15.15.3. On Load Tap Changer Control Cabinet:

15.15.3.l The on load tap-changer control cabinet shall be weather proof cabinet
accessible from the ground level. The cabinet shall have pad locking
Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 14/21
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 15
6 11' October Eastern Extensions 270/22122 kV GIS SIS

facilities. A shatter proof window to be provided to permit reading of the

tap position indicator, the cabinet interior should be treated with anti-
condensation coating; the cabinet shall house the following:
[Link].1 :Mechanical tap position indicator with maximum and minimum resettable
drag hands. The indicator shall be visible by the staff operating the tap
changer manually by the handle.
[Link].2 Mechanical operations counter.
[Link].3 (Raise-Lower) push buttons or switch, for manual electric control.
[Link].4 (Manual-Automatic) selector s,vitch.
[Link].5 (Remote-Local) selector switch.
[Link].6 Voltage regulating relay.
15.15.3.l.7 Time delay relay, adjustable from Oto 120 seconds (if applicable).
[Link].8 Line drops compensation equipment.
· [Link].9 Parallel control equipment.
[Link].10 Tap changer motor protection and control circuit protection devices.
[Link].11 Tenninal blocks and control and al)xiliary equipment
[Link].12 Door actuated light, rated 220 V AC.
[Link].13 Handle for manual operation.

15.16. Oil Preservation Svstem.

Oil preservation system shall be freely breathing (conservator) system,
Diaphragm-type system to be offered optionally, the system should fulfil the
followings:
15.16.J. Each transformer tank as well the tap-changer diverter or selector switch
tank shall be fitted with an oil expansion vessel, suitable for outdoor service
complete with:
15.16.l.L · Relief valve.
[Link]. .Magnetic oil level indicator clearly visible by an observer from ground level
and equipped with remote indication contacts, to sound an alann when the
oil level drops below permissible level, the dial shall indicate the minimum,
normal and maximum levels of the oil at 25 °c.
)[Link]. Sump, drain and dehydrating breather.
15.16.2. The oil connection pipe between the expansion vessel and the tank shall
extend at least 8 cm vertically inside the expansion vessel.
15.16.3. A dehydrating type breather containing a colored indicator shall be piped
with the conservator and mounted at eye level. It shall be of a type in which
the desiccant is not in continuous contact with the atmosphere.

15.17. Bushings.
15.17.1. Type of bushings should be Air/Oil bushings as specified in volume (2)
chapter (2).
15.17.2. Bushing shall comply with IEC standard 60137, minimum leakage path shall
be in accordance with specification of the bushing shall be one part.
15.17.3. Each bushing shall have a rating nameplate showing the type designation and
catalogue number. For smaller bushings the designation can be stamped on the
flange, or be indicated on a special plate on the transformer.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 15/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Amhority (NUCA) Chapter ]5
6111 October Eastern Extensions 120122 122 kV GIS S/S

15.17.4. The bushing shall be made of oil filled condenser type with means to indicate
oil level and power factor test taps.
15 .17 .5. Only one type of bushing for each insulation level shall be used on a
transfonner, each bushing should be one paii.
15.17.6. The design of bushing shall facilitate easy removal of the transfonner.
15 .17. 7. Compensation devices shall be included in order to meet as applicable Oil
expai1sion and/or building a11d equipment tolerai1ces
15.17.8. The Bidder should consider that all bushings should be porcelain type. The
bushing shall be made of brown glazed porcelain.
15.17.9. All bushings shall be designed to withstand the mechanical and thennal
shocks. Atmospheric conditions a11d temperature variations shall not affect
them.
15.17.10. Tne rated current of the bushing should be not less tha11 [1.2] times the
maximum continuous current of the relative winding.
[Link]. The rated thennal sho1i-time cmTent and duration of each bushing should be
·not less tha11 the specified short-circuit level and duration for the system that
the bushings are connected/ related to it.
15.17.12. Each bushing in addition to the spare bushing should be provided with its
clamp suitable for c01mection of incoming conductors with the tra11sfonner, the
sizes of the incoming conductors will be given at the design stage.

15.18. Current Transformers

15.18.l. All current transformers shall comply with IEC 60044-1 (1996).
15.18.2. CmTent transf01mers shall be used for AVR and winding's temperature
measurements (The1mal image).
15.18.3. The cun-ent transfonner shall have the secondary windings fully distributed
around the core of the nominal tap.
15.18.4. The specified tap shall be referenced to the start tap.
15 .18.5. Any defect in the cun-ent tra11sfonner shall not affect the transfonner.
15.18.6. Facilities for easy replacement the current tra11sfonner within shortest time of
shutdown of the tra11sfonner.

15.19. Oil For Transformers

✓r5::I§:1~-" The contractor shall supply the necessary oil for the first filling of the
/ · .tra11sfonners.
/ 15.19.2. _These technical specifications shall be applied for the condition of
i transformer oil at delivery. The oil shall be of a quality that it is suitable as
I
a11 isolation a11d coola11t for transformers.
15.19.3. Bidders shall submit with their Bids full specifications and characteristics of
the transformer's oil.
is:r9A. The oil shall be of first class quality, of high breakdown strength, low
viscosity and high resistance to oxidation and shall not be deteriorated under
all loading conditions. The oil shall be in confonnity with the regulation of
IEC60296, ASTM, B.S ai1d other accepted international standard
specification. The oil shall be mineral oil type free from PCBs materials.
Synthetic oil types are not accepted.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 16/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Auth◊rity (NLICA) Chapter iS
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220122/22 kV GlS SIS

Transfo~·rner Manufacturers shall guarantee that the oil type can be mixed
with any percent ,vith another suitable oil type. ln that case, Manufacturers
should mention the names of oil and its specification, used for mixing
process and guarantee that there is no serious problems shall be happened
for oil quality and transformers safety.
15.19.5. The oil shall be clear and completely free from solid particles, and not give a
positive result when tested on corrosive sulphur.
15.19.6. The oil shall contain an oxidation inhibitor and fulfill the requirement
regarding oxidation resistance in accordance with IEC 1125.
15.19.7. The oil shall fulfill the requirements for class [lA] oil according to
IEC 60296.

15.19.8. Other Properties

Kinematics viscosity at 40 6C max 16.5 mm1 /S
Flash-point min. 140 6c
Acid value, mg KOH/g max0.03
Sulphur content, total non-corrosive
Surface tension against water at 25 6C min 45X10-3 Nim
Pour point max(-30 oC)
15.19.9. Packing:

[Link]. Container
[Link].J. The transformer oil shall be delivered in filled drums. Tnese drums shall be
~-
/,-"~-~ ~

new, of best quality and in general of a type normally used in the oil branch.
Internal surface of the drums shall be thoroughly cleaned and completely
free from any kind of particles. External surface shall be treated against
corrosion, painted with oil and weather resisting paint. The drum jacket shall
be painted in blue, and the end in white.
[Link].2. The drums shall be stenciled on bung sides with goods designation,
Consignee name and address, s·erial number and the oil and drum net
weights. These markings shall be of oil and weather- resisting black paint.

[Link]. Tank Contents:

The Tank shall contain about 30 Tons for 125 MVA.

15.19.10. Oualitv Control

[Link]. Before delivery, a test certificate shall be submitted to the owner for
approval. The test ce1iificate shall contain results for the tests carried out in
order to confinn the oil qnality as specified. It shali also specify the size and
serial number for the consignment, and be dated and signed.

15.19.11. Transfonr,er Oil Analvsis Instrument \Vith Its Accessories (if required):
The analysis shall include but not limited to H 2, 0 2, CO, CH4, C2Hfo C2H2,
C 3H 8 , ·c2H 4 and CO 2 (PPM) with programmable 0/P relay for each Gas and
wired to control cabinet to transmit signal to control room.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 17/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 15
6'h October Eastern Extensions 220/?7/22 kV GJS S/S

15.19.12. Gas Sampling Unit

Each Buchholz relay shall be provided with gas sampling unit at sight level

15.20. Transformer l\1onitor And Protection

The following monitors and protection systems shall be provided for each
transformer:

15.20.1. Buchholz Protection:

[Link]. Each transformer shal! be fitted with a gas-detecting relay of the BucbJt0lz
t-ype. The relay shall be moumed in an approved manner on the oil
connection pipe between the transformer tank and the expansion vessel in
such way as to be easily accessible for maintenance and repair.
[Link]. The relay shall be provided with an approved by-pass, so that the relay may
be maintained and repaired without interrupting the oil flow from the tank to
the expansion vessel.
[Link]. The Buchholz protection shall be designed to do the following functions:
[Link].1. Give an aiann in case a fault occurs in the transfonner-giving rise to local
over heating and the appearance of gas bubbles.
[Link].2. Trip the transformer circuit breakers and isolate the transformer in case
serious faults occun-ing and giving rise to heavy gas fonnation and violent •·
oil- flow to the expansion vessel or in case a serious drop in the oil level is
detected.
[Link].3. Be capable of accumulating the fom1ed gases and thus determine the cause
and position of the fault by chemical a!1alysis of the gases.
[Link].4. · Tap changer will be protected with bucholz relay.
-
15.20.2. Measuring Of \,Vindi112 Temuerature and Protection against Excessive
/ ~ ""- . .Heating:
.,/_l_:,_,....,0?
·-· 1. Elia! type winding temperature indicator, responsive to the combination of
top oil temperature and winding cun-ent, calibrated to follow the hottest spot
temperature of the transfonner winding. The dial shall be mounted at eye
level. The temperature indicator shall be provided with separately adjustable
(from 0°C to 150°C) sets of contacts to perfonn the following functions.
15.20,2.2. Initiate the first stage of forced cooling of 125 :tv1VA transformers when the
temperature reaches 60°C.
[Link]. Initiate the forced cooling the second stage of forced cooling of 125 MVA
Transfo1111er, when the temperature reaches 80°C.
[Link]. Operate an alarm when the temperature reaches 95 °C.
[Link]. Trip the transformer breakers when the temperature reaches 105 6c.
[Link]. The winding temperature instruments should be provided on one phase of
each winding and erected inside the control cabinet of the cooling systems,
shutter proof windows to be provided for reading of the instruments.
[Link]. Remote temperature indicator for all windings should be provided by
transfonner supplier and which to be erected on the control panel of the
transfonner feeder in the substation control room.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page I 8/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 15
6 th October Eastern Extensions 2'?0/22/22 kV GlS S/S

15.20.3. Measurement of Top Oil Temperature And orotection a~rninst heating of

Transfonners:- ·
15.20.3.l. Dial type oil temperature indicator with its sensing element located in the
path of the hottest oil. The dial shall be mounted adjacent to that of the
winding temperature indicator. The temperature indicator shall be equipped
with separately adjustable (from 0°C to l 50°C) sets of contacts to perform
the following functions:
[Link]. Operate an alarm when the temperature reaches 80° C.
[Link]. Trip the transformer breakers when the temperature reaches 95° C.
[Link]. Remote temperature indicator for the top oil should be provided by
transfom1er supplier and erected on the control panel of the transfonner in
the substation control room by EETC.

15.21. Terminal Cabinet:

15.21.l. A tenninal cabinet of the sheet steel totally enclosed dust proof and water
tight type with IP 54, accessible from ground level. The cabinet shall be
provided near every transformer for the tennination of the multi cores
control cables and for acc01mnodation of the temperature indicators cooling
cores control cables and for acconunodation of the temperature indicators
cooling units controi gear and on load tap changer remote operating
equipment. ·
15.21.2. The tenninal cabinet shall be divided into compartments housing, the
incoming cable terminal- boards and the above-mentioned equipment.
Access doors with padlocks shall be provided.

//[Link]:--Accessories and fittings:

-The transformer shall be supplied with all necessary accessories and fittings,
including:
Name plate, terminal marking, lifting lug, Jacking lug, oil conservator, oil level
indicator, dehydrating breathers, pressure relief vent, Buchholz relays with alarm
contact and shut off contacts, oil thennometer (dial type), winding temperature
indicator with alann and tripping facilities, thermometer pocket filling, draining
and sampling valve for the connection of oil purifying equipment, control and
tenninal box directional rollers, earthing terminal for tank.

15.23. Remote Control And Protection

The following control, measuring and protection system shall be provided with
each transfonner:
15.23.1. Tap changer control
15.23.2. Winding temperatnre indicator (for each winding).
15.23.3. Oil temperature indicator
15.23.4. Tap changer position indicator (using three transmitters:ohrn transmitter for
indication + Milli ampere transmitter for AVR + Milli ampere transmitter
for dispatching centre)
15.23.5. Automatic voltage regulator.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 19/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 NeiV Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 15
61h October Eastern Extensions 120/22122 kV GlS S/S

15.24. Gas Protection

The protection system shail be sensitive to all faults inside the transformer tank as
well as on the tap changer tank. The system shall be of the Buchholz with the high
rate of pressure rise type and over pressure relief device.

15.25. Protection Against Excessive Heating

The transformer shall be equipped with thermal image and dial thennometer with
contacts which sounds an alarm at excessive temperature, and giving tripping order
·at impermissibly temperatures.
r·
,'
l 15.26. Protection Airninst Heating of Transformers
The protection includes detector coils embedded in the transformer cover to
indicate oil and winciing temperature at the control board. An auto1::.atic device
shall sound an alann at failure of the cooling medium.
r,
I. 15.27. Protection Against Low oil Level
The transfonners shall be equipped with devices, which sound an alann when the
oil level drops below permissible limit.

15.28. Painting
The trm1sfomier tank, expa..rision vessel, coolers and all piping exposed to, direct
rays of the sun shall be painted with a non-metallic paint of approved quality and
color. .This paint shall give a compromise ben:veen low absorption and high
radiation characteristics.

15.29. Nameplates
15.29.l. The transformer nameplates shall be stainless steel.
15.29.2. The nameplates shall bear in addition to the information, specifiecrin•JEC
. '
60076-1, 1993, the following: · .. · '-
[Link]. For on-load tap changer transformers, the impedance on /i:he maxnnum,
minimum and main tapings.
[Link]. Load losses and no load losses of main and two extreme tapirtgs.

15.30. Maintenance Materials

15.30.l. Mandatory spare parts shall comprise The Owner recommended spare parts
as specified herein
15.30.2. Recommended Spare Parts:
The Contractor shall submit a list for rec01mnended spare paiis, in addition
to the mai,datory spai·e parts; which will be required for five (5) years

L 15.30.3.
normal operation and maintenance.
Staii-up Spare Pa1is: The Contractor shall submit a list for start-up spare
pa1is, which will be required for initial installation as well as testing
equipment for field testing of the trai1sfon11er.

15.31. Drying Out Of Transformer

15.31.1. The transfonner shall be dried out at the manufacturer work, as no further
drying shall be necessary at site.
Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 20/21
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter l 5
6'h October Eastem Extensions 220/?2/22 kV GlS S/S

15.31.2. During transport, each transformer core and coil shall be dried and shipped
preferably without oil in the tank, which shall be hennetically sealed. The
transformer shall be filled with nitrogen gas during transport, main and
spare nitrogen gas bottles should be available during transport. The bushing,
expansion vessel, breather, wheels and all other external parts might be
removed and shipped separately on condition that they can be mounted at
site without [Link] drying.

15.32. Zig_zag Earfoing Transformer:

The design is based on the following conditions:

l. ONAN Cooling.
2. Ambient temperature 47 °C.
3. Altitude not exceeding 1000 m.
4. Max. temp. rise of the transformer are:
• Oil at top not exceed 45 k.
" Winding not exceed 50 k.
• Winding hot spot max. 60 k.
• Hot spot factor 1.3 for them1al evaluation of heat run test.
5. Shall limit the S.C.C to 800A.
6. Shall be capable of withstanding external short circuits for at least 30 sec.
7. Shall be capable of operating continuously at 10% over voltage.
8. Continuous neutral current to be defined by the contractor.
9. 22 kV Bushing inside air cable box (IP54).
[Link] sizing to be calculated by contractor and subject to owner
approval.

Electrical Power Systems [Link] Company Exhibit D Page 2l/2l

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter i 6
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/2'2 kV GlS S/S

Cf/APTER SIXTEEN

CIVIL WORKS

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 1/67

Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (?-lUCA) Chapter 16
6 th October Eas1ern Extensions 220/22/2'1. kV GlS SIS

CHAPTER SIXTEEN
CIVIL \VORKS
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clause Description Page

16.l. Scope and description of work.

16.2. Special conditions for civil works. 28

16.3. Specification of building works. 32

16.4. Iviethods of constTuction. 36

16.5. Specification of finishing and material. 45

16.6. Steel structures. 57

16.7. Labeling. 63

Soil investigation report

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 2/67

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Nev,· Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS S/S

CHAPTER SIXTEEN
CIVIL WORKS

16.1 Scope And Description of\Vork

General:
Since the works are required to be executed on "turnkey" basis in connection
with the installation of all building equipment and services, the works involved
in this part of contract shall comprise but not limited to design, construction
and completion in an respect, testing, setting to work, maintenance and final
handing over of substation works; all as shown in the successful tender's
approved drawings in accordance with the specification herein after.

The infonnation furnished in this description of work cover the conceptual

design requirements and the contractor shall be responsible (on turnkey basis)
for the detailed scope of the work and detailed design of the facilities involved,
and the dimensions of the buildings which shall be planned and laid out
according to their respective ftu1ctional requirements and use.

16.1.1 Scope For Civil Works

The scope of work shall included but not limited to the following:
Site preparation and leveling to the zero level.
Foundation & miscellaneous steel structure works for outdoor equipment
including capacitor banks and the receiving gantry for 220 bays.
220 kV GIS switchgear building sufficient for 220 kV system and. the
future extension including cable trenches and overhead crane.
Transfom1er foundations for three Nos. of 220/22 kV power
transformers including the fire walls considering space for one 220/22
kV power transfonner for future extension.
One fire fighting room for 220/22 kV transfonners with foundations for
the pressurized steel tar1k.
Control building sufficient for 220/22 kV Systems considering the future
extension.
22 kV switchgear building sufficient for the medium voltage equipment
considering the future extension.
Outdoor cable trenches and ducts for power cables up to the boundary
fence and outdoor cable trenches and ducts for control cables
considering the future extension. /---·
Wire mesh Fences around the transfonners area, and outdoor eq6ipment ·•.
including the capacitor banks.
Main and secondary roads.
Boundary wall and gate/s.
Guard room arid guard towers.
Shed roof for vehicles and other for the capacitor banks. • . ../
Complete water supply system for S/S, including the underground,vater~·
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 3/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority O~UCA) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Ex1ensions 220/22/'22 kV GIS S/S

tank.
Fire Hydrant System.
Sewerage system for S/S
Sanitary installation.
Eai-,hing system for the S/S.
Indoor and outdoor lighting and small power.
Ventilation and Air-conditioning system.
Fire detection for S/St buildings.
Any other civil works which would be essential for satisfactory of the
project (even through not specifically described in the documents and
shown in the approved drawings) shall deemed to be included in the
scope. of the work.

16.1.2. Description of\Vorks:

[Link]. Site Leveling to the Final Zero Level.

A. Site Leveling.
• '.(he location .of civil works should be as indicated in the attached
suggested layout.
• The contractor has to prepare the contour map on his responsibility and_
account.
• The contractor shall clean the site from all vegetation, bushes trees, and
anv other obstacles above and underground without extra charge.
J - -

• The contractor should level the site at the zero level by excavating high
areas, backfilling and compacting the low areas, any soft soil or other
material which the owner consider unsatisfactory for backfilling works
should be removed from the site and replaced by clean sand without
extra charge.
• All banks and slopes (if any) should be fonned to a gradient not
exceeding one (vertical) and two (horizontal).
" Needful side pitching (if needed) should be carrying out round the
boundary wall to support the soil and according to site condition and
under the owner approval.
• Surfaces can be leveled with a suitable cross-gradient to prevent erosion
resulting from water and wind.
• The erosion protection will be provided for transformers /"area-:an(
outdoor equipments with a layer not less 10 cm of gravel/nigher than >.
final zero level.
• The surface finish should be durable enough so that ~y operations
performed during the transportation and installation of equipment sh!)li ..
not damage the surface finish.
• Roads level shall be (+0.10 m) above final zero level.

B. Final Zero Level

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 4/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (OJ
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS S/S

" The contractor should take into consideration that the required final zero
level of the substation area and the switching stations must not be lower
than the final levels of adjacency roads and neighbors.
• The required final zero levei of substation shall be (20) cm higher than
the access road front of the main gate.
.. The offer price should be included backfilling operations (for SiS area
and all buildings) using clean sand for backfiHing from average natural
ground level of their location up to the required final zero level and
using clean granular and well graded backfilling material for backfilling
around all foundations on layers, each layer not exceed than 25 cm,
sprayed with water, well compacting, proctor test not less than (95%)
and according to the worst soil investigation report.

[Link]. Foundations & structural and miscellaneous steel works for outdoor
equipments and receiving gantry:
" The contractor shall design and construct steel structural and fair-faced
reinforced concrete foundations for various appai-atus for the outdoor
equipment and receiving gantry. The foundations should be in adequate
dimensions to achieve the worst soil investigation report
recommendation and contour map 'and to prevent settlement, overhirningL
or other displacement and shall withstand the loadings caiculated. ·
• The end column of the receiving gantry with its foundation should be;
designed as an intermediated column.
& Foundations shall nonnally be placed on virgin soil or well compacted
fill unless otherwise specified in worst soil investigation report.
• All foundations underground surface and up to zero level must be water
proofed b'y two layers of polythene sheets of 200 micron (for each)
between the plain and reinforced concrete and the ve1iical surface sha!l
be water proofed by 3 coats of an approved type emulsion bituminous
paint unless otherwise mentioned in the worst soil investigation report
recommendations. All the visible parts and the top surface shall be of
fair- faced reinforced concrete and painted or brushed by 2 coats of
decorative water proof cementions base material.
e The height of concrete foundation over final zero level should be
3001mn.
• The erection work of steel structures shall not be started before the
involved foundation take approval, the backfilling done and the concrete
hardened sufficiently.
------
• The erection work should be performed carefully as not )6 cause ariy.
detrimental stresses to foundations and structural compof)ents.
• The anchor bolts must be fixed exact ve1iical. I
• The exact fixing must be checked also during the <1xecuting of the
foundation.
• The setting template must be fixed exact h01izontal and'Vertical ont]:ie
' , ,//
/
,,;,

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D ~--Page 5/67

Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authorhy (NUCA) Chapter 16
6111 October Eas1e111 Extensions ?20/22/22 kV G!S S/S

formwork.
• The setting template must be dismounted before erecting the steel
structure.

Foundations on Soil:
• Foundations shall normally be placed on virgin soil or well-compacted
fill.
Foundations on Rocle
" A rock foundation is designed without any undercut. The chimney part
of the foundation is fastened to the rock by steel rods that are fixed by
mortar to the holes in the rock. Required number, depth and spacing of
the bars will depend on the quality of the rock. The contractor's
proposed solution should in each case be approved by the EETC. When
. the rock is weathered and weak, the foundation shall be designed as a
soil foundation.
Anchor Bolts: ·
• -Anchor bolts with hexagon nuts should be used to fix the equipment's in
R.C (slab, beams, "floor, wall) and designed to provide resistance to all
condilions of·compression, tension, shear and bending with sufficient
design diameter and embedded length to achieve the bond bet\veen steel
and concrete (designed according to the owner approval). ·
• The projecting part of foundation bolts and the length within 100 mm of
the concrete surface should be protected from corrosion by hot hip
galvanizing. The anchor bolts must be fixed exact vertical in foundation.

16. 1.2.3 :no kV GIS Switchgears Building:

The contractor shall design and construct the building for 220 kV GIS
equipment ( considering the future extension) of [Link] (for
sub and super· structure} frame system (conventional type for structural
system) ·of columns, beams, slabs and suitable foundation according to
the worst soil report. Seismic design should be applied.
The roof slabs and beams shall be of fair-face reinforced concrete while
the other sub-structure and superstructure element shall be of rough face
reinforced concrete.
The building of 220 kV GIS switchgear shall be provided with an
approved type of overhead crane with capacity 1.5 times the weig,'lt of
the heaviest equipment but not less than 5 ton.
The building shall also provided with a galvanized steel caged ladder
with platfonn fixed at the end wall of the building for the pJJ1-p'o'sebf
maintenance of the over-head crane. // · '
R. C. Cable trenches and dncts as specified in it, relevant sp'ecification.
The contractor shall construct two sectional doors for equipment
I
and
enough personal doors and enough windows for the day light.
The sectional doors shall be electrically operated (motorized), vertically
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 616). ·
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev:"(0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter J6
61h October Eastern Extensions 220122/22 kV GJS S/S

rolled, in dimensions (\vidth and height) suits the equipment dimensions.

The outside walls shall be 25 cm thick made of cement bricks size
25xl2x6 cm, cement plastered from both side and internally painted
,vith one coat of primer, two coats of putty and two coats of an approved
type and colour of washable oil paint. The walls shall be externally
finished with an approved type and colour of high quality of cement
base whether resistant and colour stable decorative facades material (Dry
mix or equivalent).
One meter height of the outside surfaces should be painted with tvw
coats of·water proof transparency masonry points (sodium silicate base).
The side wall nearest transfom1ers should be from R.C protected with an
approved type of fire resistance material.
The outer surfaces of the superstrncture concrete elements (columns,
beams, parapet ... etc) shall be also cement plastered and finished with
the same material of walls but with different texture and/or colour.
The ceiling shall be fair faced reinforced concrete and painted with one
coat of primer, two coats of putty and t\'lo coats of plastic paint of an
approved quality and color.
The walking areas and under equipment the floor shall be R.C slab on
grade covered with concrete screed layer not less than 10 cm thick
smoothly finished by helicopter and painted with two coats of epoxy
putty ai,d t\vo coats of epoxy paint, including 10 cm height of cement
plastered painted same as the floor screed ski1iing.
The building shall be provided with ventilation, lighting and fire
./ ~-- - detection system as specified in their relevant specifications.
· ''Fl1e GIS buildings roof shall be finished as follows:
• 'Lightweight concrete having the slope towards roof drains with
1nin. thickrress not less than 5cm covered with 2 cm thick cement
Jcreed.
1
• /2-layers of (reinforced with polyester) water proofing membrane
with thickness not less than 4 mm for each layer with overlap 15 cm
welding system, including skirting 25 cm height ended to a grove
formed into the roof parapet.
• Covering the area with one layer of geo-textile for protection.
• Laying the thennaJ insulation 5-cm thick from approved type of
extruded polystyrene insulation board of 36 kg/m3 density.
• Covering the area with one layer of geo-textiles for protection.
e Covering with cement tiles 20x20x2 cm with cement mortar and
sai,d bed including skirting of same tiles.
• Expansion joint about 20 1mn wide are to be filled with bituminous
elastic material should provide every 25 area of roof-tiles.
• The roof should be accessed by a caged galvanized steel ladder.
The minimum clearance between walls and the equipments shall be as
per the manufacturer's recomi11endations considering the following:
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 7/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (OJ
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter l 6
6th October Eastern Extensions 220i22/22 kV GIS S/S

" 6.00111 the width of the main entrance lobby for the maintenance
purpose.
• 3.00m the width of the secondary lobby.
o 3.00111 the width of the longitudinal corridor on both side of the
switchgear.

[Link] Transformer Foundations and oil pits:

o The contractor shall design and construct the fair-faced reinforced
concrete foundations for three numbers of 220/22 kV power
transfonners (considering space for other one 220/22 kV
trai,sformers for future extension) to carry the loading from the oil
filled transformers with any additional loads due to transfom1ers
operation, due to seisrn.i_c and other natural phenomena and according
to soil investigation report.
• The foundation box for every transfo1mer should be designed in the
fonn of an open rectanguJar concrete box and large enough to
capacitate the oil volume of the transfonner and the oil level shall not
be higher than 400mm below the upper surface of the gravel layer,
the transfonner pl~ced on railsfoeam supported on two inten11ediate
R.C buttress walls. ·
" The rails for power transformers should be extended through the
main road to facilitate the loading & unloading and suitable for
operation and maintenance ·and included fixing system according to
the owner's engineer approval.
• The transfonners foundation should be with an area sufficient to
fulfiil the requirements of the firefighting system in such away the
nozzles and/or sprinklers to be at distance from the transfer body as
mentioned in the section of the firefighting system. R. Concrete
,knees with proper dimensions should be created into the external
walls of the transfonner foundation for the purpose of supporting the
•mai_ns of the firefighting system.
" The surfaces of the fire walls above zero level shall be finished by
two coats of decorative water proof Cementons base material.
• All construction shall have fair-faced concrete.
" The transformer foundation box should be filled with 20 cm of gravel
size 32-64 mm above galvanized steel grating (design according to
the owner's engineer approval) gravel should be well sieved and
washed before placing, the floor slab should be drained to a sump
then to underground R.C oil pit (oil culvert).
• The transfonner foundation box outside surfaces below the ground
surface shall be insulated by using two layers of water proofing
membrane with thickness not less than 4mm each layer with overlap
15 cm and the vertical insulation of R.C walls protected with btick
walls 12 cm thick.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 8/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter }6
6111 October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV 01S S/S

e The horizontal insulation 2 layers of membrane 4 1mn thick for each

layer with overlap 15 cm between the plain and reinforced concrete
should be protected by 3 cm thick cement screed.
" The foundation box internal surfaces shall be insulated by using oil
resistance epoxy insulation painting according to owner's engineer
approval.
• A protective fair-faced R.C walls between each two transfonners
should be constructed with height not less than 2.0 m higher than the
highest point of the transfom1er but not less than 6.0 m above zero
level and with thickness not less than 30 cm.
• Each wall should have R.C footing resting on P.C with area, thickness
and level depending on the type>. of soil and rec01m11en<lation of soil
investigations report.
• All reinforced concrete surfaces of the protection fire wal!s below
the final zero level should be properly insulated using three coats
of an approved type of bituminous emulsion coats unless
otherwise mentioned in the recommendation of the worst soil
investigation report.

• The contractor shall design and construct underground R.C oil pit, with
capacity not less than 1.2 times the volume of the oil of one transformer.
• The oil pit includes the connected PVC pipe to the sump of each of
transformers foundations with min slop 1: 100 and with diameter not
less than 150 1mn.
• The concrete should be composed of sulphate resisting cement mixed
with additional material Addicrete (D:M2) or similar kind.
• Outside concrete walls should be insulated by using two perpendicular
layers of water proofing membrane with thickness not less than 4 mm
for each layer.
,. The internal faces of R.C walls and ceiling should be smoothly cement
rendering and insulated by using oil resistance epoxy insulation pain1:ing -
according to owner's engineer approval. ·
• Kickers should be provided with water stop to prevent water penetration.
(
i
[Link] Fire Fighting Room:

• The contractor shall design and construct a reinforced concrete building

(R.C skeleton) large enough to acc01mnodate the fire fighting systeniih
additional to the foundations of pressurized water tanks.
• The roof slabs and beams of the room shall be of fair-face reinforced
concrete while the other sub-structure and superstructure element shall
be of rough face reinforced concrete.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 9/67

Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
61h October Eastern Extensions ?'20/'22/22 kV G1S S/S

" The ceiling wili be fair faced R.C paint with one primer coat & two
coats of putty and two coats of an approved type of plastic paint.
• The outside wails shall be 25 cm thick made of cement bricks size
25x12x6 cm, cement plastered from both side and internally painted with
one coats of primers, nvo coats of putty and nvo coats of an approved
type and colour of washable oil paint. The walls shall be externally
finished with an approved type and colour of high quality of cement base
whether resistant and colour stable decorative facades material (Dry mix
or equivalent), same as 220 kV switchgear GIS building.
• One meter height of the outside surfaces should be painted with nvo
coats of water proof transparency masonry points (sodium silicate base).
o The outer surfaces of the superstructure concrete elements (columns,
beams, parapet ... etc) shall be also cement plastered and finished with
the same material of walls but with different texture and/or colour.
• The ceiling will be fair-faced R.C painted with one coat of primer, nvo
coats of putty and nvo coats of an approved type of plastic point.
o The roof should be finished as follows:
o Light weight concrete having the slope towards roof drains with min.
thickness not less not less than 5cm covered with 2 cm thick cement
screed.
o 2-layers of (polyester reinforcement) water proofing membrane with
thickness not less than 4 1mn for each layer with overlap 15 cm
welding system, including skirting ended to a groove formed into the
roof parapet.
o Covering the area with geotextile for protection.
o Laying the thennal insulation 5-cm thickness from approved
exiruded polystyrene insulation board of 36 kg/m3 density.
o Covering the area with one layer of geotexti!es for protection.
o Covering with cement tiles 20x20x2 cm with cement mortar and
sand bed including skirting of same tiles.
o The roof should be accessed by a caged galvanized steel ladder.
e The floor should be as follows:
, - ~ Q Sandwich type slab consist of:
// . "·
· . □ 10 cm Plain concrete.
□ Insulation of 1wo layers of (polyester reinforcement) water
proofing membrane with thickness not less than 4 mm each layer
with overlap 15 cm welding system including skirting with 15 cm
height.
□ 15 cm thick reinforced concrete slab on grade topped with
hardener material, smoothly finished and painted with two coats
of an approved type and colour of epoxy paint.
□ 10 cm height cement skirting finished same as floor.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 10/67

Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Extensions 2'20122122 kV GIS S,1S

$ The windows should be aiuminum type (Technal sections or simiiar)

with an approved sections and the door should be steel type (Marie &
Scott or similar) with enough dimension for entrance of equipment and
painted with (2) coats of primer and (3) coats of washable oil paint of an
approved quality and colour.
" Lighting work (supply and erection) should include all tubes, lamps
... etc as specified in its relevant standard.
" The room/s shall be ventilated as specified in the relevant specification.

[Link] Control Building:

a) Scope of Control Building:
The Control building with staff rooms shall be designed to meet the need
for actual installation and shall be made of reinforced concrete frame
system ( conventional structural type).
Control Building shall include:
" Main control and protection room shall be sufficient for 220/22 kV
system considering the future extension.
• Power supply rooms (AC main board and DC main board &'
Battery charger) with suitable area.
" Two office rooms of an area not less than 20 1112 / each.
o Carrier and telecommunication room, with suitable area.
• Two Auxiliary transformers rooms
" One store room of an area not less than 40 m2 •
• Work shop of an area not less than 40 m2 , provided with overhead
monorail crane min. 3 ton capacity (the store room and workshop
room could be in separate building outside the controi building).
• Battery room for 220 V battery and 48 V battery with suitable area
and provided with an-eye wash basen and ventilated as specified in
the relevant specification.
" Lavatory room, fitted with 3 Nos of water closet in connection with
the offices, in addition to one water closet in connection with
workshop. Sanitary work shall include all internal and external,
piping installations and drainage system.
• Kitchen room of an area not less than 8 m 2 with its facilities and
sanitary work. It shall include all internal and external piping,
installation and drainage system. Walls and floor shall be finished
by ceramic tiles as specified hereinafter.
Necessary ventilation and air conditioning as specified in the
relevant specification.
• Polyethyline water tank with capacity 3 m3 should be erected on the
roof on steel structure base with pump not less than (2 HP) with all

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 11/67

Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Extensions 220122/22 kV GIS S/S

their accessories connected with the water supply system and

drainage for the control building.
e The building structure shall be constructed of reinforced concrete
frame system of columns, beams and slabs, Walls to be made as
specified herein below. Seismic design shall be applied.
• The roof siabs and beams shall be of fair-face reinforced concrete
vvhile the other sub-structure and superstructure element shall be of
rough face reinforced concrete.
• The width of the main entrance shall not be less than 3.0 m and the
width of the con-idor shall not be less than 2.5 m.
• The building shall be provided with lighting, ventilation, air-
conditioning and fire detection systems as specified in the relevant
specifications.
• Water supply and sanitary works (supply and erection) should be
including all internal and external installation and drainage system
according to relevant specifications.
• The minimum clearance of the equipments from the building walls
shall be as per the manufacturer's recommendations but not limited
to:
[Link] between the walls and t.1-ie backside of the equipment
1.50m benveen the walls and the end of the equipments row
/..,,.----------_ [Link] the width of the operators lobby in control room
/ ",_2.50m the width of the passage benveen every two rows of AC/DC
: equipment, medium voltage switchgear and battery racks.
I ~.OOm the clear width of the main entrance and 2-.-50 m--the-olear-- -·
width of the corridor.
:Note: The medium voitage room could be constructed in separate
]:milding adjacent to control building.

b) Finishing of control Building:

" Walls:
External Walls to be provided with windows to make all rooms have
the daylight.
All internal walls shall be 25 cm thick made of cement bricks size
25x12x6 cm, cement plastered and painted with one coats of primers,
nvo coats of putty and two coats of an approved type and colour of
washable oil paint, unless, otherwise mentioned for specific places,
hereinafter.
The outside walls shall be 25 cm thick made of cement bricks size
25xl2x6 cm, cement plastered. The walls shall be externally finished
with an approved type and colour of high quality of cement base
whether resistant and colour stable decorative facades material (Dry mix
or equivalent).
One meter height of the outside surfaces should be painted with nvo
coats of water proof transparency masonry points (sodium silicate base).
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 12/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Extensions 2201'21!22 kV GJS S/S

The outer surfaces of the superstructure concrete elements (columns,

beams, parapet. .. etc) shall be also cement plastered and finished with
the same material of walls but with different texture and/or colour.
The walls of battery room shall be covered with anti-acid or anti
alkaline ceramic tiles (with the full height) of an approval quality and
colour.
The walls of lavatories and kitchen shali be covered with ceramic 1iles
for all height of an approved quality and color.

" Ceilings:
All ceiling· shall be painted with three coats of plastic paint except the
air conditioned rooms (main control room, all offices,
tdecommunication room and AC/DC room) shall be provided wi1h
false ceiling at 3.25 m clear height from finish floor level.
The ceiling of the Battery room shall be painted with anti-alkaline or
anti-acid paint according to the battery type which is not affected by
battery gases and fumes of an approve tested quality and color.

• Floors:

The floor of all lavatories and services rooms shall be covered with Don
slip ceramic tiles 30x30 cm of an approved quality and colour.
The floor of store room and work shop shall be R.C concrete painted
with two coats of epoxy putty and two coats of epoxy paint and ceramic
skirting of 10cm height of an approved quality and color.
The floor of the office rooms shall be covered with an approved type and
colour non-slip of porcelain tiles and porcelain skirting 10 cm height.
~The floor of the control room, telec01mnunication room, AC/DC should
be raised floor of an approved quality. The pedestal of the raised floor
should be fixed on concrete screed layer 10 cm thick finished smoothly
by Helicopter and treated with hardener material.
Note: The contractor should provide the store with 10% spare from
raised floors and false ceiling.
The floor of medium voltage room and Auxiliary transfonners rooms
should be covered screed not less than 10 cm thickness (above the R.C
slab) treated with hardener material and smoothly finished by Helicepter
and painted with two coats of an approved type and color of oil
resistance epoxy paint included skirting of cement plaster 10cm height
with smooth surface and painted with t\vo layers of epoxy putty and two
coats of oil resistant epoxy paint of an approved quality and color.
The floor of the main entrance and corridor/s should be covered with
granit tiles with minimum dimension 40x40x2 cm of fill approved
quality and color.
The floor of battery room shall be covered with anti alkaline or anti-acid
cerainic tiles somage or similar of an approved quality and colour. It
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 13/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
. 6111 October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SiS

should be laid on a bed of m01ier and using anti-acid or anti-alkaline

joint filler with 6-8 mm width. All materials used in the battery room
must not be affected by the battery gases and fumes.
The steps of the main entrance shall be of reinforced concrete with steps
covered with gTanit 4 cm thickness horizontally and 2 cm ve1iica!ly.
The external platforms with staircases shall be of reinforced concrete
snioothiy finished treated with hardener material and painted with 1:\:vo
coats of an approved type and colour of epoxy paint.
The corners of the platforms and steps should be protected with steel
angles size 50 x 50 x 5 111111 anchored into the concrete and painted same
as the concrete surface of the platforms and steps.
The hand railing for platfonns, pits, stairs, etc. shall be of white metal
handrails of an approved quality :;ection fixed to steel balusters of square
or round steel bars of approved sections painted with two coats of red
lead and 1:\:vo coats oil paint.
Sidewalk around the building and platforms should provided and covered
with steel-crete tiles 30x.30x3 cm of an approved type and color with
width not less than 1.0m.

., Roofing:

The roof shall be finished as follows:

o Light weight concrete having·the slope towards roof drains with min.
thickness not less not less than 5cm covered with 2 cm thick cement
screed.
o 2-layers of water proofing 1'nembrane with thickness not less than 4
nun with overlap 15 cm welding system, including skirting
(polyester reinforcement).
o Covering the area with one layer of geotextile for protection.
o Laying the thennal insulation 5-cm thickness from approved
extruded polystyrene insulation board of 36 kg/m3 density.
o Covering the area with one layer of geotextiles for top protection.
o - Covering with cement tiles 20x20x2 cm with cement m01iar and
sand bed including skirting of same tiles.
o The roof should be accessed by a caged galvanized steel ladder.

• Windows:
The windows shall be aluminum type (Technal sections or similar)
subject to the owner's approval. The windows shall be fixed to the wall
by wooden frames 2" x6" in a manner and work manlike in accordance
with the Engineers satisfaction.
\,Vindows for the ventilated room, such as 220 kV GIS room, battery
room, aux. rooms, shall be fixed type with wired glass (single) 6111111
thick.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 14/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Crbari Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/?.2i22 kV GJS S/S

Vvindows for the air-conditioned rooms such as control room, AC/DC

room, telecommunication room, 22 kV room shall be fixed type double
glass 6 mm thick for each 80% reflected type.
Wirido,,,s for offices shall be movable type (sliding) double glass 6mm
thick for each, 80% reflected and provided with fly screen.
\Vindows for lavatories and kitchen shall be single glass tilted type.
All movable windows shali be provided with fly screen.
• Doors:
The external and internal doors shali be (Marie & Scott or Similar) for
equipment rooms shall be double or single leaves of steel sheets as per
the approved drawings reinforced with sufficient steel stiffeners and
bracing angles fixed on RC frame and p:::;nted with (2) coats of primer
and (3) coats of washable oil paint of an approved quality and colour.
For offices, service room and lavatories the doors shall be of wooden
type and painted with (2) coats of primer and (3) coats of oil paint of an
approved quality and colour.
Unless otherwise specific in the HVAC requirements, the external doors
of the ventilated rooms should be provided with louvers and S8J1d traps
and wire screen.
]\fain entrance door of control building should be hinged aluminum type
(four leaves) fixed in R.C frame and provided with wire mesh glass 6imu
thickness of an approved quality and colour.
Tne panic lock devices shall be provided to the doors for basement, fire
fighting rooms, medium voltage switchgear and battery room in exit way.
TI1e doors of the air-conditioned room shall be provided with door closer
devices.
All doors fittings and accessories shall be of high quality and subject to
the owner's engineer approval.

• Metal v\1orks:
The hand railing for platfonus, stairs, etc. should be of steel pipe of 2"
diameter and electro-statically painted with an approved quality and color
and fixed to steel balusters of square or round steel bars of approved
sections painted with two coats of red lead and two coats oil paint.

[Link] 22 kV (Medium Voltage) Building:

• The building of 22 kV equipments shall be of reinforced concrete from
system ( conventional type for structural system) of columns, beams,
slabs and suitable foundations according to the soil report
rec01mnendations.
• The ceiling shall be fair-faced R.C painted with one coat of primer, two
coats of putty and two coats of plastic paint.
The floor under the switchgear equipment together with the passage
front of the bays shall be covered with 10 cm thick concrete screed

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 15/67

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
L
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th Octobt:r Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS S/S

layer, smoothly finished with Helicopter machine and painted with two
coats of epoxy primer and two coats of epoxy paint.
,. Expansion joint should be carrying out every (30-35111) for hot region
and (40-45111) for moderate region.
" The building should to provided with lighting, ventilation and fire
detection systems all as specified in the relevant specifications.
" The building should be provided with sufficient windows for the day
light and t\vo sectional doors for equipments and enough personal doors.
• The building shall be provided with basement as specified hereinafter.
" The building should be provided with two reinforced concrete secondary
staircases from the finished floor level to the basement. It shall be R.C
firr;shed smoothly treated with hardener and painted with (2) coats of
epoxy paint. Steps corners should be protected by steel angles 50 x 50 x
5 1mn painted with the steps.
• The external walls shall be 25 cm thick made of cement bricks 25xl2x6
cm, cement plastered from both side, internally and externally finished
same as 220 kV building. ·
•· One meter height of the outside surfaces should be painted with t\vo
coats of water proof transparency masonry points (sodium silicate base).
• The roof should be finished as follows:
- Light weight concrete having slope towards the roof drain with·
minimum. thickness (5) cm, topped with (2) cm thick cement screed.
- Two layers of water proofing bituminous type membrar1e (4) mm
thick for each, reinforced with polyester fibers with overlapping not
less than (15) cm welding system including skirting.
Covering the membrane with one layer of geotextile.
- Laying one layer of the thennal insulation high density extruded
polystyrene boards with thickness not less than (5) cm ar1d density
. not less than 36 kg/1113 •
- Covering the thermal insulation boards with one layer of geotextile
for top protection.
Covering the geotextile layer with cement tiles 20x20x2 cm with
morter ar1d sand bed including skiiiing.
- The roof should be accessed by galvanized caged steel ladder.
- The minimum clearance between the equipment ar1d the walls inside
the building shall be as per t11e manufacturer's recommendations but
should not be less than the following:
1.50 m between the wall & the back side of the equipment row.
1.50 m between the wall & the end of equipment row.
2.50 m bet\veen each two rows of22 kV equipment.

[Link] Basement:

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 16/67

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter i 6
6t1' October Eastern Extensions 220/221'22 kV GIS SIS

The basement will be under the area of22 kV s-Yvitchgear room only.
The net height of basement (measured from the finish floor level to
the beam's soffits) 'will not be less than 2.20 m, and provided with
sufficient number of windows with height not less than 0.50m.
The windows shall be aluminum tilted type with ,vired glass 6mm
thickness, and fixed wire mesh screen.
The basement walls and ceiling shall be of fair-faced concrete and
the floor shall be R. C slab shall be treated with hardener material
added to the wet concrete surfaces and finished smoothly with
helicopter machine.
Access to ground floor by secondaTy stairs and hatch opening/s with
steel ladder/s shall be provided.
The R.C walls of basement should be provided with opening for
inlet and outlet medium voltage cables of trenches outside the
building.
Walls and floor of basement under zero level should be insulated by
using two layers of water proofing membrane with thickness not less
than 4mm each layer with overlap 15cm and ve1iically protected
with brick walls not less than 12cm thickness and horizontally ,vith
3cm cement screed.
Kickers and water stop should be provided to prevent the water
penetration.
The basement shall be ventilated as specified according to relative
section.
Access to ground floor by reinforced concrete secondary stairs with
steps smoothly finished, treated with hardener material and painted
with two cats of an approved type and colour of epOA')' paint. The
comers of the steps should be protected with steel angles 50x50x5
mm anchored to the concrete and painted with two coats of epoxy
paint. Handrail of steel pipe of 2" diameter and electro-statically
painted with an approved quality and colour and fixed to steel
balusters of square or round steel bars of approval section, the steel
balusters should be fixed in R.C. stairs with suitable method.
One door with dimension not less than l.0x2.2m of steel sheets
reinforced with sufficient steel stiffeners and bracing angles should
be provided and painted with (2) coats of primer and 3 coats of
washable oil paint of an approved quality and colour.
Trays for medium voltage and control cables shall be provided as
specified in EUS - El9 - part (1).

[Link] Trenches and Cable Ducts:

Trenching is required for installation, laying cables, conduits, p1pmg
cable trenches etc for which the method of excavation is not specifically
described in other sections.
Outside cable trenches for power and control cables should be of the
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 17/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter , 6
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS S/S

totally enclosed fair-faced R.C. type covered by suitable fair-faced pre-

cast R.C. covers overlapping one another to prevent penetration of
water. The direction for the needed cable trenches is clarified in the
suggested layout ..
Cable trenches should be constructed of casl insitu reinforced fair-faced
concrete and to be coated from outside with 3 layers of an approved type
of bituminous emulsion paint unless otherwise mentioned in the
recommendation of the vvorst soil investigation rep01i. Two layers of
polyethylene sheet 200 micron should be provided between the R.C
floor and the plain concrete. The upper corners edges have to be
provided with steel angles 40x40x4mm fixed in concrete by means of
iron hocked bars electrically welded to the ar:gle.
Cable trenches· inside the building should be open type of reinforced
fair~faced concerete, the upper comer edge supporting the chequer plate
have to be provided with steel angles 50x50x4 mm fixed in concrete by
means of iron hocked bars electrically welded to the angle and it should
be covered with chequer plat of 6mm thickness and for trenches with
width more than 1.00 m the chequer plate should be 0.5m width and
stiffen ,.vith frame of steel angles not less than 40x40x4 mm and
provided with two steel handles.
Chequer plates shall be painted with two coats of primer paint and two
coats of epoxy paint of an approved quality and colour.
Cable ducts should be used for crossing roadways and at entrances of
building considering 20% (e:>-.'tra) of the equipped Nos of sleeves of
spare, It should be reinforced water tight concrete and coated with 3
layers of an approved bituminous emulsion.
- floor of trenches to be drained with an approved system.
A constructive joint in cable trenches should be carrying out every 20m;
it should be filled with a rubber material.
Trays for power and control cables shall be provided by contractor.
The contractor should submit primary drawing/s showing the tryes and
· cable aiTangernent inside each trench to get the approval prior to submit
- · the [Link] drawing/s of the cable trenches.

[Link] Shed Roof For Vehicles and capacitor banks:

• Sun shaded parking for vehicles to be [Link] for 2 trucks with
height not less than 5.0 m and 3 small cars with height not less than
3.0111.
" The structure should be designed and constructed of steel structure
and insulated double layers of corrugated sheet roof, subject to the
Engineer's approval.
• The roof of the shed should be drained to the concrete floor through
drain pipe as per the Engineer's approval. The reinforced concrete
floor for the shed should be of the saine design of the main road.
• Another shed should be provided to the capacitor banks same as the
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 18/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter J6
G'h October Eastern Extensions 220122/22 kV GIS S/S

car shed structure.

[Link] Galvanized Wire Mesh:

e The mesh fence shall surround the outdoor equipments and around
power transformers including the future extension areas.
• A suitable R.C Foundation resting on P.C foundation with area, and
thickness and level depending on the type of the soii, and the
Engineer's approval.
The wire mesh is composed of panels 2.00 to 2.50 m length and
2.5 meters height made of galvanized wire 5 1m11s diameter fonning
a mesh of 6x6 cm size fixed to a steel frame of angles min 60x60x6
mm. The frames are vertically fixed to a vertical galvanized steel
pipe 3" diam. the fence shall also be provided with double leaf
doors made of the same galvanized wire mesh and steel angles of
suitable width and at approved positions. Personal door and movable
part of the fence should be provided front of each transfonner.

[Link] Roads and Surfacing:

., The roads required for operation and maintenance of the substation
(switchyard, building and its transformers) according to the approved;
layout and to get proper maneuvering of long vehicles and easy'.
access to any part inside the S/S, shail be finished and handed over
on completion of the contract, in accordance with the approved
detailed design of the Contractor. Main roads within the substation
shall be of clear width 6.0 m and shall be extended to the main gates.
Main roads are to be reinforced concrete slab 4.0x3.0 m with
thickness and reinforcement as per the approved design calculations
but not less than 16.0 cm thick and 6 qi 12 in both direction
reinforcement, the R.C slabs shall be finished with hardener material
added to the wet concrete.
o The substation site shall also be provided with secondary road
(service roads) of clear width 4.0 m wide. The secondaiy roads shall
encompass the area to provide easy access to any part in S/S.
• The secondary roads are to be reinforced concrete slabs 3.0x4.0 m
with thickness and reinforcement as per the design calculations but
not less than 12.0 cm thick and 5 qi 10 in both direction
reinforcement, the slabs shall be finished with hardener material
added to the wet concrete.
o The main and secondaiy roads should be smoothly finished by
helicopter.
• Expansion joints 2.0 cm wide shall be provided between the R.C
slabs of the main and secondaiy roads, filled with flexible boards and
sealed with an approved type of polysulphide mastic.
.. The main and secondary roads shall be laid on subgrade and sub-base
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 19/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/1 2 kV G1S StS

according to the soil investigation report and the approved design.

The thiclmess of the sub-base layer shall not be less than 20 cm after
compaction.
" The road level shall be(+ 0.10) above the final zero level.
" Side walk around all building of steel crete tiles with curb stone and
minimum width [Link] and level of side walk shall be (+25 cm)
above zero level.
" The main and secondary roads shall be provided with curbstone in
both sides of size 50x30xl 5 cm rested on 10 cm thick plain concrete
sloped l :200 in the lateral direction for water drainage.

[Link] Boundary TWall:

The substation area shall be enclosed by a boundary wall of 5.0m

height above the highest level of (final zero level inside S/S or the level of
outside area). The boundary wall shall consist of two paiis. The lower part
not less than 4.0 meters consists of concrete skeleton and brick and the
upper part will 1.0 m height made of galvanized wire mesh .
., RC (reinforced Concrete) footings resting on P.C (Plain Concrete)
with area, thickness, and level depending on the type of the soil and
the recommendations of the worst soil report.
,. Continuous R.C ground Beam connecting the R.C columns with\
top-level minimum of (25) cm above zero level.
• R.C Columns with 3.00 m paneied and of 25x30 cm mmnnum
dimension. R.C top & middle continuous beam 25 cm depth.
o R.C Top continuous beam (coping) with a depth not less than 25cm.
" The space between columns shall be filled with cement bricks size
25x12x6 cm with thickness 25 cm up to 2.5 height and 12 cm thick
up to 1.5 m height above the middle beam up to the top beam.
• The wall shall be provided with an asphalt damp proof coarse 1.5
cm thick laid on the full width of the wall at zero level.
• The inside and outside walls shall be cement rendered finished as
specified for the facades of S/S buildings.
• The upper part shall be of galvanized wire mesh (5) mm diam.
forming mesh (6) cm size fixed to a steel fraine of angles 60x60x6
mm with height equal to 1.0 meter.
o Each frame panel should be divided to three parts with galvanized
stiffeners of steel plates 50 x 5 m mm on each side of panel, the
frames are ve1iically fixed to anchor galvanized steel pipe 3"
diameter fixed in R.C columns with anchor bolts, the lower part
should be 4.00 meters height consists of concrete and brick works
as following:
• At least one main entrance gate (6) m wide and (3.0) m high with
double leaf and one personal gate (1.0) m wide and (2.5) m height
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 20/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

shall be provided.
• The lower part for all gates should be covered with steel sheet
plates of 0.8 m height and with thickness not less than 4 1mn and
vvith total weight not less than the following:
o 750 kg for main gate.
o 150 kg for each personal gate.
• All the steel sections and details of all gates will be according to
owner's engineer approval.
" All gates should be painted with (2) coats of primer and (3) coats of
washable oii paint of an approved quality and colour.
• Lighting work (supply and erection) of the boundary brick wall
fence should be provided with street light fittings to illuminate the
areas on both sides of it and to be include all bulbs, tubs, lamps .. etc,
according to relative section in specification.
• Unless otherwise specified in the lighting specification section, the
light fitting for the bo"undary brick fence will be directly mounted to
its top with maximum ·of spacing 21.0 m (6 panels) using brackets
suitable for two luminaries including a lamp 250 w to illuminate the
boundary fence froni both sides according to relative section in
specification.
Q The contractor's offer shall include total price for the boundary wal(
and unit price for one longitudinal meter of the fence.
·• In case of difference between: Inside and outside levels for S/S area
is more than 50 cm. The contractor should construct reinforced
retaining wall for fences instead of reinforced foundation according
to soil investigation report and approved design.

16.1;2.14 Guard Room and Guard towers:

a) Guard Room:
• A guard room (not less than 4 x 6 m) shall be erected as near as
possible to the main gate.
• The guard room for guards shall accommodate four persons
including rest facilities, toiles of western type and hand wash basin.
• The floor should be as followings:
o Sandwich type P.C slab consist of:
o 10 cmP.C.
o Insulation of two perpendicular layers of water proofing
membrane with thickness not less than 4 mm each layer with
overlap 15 cm welding system including skirting with 15 cm
height.
o 15cmR.C.
Electric Power Systems Enginee1ing Company Exhibit D Page 21/67
Volume 2: Tech.>1ical Specifications Rev. (0)

L
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter !6
6t!' October Eastern Extensions 220/'12/22 kV G1S S/S

o Sand and cement mortar ,vith average thickness 8.0 cm.

" Floor finish shall be of non-slip ceramic tiles 30x30 cm and ceramic
ski1iing 10 cm height.
,. Roof of the building shall be as specified for all buildings.
• Sanitary work should include ail external and installation and
drainage system.
" Floor of W.C shall be covered with non slip ceramic tiles and t.1-ie
walls shall be covered with ceramic tiles for all height of an
approved quality and colour.
• -The Ceiling of building should be cement rendered in two layers and
painted wit.'! (one primer coat + 3 coats) of plastic paint of an
approved quality and colour.
• The room shall be provided with door/s and windows as specified for
firefighting room.
• The roof slabs and beams shall be of fair-face reinforced concrete
while the other sub-structure and superstructure element shall be of
rough face reinforced concrete.
o The outside walls shall be 25 cm thick made of cement bricks size
25xl2x6 cm, cement plastered from both side and internally painted
with two coats of butty and coats of an approved type and colour of
_washable. oil paint. The walls shall be externally finished with fill
approved type and colour of high quality of cement base whether
resistant and colour stable decorative facades material (Dry mix or
equivalent).
" One meter height of the outside surfaces should be painted with two
coats of water proof transparency masonry points (sodium silicate
base).
'" The outer surfaces of the superstructure concrete elements (columns,
beams, parapet ... etc) shall be also cement plastered and finished
with the same material of walls but with different texture.
,. Lighting work (supply and erection) should include all bulbs, tubs,
lamp, electrical ceiling fans .. etc according to relative section in
specification.
• Galvanize steel ladder with safety cage provided for access to the
roof.

b) Guard towers:
Note: All the requirement of the general department of the electricity
police regarding the specifications of the guard towers should be
fulfilled.
• Guard towers to be erected at the corners of the fence other guard
towers shall be constructed if the distance between any two adjacent
towers exceeds (125) meters window back and floor shall be made as
safeguard and the platform area shall be minimum of 2 square meter.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 22167
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter I 6
6111 October Eastern Extensions 220/22122 kV GJS S/S

The level of the platform shall be elevated 20 cm higher than the top
of boundary wall.
• Accessing to the platform shall be with a penrnment steel ladder to
the crital door at the wall of the guard tower.
e Building to be R.C skeleton of cast insitu concrete .
., The walls and ceiling to be plastered and painted four coats of oil
paint.
" The external finishing of the guard tmver shall be the same as
boundary wall.
" The windows shall be crital type with transparent plastic sheets.
• The floor should be as·following:
o R.C designed slab.
o Sand and cement mortar with average thickness 6.0 cm.
o The floor covered with ceramic tiles 30x30x3 cm of an approved
quality and colour.
o The skirting should be ceramic of 10 cm height.
• The floor shall be covered with ceramic tiles.
" The roof shall be covered with same finishing layers of insulation of
the buildings and-covered by cement tiles 2 cm thick.
•. The contractor offer should include total price of guard towers and
include unit price for one-guard tower.

[Link] ,vater Supplv Svstem:

- The [Link] shall construct a water supply system connected to the
public network to feed underground water tank, pumps room, fire hydrant
system... eti:;. the works shall include earth work, civil works and
mechanical works in all respect and shall be handed over to EETC in good
working condition.
- The water supply system shall be provided to the substation for the purpose
of fire fighting, fire hydrant and potable supply systems.
- For firefighting system and fire hydrant system, an underground water tank
with capacity not less than 100 ro.3 shall be provided and the pressure
system of the water supply shall be maintained by pumps installed in a
room as specified hereinafter.
- For potable water, a polyethylene shady water tank with 3.0 1113 capacity
will be provided and fixed on the roof of control building.
- All works related to the water supply system such as earth work, civil
works, electro-mechanical work, .. etc shall be completed and handed over
to the owner in good working conditions.
- The water supply system shall include but not limited to the following:
a) Underground Water Tank:
- The contactor shall design and construct fair-faced, reinforced concrete
3
underground water tank with capacity not less than 100 m for the
firefighting purpose and potable water. The design and the detaiis shall
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 23/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Extensions 2:20/22/22 kV GIS S/S

be subject to onwer's approval.

- The reinforced concrete shall be composed of ordinary Portland or
sulphate resisting cement according to the recommendation of the soil
investigation report and shall be mixed with additional material
"Addicrete DM2" or similar kind.
- The internal faces should be insulated by non-toxic epoxy insulation
painting and covered with ceramic tiles 30x20 cm, the external faces in
contact with the ~oil including the floor should be insulated with two
layers of water proofing membrane with thiclmess not less than 4.0 mm
_ for each witb overl~p 15 cm welding system and protected vertically
with brick wall 12 cm thick and horizontally with (3.0) cm thick cement
r'
L
screed cured and hardened before laying the reinforcement bars of the
f:.vor. Kickers and water stop for the construction joint between floor and
walls should be provided to prevent the water penetration, specialties for
the walls formwork (embedded type) should be used.
- Level control devices should be installed for automatic alann if the level
is high or low to keep the water level at 50 cm lower than the roof soffit.
- The overflow water and washing water should be drained to the nearest
_ man-hole of the drainage system.
- The water tank floor should be provided with sump 50 x 50 x 20 cm for
proper cleaning, by the pumping system.
·stainless steel ladder should be provided to access for the maintenance
purpose.
- Galvanized steel pipes 5" diam. Covered with mesh (1.5 - 2 111111) should
be provided for aeration.
- Sidewalk with width not less than [Link] should be provided around the
undergro!md·water tank and proper access from the concrete road to the
-- -< tank as well.
b) Pumps Room:·
A pressure system for water supply and fire hydrant system shall be
provided and installed inside in a room having the same design and
finishing of fire fighting room.
The pumps room w·ould ·be [Link] as a separated building or above
the underground water tank and shall be structurally and architecturally
sarrie as fire fighting room. -
The pressure system shall be provided by an electrical pump and other
diesel pump as a standby in additional to the Joky pump, control panel,
piping, connections and all the needful accessories. The tv;o pumps
should be with power suits the needed water pressure inside the network
(not less "7" seven bars at the end of the pipeline).
Design calculation and detailed drawing for the pumping system should
be submitted for approval prior to supply the system. The installation
and the tests of the system should be carried out under the supervision of
the supplier and the owner's approval.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 24/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6111 October Eastern Extensions 220/22122 kV GIS S/S

c) External \7\1ater Supplv Pining:

The water system shall be com1ected underground water tank, Fire
fighting system, pumps room and extended to the boundary fence and
connected to the public network.
External pipes for water shall be of high density polythlene ('BDPE) with
10 bar testing pressure, considering 7bar at the final delivery point for
fire hydrants and for drinking water the network will be under pressure
3 bar
Ali fittings shali be made of same material of Pipes and of an approved
quality.
All underground pipes and required connection have to be isolated with
an approved [Link].
The valves and non-return valves shall be made of tin, bronze with the
following chemical prope1iies Cu 88%, Sni2%, Zn max. 0.3%. All
adapters necessary for connection to HDPE pipes shall be made of the
same material.
The internal pipes for drinking and services shall be of polypropylene
type.
The contractor shall provide water for use during construction
including fire protection.
The contractor shall submit any other special requirements.

d) Fire fightinf' line (fire Hvdnmt svstem):

a The contractor shall design and cany out the fire fighting line covers the
·-·-··· whole area of the substation:-
o The fire hydrant line should be of flanged connecting galvanized
steel pipe 6" diam from high quality type.
o The fire hydrant line should be above ground fixed to plain concrete
supports with suitable dimensions and with height not less than 50
cm aboveground on distance equal to the line pipe unit or fixed to
the R.C columns of boundary fence.
o Wnen the pipe line is crossing road/s, it should be laid inside rigid
PVC sleeves. In case of the line need to be imbedded (subject to the
Engineer's approval), the embedded p01iion/s should be insulated
against c01Tosion by an approved manner.
o The above ground pipe line should be painted with two coats of
suitable primer and three coats of oil paint in red colour.
o Enough vertical fire hydrants (Morise type) with diameter 2.5"
properly fixed to steel and/or concrete supp01is at approved positions
with distance not exceed 50m between them, included all necessary
accessones.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 25/67

Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

o Fire hose made of linen (Morise type) with diameter 2.5" and length
not less than 30111 with all accessories on approval of fire brigade
before supplying.
o Cabinet for keeping fire fighting tools (extinguishing hose, ... etc.)
vvith dimension not less than 80x80x35 cm made of steel sheet plat
with l .51mn thiclmess, painted with 4 coats of red oil paint, provided
with glass door 6111111 thiclmess and all accessories.
o Bronze valve control for high pressure covered with Nickel material
with circular handle should be provided.
o Full details of the fire fighting line (design and drawing) should be
submitted for owner's engineer approval.
o The fire hydrant pipeline should be tested on 10 bar and the work
pressure should not be less than bar at th.:; end of the line.

[Link]. Sewerage System:

• The contractor should take into consideration the civil drawings and the
specification to cotnplete the scope of this item.
" The contractor is obliged to design and install sewerage system inside
the substation and handed over to owner in good working condition, the .
system shall include but not limited to the following:-
o Complete sewerage (supply and installation) system for substation
buildings sufficient for 30 person at least.
o Manholes.
o Exact route, location and level of each pipe line and manholes are to
be checked before executing to secure suitable slope of sewerage
system.
o The contractor shall submit a complete description of his proposed
sewerage system the design should be according to soil investigation
report and precautions subjected to the approval of owner's engineer.
o All outside pipes material and waste water piping for acid
contaminated water should be (HD Polyethylene) pipe with diameter
not less than 6" included all fittings.
o The sewage system shall be locally closed system (i.e not connected
to external sewage plant).
o The [Link] water of the air-conditioning system should be
drained to the S/S draining system.
a. Manholes.
• The contractor shall design and construct underground fair-faced R.C.
manholes and it should be at the road level beside the sidewalk of the
buildings, the distance between two manholes not exceed 30m and the
depth according to the slopes of the pipe line and the direction of flow
with slope 0.005:0.007 between outlet and inlet of the manhole.
• R.C waste sump, approximately one meter cub. should be installed
outside the S/S building with special drain connection from the battery
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 26/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Aut11ori1y (NlJCA) Chapter 16
6111 October Enste1T1 Extensio:is '20/22122. kV GIS S/S

room for alkaline or acid contan,inated water, manhole cover should be.
provided with a limit access warning sign showing battery alkaline or
acid contents (waste sump alkaline or acid contaminated water).
• All sides of manholes and its base shouid be R.C with min steel 5010/rn'
in both directions depending on the design and worst soil investigations
report.
• The concrete should be composed of sulphate resisting cement mixed
with additional material Addicrete (Dlv12) or similat.
~ i\.1anhole within the road shouid be provided with heavy duty cast iron
cover and medium duty for the other man-holes.

b. Sewerage Tanks.
• The contractor shall design and constn1ct undergrounc£ R.C (septic tank,
filter tank and coilecting tank) sufficient for 30 person at ieast, and with
min. (discharging time 1.5 month), the dimensions, design and details
shall be according to owner's engineer approval.
• The reinforced concrete should be composed of sulphate resisting
cement mixed with addition_al material Addicrete (DM2) or similar kind
of an approved type.
e Inside faces shall be smoothly cement rendered and insulated by epoxy
insulation pafr1ting, outside concrete surfaces should be surrounded with
two perpendicular layers of water proofing membrane with thickness not
less than 4mm each layer with overlap 15cm welding sys-cem and
protected ·with brick walls not less than 12cm thick.
• Kickers should be provided with water stop to prevent water penetration .
., All [Link] have upper R.C. slab included enough rnanholes opening
(O.6xO.6m) provided with cast iron cover and inside steel ladder.
• Proper access should be provided to the sewage tanks to facilitate foe
discharging work.
S-:initary installation as specified hereinafter rn clause 15.5.13.

16.1:2.18 Lighting:
o The lighting fitting should be decorative type.
• All lighting units should be of saved energy type.
• The contractor shall supply and install the interior and exterior lighting
for firefighting buildings guard room, guatd tower, shed roof for
vehicles, boundary wall fence, gates, main roads, secondary roads this
lighting should be designed to achieve the specified levels of
illumination and lighting colors.
• The main lighting circuit, the routing of lighting cables, the number of
lighting switches and the routing of telephone cable as indicated in
relative section in specification.
,. The contractor should supply and install telephone cables and their
required plugs for offices, PLC room, controi room guard room.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 27/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urbar. Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

· • Access road leading to the main gate of S/S should have the same
lighting fitting as the main roads inside the S/S; all necessary drawings
for lighting poles (locations, structural sections and foundations) should
be according to owner's engineer approval.
• Each guard tower should be provided with at lest one street light fitting
to illuminate the area around.
• All necessary drawings for lighting poles (locations, structural sections
and foundations) should be according to owner's engineer approval.

[Link] Other Civil vVorks:

1- Ail subsidiary works including piping, paving, floor tiling shequer
plates, rendering, painting, plastering, decoration and finishing
2- All required ch'il··works related to fire detection, fire alarm, ventilation,
earthing, air-conditioning and fire hydrant systems.
3- Grouting for machine1y, base plates, rails plates, etc.
4- Any other civil works, required for satisfact01y completion of
substation works.

16.2 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR CIVIL WORKS:

16.2.1 General:
* In amplification and not in iimitation to these conditions of tender
.and specifications, the specifications and regulations which are adopted
by the Egyptian Standard, Specifications (E.S.S.), and the State Building
[Link] of the Government shall be followed wherever applicable.
Tenderers shall_also follow the stipulations of the laws concerning the
Syndicate of Engineering Professions in the Egyptian Region as regards
all works related to this contract.
* The buildings should be of conventional type for structural system and
architectural features must be compatible with the Egyptian style and
should be approved by the owner's engineer.
It's the contractor [Link] to check all the given data in the
geotechnical report and the contour map on his expense.
* All the recommendations and requirements mentioned in the worst soil
reports concerning the foundation level, bearing pressure, kind of cement
used and the isolating of concrete ... etc are to be followed.
The follo-wing stipulations are to be taken into consideration:
a. Ce1iain specification and methods of construction are given
hereinafter. The materials and methods followed shail confinn
thereto. Tenderers may submit their own specification, which they
propose to employ, must do so in case of any materials or methods
not covered by these specifications. These, however, shall in no case
be inferior to the said specifications and no materials or methods
of construction, which have not been approved previously in
wiiting by Owner.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 28/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS S/S

b. Tenderers must submit with offer full and comprehensive details of

the whole building work, which they propose to carry out for every
portion of the work together with a details explanation of the methods,
which they propose to adopt for the safety of the building. The
information shall include a fully dimension and details layout
drawings showing the disposition of the various machinery of the
installation. The infom1ation so given must be in such detail as to
enable to judge of the efficiency, convenience and accessibility of the
completed installation, provided always that any modification
required by owner's engineer in contractor's proposals shall in no way
diminish or effect his entire responsibility for the efficient execution
of the building work (including the foundations). Tenderers must include
a su..fficient number of dimensioned drawings on a large scale to show
the full extent of the building work involved, including among other
details, foundation plans, longitudinal sections and cross-sections
through buildings and foundations, drawings showing position and
dimensions of the windows and doors, scantlings of walls and pillars,
details of roof construction, and window frames. Any tender which
does not give the infonnation required by the stipulation of this
Cbuse will not be considered.
c. Tenderers shall fill in the schedules of prices and rates attached to.
these specifications, and shali also quote the total cost of buildings as
required in these schedules. The quoted cost shall cover any subsidiary
or incidental work that may be found necessary for the proper
execution of the building, including, by way of amplification,
additional foundation piles and sheet piles.
/ d .. Before commencing any section of the building work the Contractor
· shall obtain approval by Owner of the materials he proposes to
employ.
e. No work will be regarded as complete, until the Contractor has
removed from the site all rubbish and unused materials and has
properly dressed and finished- off all the grounds to the frnal approved
levels in the vicinity of the work, to the satisfaction of the Owner's
Engineer.

16.2.2 Civil Sub-Contractor:

- The contractor may employ a civil Sub- Contractor or use a competent

specialized section of his ow11 organization to carry out the civil works. If
the Contractor intends to sub-contract the civil engineering and civil works
design and/or construction, his offer must include full details of comparable
works carried out elsewhere. by the Sub-Contractor, together with details of
the financial stability and general efficiency of the proposed Sub-Contractor.

16.2.3 Engineer's Office:

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 29/67
Volume2: Teclmical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV 01S S/S

2
- The contractor shall provide an office (min. area 60111 ) for the sole use
of the supervising civil and Electrical Engineers in addition to a
meeting room with adequate area and suitable furniture. The office shall
be erected as soon as the contractor commences operations at site. The
office shall be composed of two rooms with adequate space and
furniture and toilet facilities. It shall be provided with a damp-proof
floor as well as insulated walls and ceiling. The office building has to
be fitted with opening windows with sunblind, electric light and air-
conditioning units. The Contractor shall provide staff for cleaning and
for general duties in the Engineer's office. The office facilities and all
services specified above shall provided and maintained to the
Engi.J.1"er's satisfaction for such a period as the Enginee~ may require,
but not exceeding one month after the date of the provisional
Acceptance of the substation.

16.2.4 Temporarv Services:

The [Link] shall be. responsible for arranging the prov1s10n of
electricity, water, drainage and all other services in such a quantity and
capacity as necessary for the proper execution of the works. He shall be
respo_nsible for payment of an costs for these services up to tests on
completion.
16.2.5 Responsibility:
- The contractor should be responsible of stability of any existing
construction near from the new works. The Contractor shall be soleiy
responsible m all respects for the suitability and stability of the
/
... buildings. and foundations as regards the purposes for which they are
/
/
)-[Link], and Owner will keep a supervising Engineer on site to see that
the\ building works are carried out according to the final design
sub_~itted by him and approved by Owner, and that the quality of work
and ~he used materials are of the approved standard for the work in
que,5ti9n. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for verifyi.J.1g the
sl}itability of his designed foundations to the nature of the ground.
·When the soil has been excavated to the designed levels according to
the approved Contractor's design and the nature of the ground is found
to require any modification in the design, this modification has to be
approved by the engineer and it shall be carried out by the Contractor
without extra charge. Tenderers should in designing buildings
endeavour to realize easiness of running accessibility and facility for
dismantling of machinery.
- The contractor shall be solely responsible for dealing without extra
charge, with all difficulties whatsoever which may be encountered in
the execution of the work whether foreseen or not, mcluding but not by
way limitation, unsound ground excavation, dewatering .. etc.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 30/67

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Autho1ity (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

16.2.6 Visits of Site Bv The Tenderer:

- The Bidder will be deemed to have visited the site before preparing his
tender to asce1iain the local conditions under which the works will be
carried out and also to make all necessary enquiries regarding the
availability of labour, plant, materials and other items necessary for
satisfactory execution of the works. He shall collect for himself site
levels. His tender shall include provisions for all local eventualities. It is
also the Bidder entire responsibility to asce1iain for himself the local
regulation, import restrictions, customs duties, po1i facilities, costs and
conditions of loading, unloading and transportation, etc. and obtain his
own information on all factors, which might affect the supply,
construction and completion of the construction, site facilities and
services, to meet the commission date.

16.2.7 Setting Out Of Work:

- All works shall be properly set out before being commenced. The
Contractor shall set out the work and shall provide an efficient staff for
this duty, and shall be solely responsible for the accuracy of such
setting out. He shall be responsible for the maintenance of existing
survey marks; boundary marks, distance marks and center line marks'
and take ali necessary precautions to prevents their removal or.
disturbance and shall be responsible for the consequences of any
removal or disturbance thereof which may take place and for their
efficient reinstatement. The work shall be set out in the presence , and
to the satisfaction of the Owner Engineer, but his approval thereof, shall
not nor shall his joining with the Contractor in setting out the same,
relieve the latter of his entire responsibility thereof.
r
t
t . ·-16.2.8 Cal~ulation And Drawings For Buildings:
- Withfo 6 weeks of contract award the contractor shall submit a detailed
accou!lt of the calculations of the building superstructures and
foundation together with the weight of the building and earth pressure
under the foundation as soon as possible. These calculations must be
accompanied with a complete set of detailed working drawings for the
. different structures. No work shall be proceeded until these calculations
and drawings have been approved. No payment shall be made for extra
quantities necessary for lump sum works.

16.2.9 Engineering Drawings:

- The engineering drawing will contain sufficient details to enable the
contractors to prepare detailed fonnwork drawings, rebar drawings and
rebar schedules. All design and drawings and all details must be
approved by Owner.

16.2.10 SAMPLES:
E1ecrric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 31/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Ccnnnunities Authority (NUCA) Chapier 16
611, October Eastern Extensions 220/221:22 kV GTS SIS

The Contractor shall submit samples of all materials for approval before
using them in the works.

16.2.11 The contractor must submit the quality surveillance program and
concrete repair system for Owner approval.

16.2.12 Safetv:
The contractor should fulfill the requirements indicated in the general
conditions of the contract in this regard.

16.2.13 SA.l\lf'LES:
The Contractor shall submit samples of all materials for approval before
using them in the works.

16.2.14 Tests:
- All shop and field testing assuring the quality of the works shall be
performed at the contractor's expense.
A testing program should be submitted by the contractor to owner for
approval indicates all tests expected to be canied out ascertain its
fulfilling to the contractual obligations.
All tests procedures and results should be complied with the standards
and regulations of the Egyptian code.

16.3 SPECIFICATJON OF BUILDING ,voRKS:

16.3.1 JJ~sigg_;_
- Tb.e dimensions and construction of the building shall be designed to
accommodate with convenience all the machine1y, equipment and
requirements specified in.
The elevations of super-structure must be ananged so as to have a well-
proportioned and beautiful architectural element with openings of
suitable area to have daylight, good ventilation and good architectural
.. features.
All building must be of conventional type of the R.C. Skeleton type
having. Suitable foundation of R.C. footings raft or deep foundations
such as piles foundations, etc according to the recommendation cf the
worst soil investigation report. The columns shall be fixed to the R.C.
footings or raft at their bottoms and tied together by means of
reinforced concrete beams at their tops and if necessary at intermediate
positions Seismic design shall be applied.
The outside walls over final neighboring ground level shall be made of
reinforced concrete columns paneled in-between with bricks.
All the inside wa11 fillings partitions shall be make for a thickness not
iess than 25 ems of bricks and shall be designed and executed in such a
manner as to constitute, in conjunction with the frame work a perfect
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 32/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (OJ
New Urban Communities Autl1ority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6111 October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS SIS

·sound and suitable structure in every respect.

- All brick in S/St buildings should be with density not less than L8 t/m3
?
and strength not less than 100 kg I cm-.
- The external walls shall be provided with an isolating Damp proof
coarse hereinafter specified specification.
- The framework sha!l consist of colunms, horizontal bracings, etc. and
shall be designed and executed to take all stresses due to weight, wind
pressure, crane loads, live loads, dynamic moving loads and seismic
effect

16.3.2 Prevailing Standards:

The dc:sign of buildings shall be carried out in accordance with the
standards a,,d regulations given in the Egyptian code or in the Uniform
Building Code and the Building Code Requirements for reinforced
concrete.

16.3.3 Loadings:
16.3.3.i General:
- All buiidings and other constructions shall be designed for maximum
influence of the following loads combined in different load cases:
2 Dead weigh.
• Pay load, permanent and movable.
• Wind load.
• Seismic load.
• Load from conductors.
• Short-circuit impacts.
• Open1tion loads.
• Mounting loads.

[Link] Pav Load:

- All buildings shall be designed for the following loads:

• Roofs:.Dust of sand and drifting sand from sand storms uniformly
distributed 0.8 kN/m 2•
• Floors:
- Loads from installations and equipment including transportation,
min 5.0 kN/m2 .
- Floor area around equipment uniformly distributed 3.0 kN/nl.

[Link] Wind load:

- The design wind load for a building, other construction equipment or

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 33/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Comr,mnities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22122 kV GlS S/S

part thereof shall be derived from the dynamic wind pressure.

- The buildings shall be designed to withstand the horizontal wind
pressure and the suction force from the wind upon the roof.
- Ridged roofs and shed roofs are supposed to be subjected to an uplifting
force.
- The wind pressure for building and methods of calculations shall be
according to Egyptian standard and shall be submitted to the Owner for
approval during the design stage.

[Link] Seismic Load:

[Link].1 Seismic load design shall be done according to the Egyptian Code.
[Link].2 Minimum total lateral seismic force V assumed to act non-
concurrently in the direction of the main axes of the structure is
taken as: V = ZIKCSW Where:
• V: The total lateral force or shear at the base
• Z: Numerical coefficient dependent upon seismic zone
• I: Occupancy importance factor
• K: Numerical coefficient depending on energy reception.
• C: Numerical coefficient depending on the period of vibration of
the building.
S: Numerical coefficient for site structure resonance.
VI: The total dead load.

[Link].3 The vertical component of the acceleration may be neglected. For

elevated tanks other value is taken. Load case containing seismic
load shall be designed according to the Building Code Requirements
for reinforced concrete, Egyptian Standard. The necessary yield
strength is calculated from one of expressions.
1U = 1.4 D + 1.6 L
2U = 0.8 (1.4 D + 1.6 L + 1.6 W)
3U = 0.8 (1.4 D + 1.6 L + 1.6 E) where:
• D: Dead load.
• L: Movable load
• E: Emihquake load.
• W: Wind Load.

16.3.4 Grouting:

- An approved type of non-shrink grouting material shall be used to fill

the gaps between the top of the concrete base and the base platesof the
transfom1er rails, steel structure wherever it needed.
- No grouting of the machinery bed plates, sole plates pedestals, etc. shall
be cm-ried out, except in the presence of the Owner Engineer, and only
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 34/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
61h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

after the alignment and leveling-up of the machinery to be grouted has

been checked and passed by him.

16.3.5 Drainage:

- A satisfactory drainage system is to be constructed for structures yards

and roads, so that the anticipated Precipitation will be suitably led off
into the surroundings.

16.3.6 Dewatering (If required):

- Contractor shall dewater during excavation at no extra cost to Owner.

- The method for dewatering shall be subm~t.:ed to Owner for
approval.
Surface water or ground water shall not be permitted
to accumulate in excavations. Such water shall be directed to
sumps located outside the boundaries of the foundations and shall be
...removed by the contractor there from. Dikes of trenches or trenches to
divert surface runoff may be used.
- All water shall be disposed of without damage to property or adjacent
work and in manner acceptable to Owner.
•· The trdnch shall be sufficiently large and properly drained by
means of adequate slopes, pipes and pits, and the contractor shall provide
the necessmy pipes (with pumping devices, if necessary) for this purpose.

16.3.7 The Permissible Stresses of Reinforced Concrete superstructures are as

follows:
- Tensile & Compressive Stresses in Steel Reinforcement.
a [Link] kind of steel may be used, normal mild steel, high tensile steel, steel
52 or high grade steel which is convenient for the design purpose and
approval by Owner.
b. The pennissible tensile stress may be increased by 20 % in value when
in addition to the primary stresses indicated therein, the effect of
temperature, shrinkage and any similar additional stresses are duly taken
into consideration.
* Tests For Compressive And Flexw:e Stresses In Concrete
a. All testing of concrete shall be carried out in accordance with the
requirements of BS Code of practice 114, clause 501, and BS 1881.
During the mixing of concrete for each section of the work and at such
other times as directed by Owner 3 sets of test cubes, size 15 X 15 X 15
cm, shall be taken, each set consisting of 6 cubes. From each set 3 cubes
shall be tested after 7 days and the remaining 3 cubes after 28 days. The
compressive strength of the cubes shall not be less than 28 N/m,'112 after
28 days.
b. Consistency and bleeding tests and such other preliminary tests as
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 35/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S.'S

Owner may direct shall taken as often as directed by Owner. No

concrete of any type or class shall be used in the works before the
preliminary tests have shovvn specified compressive strength and
workability.
C. All test cubes shall be well marked and cured as specified.
Testing of reinforcement steel and concrete materials shall be carried out
in accordance with the relevant Egyptian British, ACI, TSO standard or
equivalent used (Bidders must submit copies from the used mentioned as
a reference) as directed by Owner. The contractor shall be responsible
for providing such samples as may be required by Owner for such
testing.
* Reference cods for this project according to Egyptian codes or
equi·,alent. The contractor must sulenit copies from the used meudoned.
* All material tests should be carried out by one of the following labs:
• The National Center Of Housing And Building Researches.
" Faculties of Engineering labs.

i6.4: METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION:

Foundations and Soil Condition:
16.4.1 Excavation for Foundations & Earth Filling:

- The Contractor shall excavate and deposit all materials of whatever

·· geological formation, quality consistency or description to the extent
neces~ary for the proper execution of the works both pennanent and
tempo\ary, the excavated soil shall be carried away to a distance far
. from the excavation pits as not to hinder the process of work. The levels
[Link] and dimensions of the buildings shall be as shown on
the approved drawings submitted by the Contractor and approved by the
. Owner's Engineer. These levels or dimensions may be varied at the
·· discretion of the Owner's Engineer as circumstances may require, and
such variations shall be carried out by the contractor upon receipt of
written instructions from the Owner's Engineer and steps shall be fanned
whenever necessary in the excavation without additional cost.

- Tenders must satisfy themselves before tendering with regard to the

nature of the materials to _be excavated and its effect upon the operations
in connection with the excavation which they may have to cany out, the
levels and slopes thereof, requirements as to piling, timbering and
pumping, methods of carrying out the excavation and all other
particulars whatsoever, and shall make allowance in the schedule rates
as they deem fit to provide for flatter slopes if necessary, or for any
contingencies with regard to excavations that may arise in carrying out
the works and the contractor will be held responsible to have acted as
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 36/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Extensions ?'20122''1.2 kV GiS S/S

aforesaid.

The contractor shall dispose the soil from the excavation on site m
accordance with the provisions of subclause (1.1), and in a manner to be
approved by the Owner Engineering in writing.

- All eaiih filling shall be carefully deposited in successive layers of a

quarter of a meter thickness and compacted at the optimum moisture
content to achieve the required density. The layers shall be raised in the
same measure as the masonry or concrete. The Owner Engineer shall
make no earth filling around the masonry or concrete works before
inspection and approval. The earth fitting used must be completely clean
free from debris and organic matters.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the design, construction and

stability of all slopes, piling, trenches and timbering, and shall make due
provisions when setting out the Jines of any proposal excavation for the
required slopes for any pilling and timbering in connection with the
excavation, including sufficient provisions for carrying the foundations
for any reasonable depth below the estimated levels shown in the
contract drawings, or given in the specifications (except in the cases
mentioned in this clause or elsewhere).

- During the carrying out of the excavation, if by reason of delay or the

effect of floods, bad weather slips or from any cause whatsoever, any
sand, mud, weeds or other materials be deposited or accumulated on the
excavated areas. Such materials shall be removed by the Contractor at
his own cost and as directed by the Owner Engineer, so that the finished
· surface of the excavation for the foundations shall be rendered perfectly
bars to c-he depth required prior to depositing any concrete, masonry or
rubble thereon. The Contractor shall, likewise at his own cost, keep the
top of the work in progress free from deposits of any kind.

- All the excavation works shall be completely dry, unless otherwise

specified or authorized by the Owner's Engineer. The contractor shall
provide ample pumping appliances to keep the whole of the works,
including the deepest foundations, free from water and provide for all
necessary temporary drainage's by digging and maintaining a channel all
round the areas of the pen11ai1ent works sufficiently deep to ensure that
the water level will be kept lower than the lowest bed level of the
foundations or otherwise to the satisfaction of the Owner Engineer. The
Owner Engineer shall approve the positions of all temporary sumps. No
sumps shall be pennitted within the area of the foundations of the
permanent work without the written authorization of the Owner's
Engineer and on such conditions as they may agree to.
E]ectric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 37/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Aurhority (NUCA) Chapter l 6
6'1> October Eastern Extensions 210/22122 kV GIS SIS

- All foundations beds shall be surveyed and inspected from time to time
during their excavation by the Owner Engineer, and shall be passed by
him previously to any masonry or other work being deposited thereon.
Due notice shall be given by the contractor when he considers that any
foundation bed has been properly and finally prepared, so that the
Owner Engineer may arrange to make the necessary survey and
inspection at the first favorable opportunity. If, after a bed has been
inspected and passed by the Owner Engineer, the trough for any cause
·whatsoever becomes obstructed with debris, mud or other materials, the
contractor shall remove the same in a satisfactory manner at his own
cost then the bed will again be inspected by the Owner Engineer before
pouring of concrete. If the levels or dimensions of the foundation pits are
greater than those stipulated, the excess shall be with concrete by the
contractor at his own expense.

- If in the opinion of the Owner's Engineer it is necessary for the safety of

the pennanent work that any special timber or other piling should not be
withdrawn, the same may be cut off and such length be left in the work
as he may direct. In the absence of any special provision in the contract
Documents, no payment will be made for any special piling so left in.

- The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for any effect or damage

which the carrying out of any of the excavation work, including the
disposal or excavated material, may have upon any portion of the works
either permanent or temporary or any of the sun-ounding property
-whether belonging to -the Owner or other. The Contractor shall be
. entirely responsible for all slips and any damage caused thereby to the
works or to the adjoining property, and small make good at his own cost
any such damage to the ·satisfaction of the Owner's Engineer, he shall
without extra cost take such precautions as shall in the opinion of the
Owner's Engineer be adequate to avoid slips by making the excavation
in steps (by shoring or other kind). No additional payment will be made
to the Contractor,. if, by reason of slips, the quantity of excavation is
increased.

- The measurement of excavation, unless otherwise specified shall be the

net area of the foundations of any portion of the permanent work as
applied to the ve1iical height between the finished level of the
foundations and surface of the grounds as detennined from agreed cross-
sections. The agreed cross-sections shall be taken by the Owner
Engineer and the Contractor's Engineer immediately prior to the
commencement of _any portion of the works and shall not include any
material deposited on the original surface of the ground by the contractor
or otherwise.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 38/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter i 6
6:h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV G]S SIS

All costs and charges what's over, in connection with carrying out the
excavation in accordance with the provisions of this clause and the
contract Documents, including the provisions of all main and subsidiary
. suds dams piling, timbering, strutting and all temporary works also all
Dumping denaturing and draining, fonnation of steps between slopes in
excavation for foundations and whatever else that may be necessary for
the proper and satisfactory carrying out of work, are to be taken as being
included in and covered by the schedule prices and rates for excavations.
In the absence of any express conditions in the contract Documents, no
soil shall be transp01ied more than one hundred and fifty (150) meters
witi'[Link] the previous order or approval in writing of the owner Engineer
specifyil;g the approximate quantities to be so transported and the [Link]
or places from and to which soil is to be taken. The quantities of soil
actually and duly transported according to such order or authorization
shall be checked and accorded by the Owner Engineer and the
Contractor's Engineer at the time of the execution of such work. Soil
· shall be transp01ied to a place, which will be chosen by Owner Engineer,
and no extra price would be paid. The execution of the building works
for the reactor station shall also include the following:
., · All necessary excavation, earth filling and raising the gro1md to th~
final approved level without extra charge
• The excavation in any kind of soil and subsoil water shall be taken
into consideration.
• All cable trenches suitable to carry necessary cables in t,'i.e whole S/S
area up to the boundary fence ..
,. Switchyard foundation, reactor foundations and its oil pits.
• All embedded parts for every paii of the installation.
• Proper execution of internal and external lighting.
• Any other works in S\S site.

The .ground, before any concrete is laid thereon, must be weli rammed,
· and any soft part of sand must be removed and replaced with concrete or
strengthened by any other approved means until capable of retaining
with great safety the maximum loads on site.

Classification, Identification and Allowable Stress of Soil: The

·Tenderers have upon their own responsibility and their own expense,
carefully study before tendering, the nature of the soil in which the
suitable foundations are to be erected. The Contractor shall be solely
responsible for dealing without extra charge, with all difficulties
whatsoever which may be encountered in the execution of the work
whether foreseen or not, including, but not by way limitation, unsound
ground excavation, dewatering etc. Permissible stresses on the soil under
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 39/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCJ. . ) Chapter 16
61h October Eastem Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

foundations shall be fixed according to the nature of the soil at site.

16.4.2 Soil Investigation:

The attached soil investigation report is considered pa1i of tender

documents. Further geo technical investigations shall be carried out by
the Contractor, on his responsibility and account without extra charge, to
verify the prope1iies of the soil.

- The dimensions designed and quantities of foundation which will be

constrncted should not be less than those calculated on the basis of the
attached soil rep01i. Also all the requirements stated in the attached soil
report (i.e. foundation level, ·soil replacement, etc.) shall be executed by
the contractor without extra charge.

- In case that the contractor after carrying out his soil investigation or after
- ~----- beginning the execution of works find that the type of the foundation
~ ···'rn,ust be different from that stated in the attached soil report, or if the
"dimension and quantities of [Link] foundations must be bigger than those
cakulated on the basis of the attached soil investigation report, or if the
[Link].y·e in the attached soil report and these differences result in
::{dclitional requirements such as an increase in the depth of the
(oundation level, use of soil replacement. .. etc, all of these modifications
shall be carried out by the contractor, without extra Payment.

It means that the contractor should stick with the worst soil report either
it is attached with tender document report or contractor soil report
without extra payment and time.
]Vote:
The Contractor should nominate the name of the soil investigation consultant for
approval by owner's engineer piior to start the investigation procedures.

16.4.3 Zero Level:

- The contractor should carry out the leveling and grading of S/St area to
the finish yard level (zero level) as described hereinbefore in clause
[Link].
- The substation finish yard level (zero level) shall be higher than the level
of the asphalt road front of the main gate by 20 cm unless otherwise
decided and agreed up on by the owner and the contractor.

[Link] Site Leveling:

- The contractor has to compare the contour map with the actual levels of
site and prepare another one on his responsibility and account without
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 40/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/2? kV GJS S/S

extra charge.
- The site should be leveled at the zero level by excavating and backfilling
and compacting according to specification, any soft soil or other
material.

16.4.4 Floor Levels:

- 1be finish floor level of the control building ground floor shall be
(+ 1.1 Om) above the road level in the S/S and for the other building shall
be subject to the approved drawings ..
- Road level inside S /Swill be(+ 10 cm) above zero level.
Side walk level will be (+25 cm) above zero level.

16.4.5 [Link]: (if required)

- Offer price should be included backfilling around foundation to reach

the finish level .(using _clean sand on layers , each layer not exceed than
25 cm, sprayed with water, well compacting, proctor test not less than
95%) The contractor submit also separate price for 1 m3 of backfilling.

16.4.6 Replacement soil: (if required)

In case that the soil below the bed level of foundation V>'as not suitable
for withstanding ,vith great safety the maximum loads on site according
.to the soil investigation report, it should be removed and replacesed by
proper replacement material.

The contractor should take into consideration that the specification of

replacement material should be according to the nature of soil and level
of ground water table mentioned in the worst soil investigation report
without extra charge and will be under the owner's engineer approval.
The replacement from the final excavation level to reach to the bed of
foundation level should be on layers, each layer not exceed than 25cm,
well compacting, proctor test than 95% and according to the soil
investigation report .

16.4.7 Plain and Reinforced Concrete:

- Composition: Concrete shall be composed of cement, sand, gravel and

approved additives materials against water ground well mixed together
and brought to a proper consistency by the addition of water. The
Contractor shall submit his proposal mix design for approval.

- The crnshing strength for R.C cubes after 28 days should not be less

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 41/67

Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authorily (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Easlern Extensions 220i22/22 kV GiS S/S

than 28 kN/mm2 •
- The cement content for reinforced concrete should not be less than 350
kg/1113.
- The cement content for plain concrete should not be less than 250 kg/1113 .
- Mixing:
o Cement, Sillld and gravel will be so mixed and the quantities of
water added should be such as to produce a homogeneous mass
of proper unifonn consistency, dirt and other undesirable
substances should be carefully excluded.
o The ordinary and reh1forcement concrete will be supplied from
an approved batch plant, otherwise the contractor is obliged to
use computerized mobile mixer (self loading included electronic
scale. for weighting the concrete mixture materials).
o The contractor will submit the data and test certificate for the
batch plant for owner approval.
Placing:
a) No concrete shall be laid before an order has been obtained from
the owner Engineer.
b) Concrete shall be used on the work inn11ediately after mixing, mid
any concrete not !aid ill place within half an hour after mixing shall
not be used n the work and shall iimnediately be removed from the
vicinity.
c) Unless otl1erwise specified h1 writing by the Owner, ordinary
concrete shall be placed in layers twenty-five centimeters thick,
a.1J.d each layer shall be [Link] carefully and its surface kept damp
and clean.
d) In case of rei..-tforced concrete construction, concrete shall be placed
in horizontal layers, stirred and damped ·with suitable tools and
mechanical :vibrator until it completely fills the fonns, closes
enough agaillst all surfaces and is ill perfect and complete contact
with all the reinforcement.
eJ Concrete shall not be placed in water, unless it is absolutely
necessary, and then only after tl1e necessity and method of
tlrrowing the concrete in water have been as approved by the
owner's Engineer in writing.
f) All vertical edges of concrete below ground level must have
strongly ai1d neatly made coffrage and must not be poured against
the sides of the excavation.
g) Ibe surface of the ground and cofftage must be well & watered
before any concrete is placed.
h) When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for the
concrete to take its final set, tl1e working face shall be given a
shape by the use of keyways or other means that will secure a
proper union \Vith subsequent work. All concrete smface on or
against which concrete is to be placed shall be roughened before
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 42/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22122 kV GIS SIS

placing any new 11101iar or concrete upon them. Where smooth

surfaces are required, and on all surfaces that will be pern1anently
exposed to the weather, a flat square shoal or other suitable tools
shall be worked up and down next to the form until the coarse
material is placed back and a mo1iar layer is brought neA'i to the
form.
i) Temperature requirements at the site should be taken into
consideration.

- Finishing concrete surface: The surface of concrete Finished against

fonns must smooth, free from projections and thoroughly filled ,vith
mortar. Inunediately after the removal of the fonns all voids shall be
neatly filled in with cement mo1iar of the same consistency as the
mo1iar in the concrete.
- The appeared placement joint betv,reen beams an.d colunms should
be soften a,,d the surface of concrete should be painted with an
approval cementenous base materials (Saveto or similar) to be
homogenous colour, the using of the materials must be according to
the productive company instructions.
5 Protection of Concrete: The contractor shall protect all concrete
against injur; until final acceptance by the owner. Exposed
surfaces of concrete shall be protected from the direct rays of the
sun and shall be kept damp for at least two weeks after the concrete
has been placed.
- Forms:
a) Fonns to shape 1he concrete to the required lines shall be used
whenever necessary.
b) The forms shalrbe of sufficient strength and rigidity to hold the
concrete and to withstand the necessary pressure of ranuning
· without deflection from the prescribed lines.
c) For concrete surface that will be exposed to view and for all other
surfaces that are to be finished smooth, the lagging for fonns must be
surfaced and level edged, or notched.
d) The inside of the forms shall always be cleaned from impurities and
mbbish all shall be well watered and soaped or oiled before any
concrete is placed.
e) In no circumstances shall fonns of cente1ing be removed before the
lapse of 15 days after placing the concrete, unless a written order is
given by the owner Engineer.
f) Where fmished sudace of concrete are exposed (fair-faced concrete),
fonnwork shall be constructed with new plywood boards not less
18mm thick so as to leave a perfectly smooth and even surface of
concrete when the fonnwork is struck. Old or defected plywood
should not be brought to site.
g) Prior to laying of the reinforcement bars, all WTought fom1works shall
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 43/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

be coated with one layer of an approved mould oil.

All joints shall be finished properly in a mam1er accepted by 1he
Engineer.
h) Formwork shall be so constrncted that no ties, wires, e1c. pass through
it. Special purpose made wall-ties, etc., may be pennitted with the
approval of the Engineer and they shall be of type such that they are
positioned within the concrete member with the c01Tect cover.
i) Holes left by cones or the like shall be made good immediately after
the fom1work is removed.
j) Fillets 2cm x 2cm shall be fonned on all exposed eil.'temal comers by
means of an approved type and quality.

k) To prevent damage. to the concrete, the surface of the fonns must be

coated with an approved type of release agent prior to concreting,
provided that the release agent should be applied before the forms are
erected to avoid contamination of the reinforcement steel bars.

1) The period whlch should be elapsed before the formwork is struck

will vary from job to job and will depend on the type of cement, the
whether, method of cU111,g and other factors.
In general, soffit fonns should not be struck until the
concrete has achieved a standard cube strength give a
sufficient factor of safety according to design
requirements.

In case of the infonnation's of the cubes crushing strength at

the time of strildng are not available, the minimum period
which should be elapsed before striking the formworks shall
be as follows:-

(48) Hours for striking the sides offonnwork.

For the beams or slabs soffit fonnwork a number of days

equal to the beam or slab span plus two days (span for slabs
means the short span) but not less than 7 days.

For cantilevers soffit formwork, a number of days equal to

four times the projection of the cantilever plus two days but
not less than 7 days.

m) The sudden removal of the fonnwork shall cause a the1mal shock to

the partly hardened concrete, so the fonnwork must be removed
slowly and with care to avoid the dan1age of concrete.

n) Fonnwork, either sown or wrought required for the works shall not
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 44167
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapier 16
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/2?./22 kV GIS S/S

be measured separately.

- Reinforcement:

a) Reinforcing steel shall be placed in the concrete, as shown on the

working drawings submi1ted by the contractor and approved by
the Owner's Engineer.
b) Bars shall be single, and joints shall be avoided as much as
possible.
c) No welding shall be used and, if joints are necessary, the layers
shall overlap for a length equal to (60) sixty times the dian1eter of
the bar in tension zone and (45) forty five times the diameter of
the ba..: in compression zone, measured along the straight part,
and the ends shall be backed and finally bound together with steel
wire.
d) It must be possible to bend a cold bar through an angle of 180°
around a bar of the san1e diameter without fracture.
e) The steel shall comply in other respects with the standard
specifications in force for structural steel for bridges and general
buildings.
f) · The steel must be cleaned of all scales, dust and Losses rusr
immediately before depositing any concrete.
g) The reinforcing bars shall be carefully secured in position by
. means of steel wires and stirrups.
\
\
16.5: SPECIFICATION OF FINISHING AND MATERIAL

16.5.1 Brickwork:
- Bricks must be of best quality and of the required strength not less than
100 kg/cni and density not less than 1.8 t/m3 and the bricks in each
coarse shall be so laid as to break joint with those of the coarse above
and below, by overlapping to the extent of from one-quaiter to one-half
of the length of a brick.
- In rio circumstances are false joints to be made by cutting the bricks so
as to make the pints appear more regular. Any masomy disfigured in
this manner will be immediately demolished ai1d reconstructed by and at
the expense of the Contractor.
- Pieces of bricks shall not be used except when absolutely necessaiy to
make a -closure.
- Each brick shall be placed on a bed of m01tar and the side faces shall be
plastered with mortar. The mo1tar shall not be introduced into the joint.
- Samples of bricks shall be submitted for approval before the
conunencement of the works, and all bricks used in the works shall be
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 45/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

of as good a quality as the approved samples.

- Bricks shall be carefuliy handled in transit between stacks and soaking
tanks, and between tanks and work site.
- Bricks with broken edges or otherwise damaged may be rejected by the
Owner Engineer.
- The selection of the bricks suitable for building the structure shall be
entirely left to the discretion of the Owner Engineer whose decision
shall be final.
- All bricks shall be thoroughly soaked in clean water before use and the
contractor shall provide and maintain at his own expense a suitable plant
to enable this to be done.
- The practice, frequently adopted, of soaking bricks for a few minutes
only just before using them is in hot climate particularly objectionable
and shall on no account be employed.
- Bricks shall be used in a thoroughly saturated condition and therefore
cannot be removed from the soaking pit until! actually required for use.
- Brickwork shall be built in cement mortar in the proportion of 350
kilograms of cement to one cubic meter of sand.
- The walls below datum (zero level) shall be of an approved type of
concrete bricks size 25x12x6 cm with thickness of 25cm. The pointing
shall be fair-faced-and flush as the work proceeds.
- The walls below datum are to be insulated by tlu·ee coats of an approved
type of emulsion bituminous paint with tl1ickness not less than 2mm
with provided that verifying the recommendations of the worst soil
investigation report.
" The walls above datum (zero level) shall be of an approved type of
concrete brick size 25xl2x6 cm with thickness of25cm.
[Link] Wall ties:
- To anchor the walls to concrete colu11U1s, an approved type of
galvanized wall ties shall be used every sixth course vertically, started
from the third course.

16.5.2 Isolating and Insulation Works:

Asphalt Isolating Coarse of Walls:

All walls shall be provided with a horizontal layer of asphalt isolating
coarse of 1.5 cm thick laid on the complete width of the wall which shall
be finished to a level surface and shall be rendered with cement mortar
as specified for brick work and the rendering finished to a surface to
receive the Damp proof coarse.
- Bitumen Paint for Walls:
All outside wall and footing (under the ground surface) should be
properly insulated using tlu·ee layers of modified bituminous coatings or
according to recommendation of the worst soil investigation.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 46/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Amhoi·ity (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'1i October Eastern Exteusior.s 220/22122 kV GIS S 1S

- Damp proof coarse:

All Ground floor slab, lavatories floors and outside face of R.C wall for
(basement, transformer, oil pit, water tanks a11d sewerage tanks) should
be insulated by tv,ro layers of Bitmninous membrane with thickness not
less than 4mm for each layer reinforced with polyester fibers with
overlap 15 cm welding system of an approved quality included skirting
with height of 15 cm for floor and 25 cm for roof. fosu!ation of vertical
R.C. walls should be provided with brick wall of thickness 12 cm.

Insulating of Basement:
The whole area of the bottom surface of basement floor and basement
. walls up to zero level shall be insulated as follows:
" Two layers of bituminous membrllile 4 mm thick foi each, reinforced
with polyester fiber with overlapping not less thllil 15 cm.
• These two layer of membrllile shall be laid on a the surface of plain
concrete under the R.C footing in a m31111er according to the
m311ufacturer's instruction llild shall be extended to cover the
basement walls up to the finish ground level.
" The water proofing membrllile should be protected against da111age
horizontal by 3 m thick cement screed and vertically with 12 cm thick
brick wall, the brick wall shall be painted with two costs of bitumen
point before t.'Je back-filling.

16.5.3 Rendering:.
All the inside faces of walls 311d ceilings shall be cleaned wet enough
before rendering 311d shall be sprinkled with cement rno1iar composed of
.//- ~ .450 kg cement for one cubic meter sand for all project excluding the
false ceiling area which mentioned before. The rende1ing must be made
of two layers as follows

a) Ceilings:
o. ·Cement rendered of average total thickness of 2 cm of cement mortar
composed of 300 kg cement for one cubic meter sand for all
project excluding the false ceiling area, which mentioned before.

b) Internal Wall Plastering:

• All walls shall be cement rendered made of 2 layers of average
total thickness of 2 cm of cement mortar composed of 300 kg
cement for one cubic meter sand.

16.5.4 Paintings:
1. Oil Paint: Ali internal walls shall be painted with one coat of primer,
two coats of putty and two coats of paint of an approved quality and
color.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 47/67

Volwne 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" October Eastern Extensions 200/22/22 kV GlS S/S

2. Plastic Paint: All ceiling shall be painted with one coat of primer,
two coats of plastic paint of a good and approved quality and color.
3. Anti-Alkaline Oil Paint: The ceiling of the battery room shall be
painted with one coat of epoxy primer and two coats of anti-alkaline
epoxy paint which not affected by battery gases and frames. The
Contractor shall submit a sample of this paint to be tested and
approved before commencing the painting. Walls shall be covered
with anti alkaline or anti acid ceramic tiles with the full height of the
wails.
4. All iron and steel work including necessary fittings (which are not
hot dip galvanized as specified), gates, frames, pipes, .. etc and timber
for use in the permanent work shall be painted with two coats of red
lead primer and: two coats of oil paint. They shall be painted and
fixed to the walls by means of iron collars in 1: 4 cement and sand
mmiar.

16.5.5 Windows:
The. windows shall be aluminum type (Technal sections or similar)
subject to the owner's approval. The windows shall be fixed to the wall
by wooden frames 2" x6" in a manner and work manlike in accordance
with the Engineers satisfaction.
Windows for the ventilated room, such as 66 kV building, battery room,
aux. rooms, store, workshop, firefighting & pumps room shall be fixed
type with wired glass (single) 61m11 thick.
The windows for. the switchgear rooms (220 kV GIS, 66 kV building and
22 kV room) should be with the full width of walls panels, fixed from
/..--------,, outside only. No windows to be provided for the wall panel which have
· 'through [Link] [Link]. The ·windows of22 kV switchgear room
shall be single glass 6 mm thick wired and 80% reflected type with wire
fly screen.
Windows for lavatories and kitchen shall be single glass tilted type.
All windows should be fixed to concrete frames (not to be fixed to brick
walls).

16.5.6 Doors:
The external and internal doors shall be (Marie & Scott or Similar) for
equipment rooms shall be double or single leaves of steel sheets as per
the approved drawings reinforced with sufficient steel stiffeners and
bracing angles fixed on R.C frame and painted with (2) coats of primer
and (3) coats of washable oil paint of an approved quality and colour.
For offices, service room and lavatories the doors shall be of wooden
type an.d painted with (2) coats of primer and (3) coats of oil paint of an
approved quality and colom.
Unless otherwise specific in the HVAC requirements, the external doors
of the ventilated rooms should be provided with louvers and sand traps
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 48/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)

I
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

and wire screen unless otherwise specified in the relevant specification.

Main entrance door of control building should be hinged aluminum type
(four leaves) fixed in R.C frame and provided with wire mesh glass 6mm
thiclmess of an approved quality and colour.
The panic lock devices shall be provided to the doors for basement, fire
fighting rooms, medium voltage switchgear and battery room in exit way.
The doors of the air-conditioned room shall be provided with door closer
devices.
All doors fittings and accessories shall be of high quality and subject to
the owner's engineer approval.
All doors should be fixed to R.C frames.
The staircase of the main entrance shall be of reinforced concrete with
steps covered with granit 4 cm thickness horizontally and 2 cm vertically.

Staircase and Platforms:

The external platfonns with staircases shall be of reinforced concrete
smoothly finished treated with hardener material and painted with two
coats of an approved type and colour of epoxy paint.
The. comers of the platfonns and steps should be protected with steel
angles size 50 x 50 x 5 mn1 anchored into the concrete and painted same
as the concrete surface of the platfonns and steps. .
" The hand railing for platforms, pits, stairs, etc. shall be of white metal
handrails_ of an approved quality section fixed to steel balusters of square
oi round steel bars of approved sections painted with two coats of red
lead and two coats oil paint.

.16.5. 7 Pavine::
- All kinds of paving are placed by using a mortar composed of 300 kg cement
to one cubic meter sand.
= All the tiling shall be provided with a colored border round the walls and
machine beds. _
- Steel-crete Tiles: The steel-crete tile shall be 20x20x3 cm of an approval
quality and color. The tile shall be made as follows:
• !iace tile not less than 8 mm thick of mortar in the proportion of 2 parts
/Colored cement + one part sand + 80 kilograms of steel powder of
· silverseet to everyone cubic meter of mix.
• 2nd layer made of2 parts sand+ 1 part cement.
- Ceramic Tiles:
• The ceranuc tiles shall be of the first grade quality of an approved color,
about 1 cm thick.
" T11e tiles may be square, hexagonal with dimension not less than 20x20 cm
and shall be-according to the approval of the owner's engineer.
"All the lavatories, and kitchen shall be covered with non-slip ceramic tiles
of an approved quality, color and dimension.
- Cement Tiles: The cement tiles for roofing shall be 20x20x2 cm of gray color
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 49/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban CommunHies Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6 1h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

made as follows:
" Face of thickness not less than 6 1mn thick composed of2 parts cement and
one pati sand.
o 2nd layer composed of 2 paiis sand + 1 pare cement.
- Porcelain Floorirnz: All the offices shall be covered with Porcelain tiles v,;ith
tl1ickness not less than 1. 0 cm and porcelain Skirting.

16.5.8 The granite tiles shonld be of the first-grade quality of an approved

type and color with thickness not less than 4.0 cm for the staircase
landing and not less than 2.0 cm for flooring and wall cladding.

16.5.9 Mosaico Tiles:

Mosaic tiles shall be laid to the rooms or areas specified in the tender
drawing or finishing schedules.

The tiles shall be with dimension of30x30x3cm and shall be perfectly

square and edges perpendicular to surfaces. Surfaces shall be smooth
and plain, free from projections and depression.

Tiles shall also be free from defects such as cracking, hairing, fractures,
shell shak, erosion, ..... etc.

The thickness of the face layer shall not be less than (15)mm contains
big size of marble pebbles.

16.5.10 Border (Curbstone):

The concrete curbstone should be of first grade with dimensions
50x30xl5 cm, laid on plain concrete not less than (15) cm thick.

,-16.5.11 Raised Access Flooring:

· ·· The raised access floor system shall be with removable load bearing
panels 600 x 600 1mn nominally supported on adjustable pedestals and
stringers. Pedestals and stringers shall be of galvanized steel and shall
pennit snap-on connection and lateral locking of the ends of stringers.

All panels shall be totally interchangeable and relocate, except cut

panels. The system shall be capable of providing a close fit to all
perimaters with perimeter joints with walls sealed.

Panels shall be constructed of 34 mm thick high density inert calcium

sulphate core, strengthened with high mechanical resistant fibers with
self extinguishing hard plastic edging, covered and sealed with 0.05 mm.
Thick aluminum foils on bottom side and finished on top with antistatic
vinyl. The density of the inert materials shall be 1450 kg/m3 + 25 kG/m2•
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 50/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communiries Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22122 kV GJS SIS

The complete floor system shall comply with the following static
loading:
Concentrated load not less than 4.5 kN over 25 111111 2
Uniformly distributed load : not less than 18 ld~/n/

. The system shall not deflect by more than 1/250 of the shmiest span or
2.5mm whichever is less. The system shall not excessively bounce or
move when subjected to pedestrian and light wheeled traffic.

16.5.12 Roofing:

All the building roofs shall be finished as foJlow:

• Lightweight cc,;1crete having the slope towards roof drains, with min.
thickness of 5 cm.
• Covering the area with 2cm thick cement screed.
• 2 layer of water proofing membrane with thickness not less than 4mm for
each layer with overlap 15cm wilding system including skirting
(polyester fiber reinforced) not Jess than 25 cm height.
• Covering the area with one layer of [Link].
" Laying the thennal insulation 5cm thickness of height density extruded
·polystyrene boards of36kg/m3.
a Covering the area with one layer of geo-textiles for top protection.
• Covering with cement 20x20x2 cm with cement motor included skirting
of same tiles.
o Expansion joint about 20 mm wide filled an approved type of bituminous
sealing material should be provided every 25 m2 of the roof tiles areas.
- Rain Pipes: Rain pipes shall be supplied and fitted. TI1ey shall be -- cast
iron pipes of about four inches internal diameter 3/16 inch thickness,
together with all head receptacles, bends and junctions, and other samples
to be submitted for approval.

./ 16.S.13Stair:

• The stair case· of the main e~trance shall be of reinforced concrete

including their beams, slabs etc. They shall be covered with granite
slabs of thicknesses not Jess than 4 ems for the horizontal slab and not
less than 2 ems for the ve1iical slab.
• The hand railing for platfonns, pits, stairs, etc shall be of white metal
handrails of an approved quality and section fixed to steel balustres of
square or round steel bars of approved sections painted with two coats
of red lead and two coats of oil paint.
• 111e railing shall be of anti corrosive, and its design according to the
approved drawings.
- Secondarv staircases: leading from basement to ground floor shall be
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 51/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUC.A) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Extensions 120122122 !<.V GIS SIS

reinforced concrete, inci uding their beams, landings, slabs, etc.

- They shall be smoothly finished shall be treated with hardener additive
and painted with one coat of epoxy rimer and two coats of epoxy paint.
- 111e railings shall be of steel according to the approved drawings and shall
be given the necessary paint.

16.5.14 l\lfiscellaneous Ironwork:

- All metal work of girders, trusses, framework, ladders, chequer piate
coverings, etc., shall be of approved quality, and the names of the fmns
supplying such materials, are to be submitted for approval.
- All materials for steel work shall be well and clearly relied to the
dimens10ns, sections and weights specified or required, and shall be sound
and free from cracks, surface flaws, laminations, scales, blisters, and from
rough, jagged and in1perfect edges and effect of eve1y king.
- The edges of all plates and ends of all angles, channels, bars or ot.'[Link]
rolled sections shall be truly square and neatly out and all bars
satisfactorily removed before the work is riveted together. Columns must
be erected in true position and strictly vertical and roof bean1s effectually
stayed during the progress of the work.
- All steel tmder this item shall have a tensile strengt'i. of not less than 40
kilograms per square millimeters and an elongation according to Egyptian
specification. It must be possible to bend a cold bar through an angle of
l 80o m·ound a bar of the same diameter without fracture. It shall comply
with Egyptian Standard Specification for Structural Steel.
- No welds shall be without the previous permission of the Ov1mer's
.[Link]. Welding shall comply with the Egyptian Standard
specifications.
- Any welds carried out without permission shall be subject to rejection.
·:·,·Should any parts that are required to be bent, joggled, cranked or heated
for any purpose, be overheaded, strained or disto1ied, they will be rejected
and must be replaced by sound work.
- All, chequer plates required for coverings shall be of mild steel approved
pattern complying with the E.S.S. and of a minimmn thickness of 1/4".
111e plating shall be suitably stiffened on all sides with angles, according
to approved drawings, electrically welded to the plates.
- The chequer plate covers shall be of reasonable portions so as to be
convenient for manhandling. Two or four standard holes for lifting bars
shall be cut in each separate portion of chequer plate covers. The chequer
plates shall be provided with edge protection angles of suitable cross
section fixed in concrete by means of iron-hocked bars electrically welded
to the angles.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 52/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter J6
6th October Eastern Extensions 210/22/21 kV GJS SIS

Sufficient detailed drawings and calculations for the ironwork shall be

submitted by the Contractor for approval by Owner's Engineer.
- TI1e cast iron work shall be made from a metal of high quality. All casting
is to be cleat, and sound in all respects, :free from air or sand holes, hunps,
flaws or faults, the specifications of Egyptian Building Department
regarding this item shall be applied.
- All grout used for bedding steel work in concrete or masorny shall be in
neat cement and covered by the schedule of prices of the ironwork.

16.5.15 Sanitarv installations:

- All sanita;y installation shall be of approved type complying with the

Egyptian Standard Specifications or equivalent. The contractor shall airnnge
for the installation of two water closets in every substation building.
- The p1ice given shall include the supply ai1d installation of all the
combination type WCS, urinals, lavatories glazed tiles on all the walls,
traps, cjttems and· with all itccesso1ies, stop.
- Equipment for washing the eyes and safety shower shall be provided
adjacent to the battery, either in the same room or immediately adjacent,
outside the door to the adjoining room. The eye-washing facilities shall
be arranged as permanently [Link] eye-washing shower connected to a
pressurized water system.
-· For the toilets, the following equipment shall be supplied and installed:
a) Five (5) Western type water closet of the low flush type (three in
control building, one in the workshop and one in guard room).
b) Five (5) Hand washbasin with mixing faucet for hot and cold
water.
c) Floor drains (stainless steel) where needed.
d) Three (3) urinals with marble po1iions.
e) Two (2) stainless steel sinks (one eye+ one strainer) one for the
.kitched of control room and the other for the guard room.
f) Three (3) electric water heater (50) liters capacity (2) in control
building ( one for the kitchen & the other in the toilets), a.'1d one
in guard room.
g) Three (3) water coolers (two in control room + one in guard
room).
h) Two (2) polyethylene water tanks (one 3 m3 erected above the
control room with one H.P electric motor and one 1.0 m3 erected
above the guard room with 0.5 H.P electric motor).
i) All sanitary connections and fittings.
j) Pottery Gully traps with dimension 40x40 cm, inspection man-
holes 60x60 cm with heavy duty cast iron covers.
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 53/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Commtmities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" Ociober Eastern Extensions 220/22122 kV GlS S/S

" The total number of toilets shall be according to the drawings.

" Piping for hot and cold water shall be made of (HDBE) steel
pipe.
• Solid and wastewater piping shall be made of cast iron .
. ., VVastewater piping for acid contaminated water shall be made
of (HDBE) steel pipes.
" Cocks taps, plugs, sockets, showers, unions, etc. The work shall
include all necessary excavation, driving of wells, manholes
with their covers, drainage system, glazed stone ware pipes and
their accessories, C.I. Pipes and their accessories, ventilators,
Universal C.I. Pipes, water gutters and their accessories, water
pipes, lead pipes, and all complete drainage system including
sedimentation tanks, wells and trenches for drainage, etc.

16.5.16 Material:

- General:
l. All materials used in the works shall be of the best of their kind, and
shall conform in quality and treat..'1lent to the conditions specified in
· the following clauses.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible to an-ange ai,d obtain all the
materials as (gravel, ·sand, cement, steel reinforcement, etc.) without
any supp01i from Owner and without extra charge.
3. The Contractor shall submit samples of all materials, fittings and parts
which he proposes to incorporate in the works, for approval and shall
not use any of the same unless and until so approved.
4. Before entering into any sub-contract for materials, or iron works and
steel works, the names of the merchants or finns shail be submitied
for approval. ·Should the owner's Engineer at any time during the
execution of the work not be satisfied with the materials supplied
from such a finn, he shall have the power to cancel his previously
given consent as regards supply of any material from the same finn.
5. In case the Contractor does not submit, for the approval of Owner's
Engineer [Link] [Link] first class finns for the supply of
the materials, the Owner's Engineer shall have the power to specify
. any particular merchant or fmn for supply of such materials, and the
Contracto_r shall, obtain such materials from the same firm or !
manufacturer without extra charge.
Gravel:
l. All gravel is to be dese1i gravel well washed, free from all soluble
salts or other impurities. It is to be well graded and is norn1ally to pass
a mesh of30 millimeters and be retained on mesh of 6 millimeters.
2. When ordered by the Owner's Engineer, gravel shall be sieved and
thoroughly wetted at least on day before being used in t'ie concrete
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 54/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Ne\v Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapier i6
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS S/S

mixture.

- Sand:
1. Sand shall have clear sharp angular grit; the grains must be well
graded. It shall be free from organic matter and salts or other
impurities. In case sand is in need of washing, this should be
thoroughly done at least a day before using such sand in the concrete
m01tar.
2. Sand for ordinary work shali pass a mesh of five millimeters and 75
percent shall pass a mesh of 3 millimeters, and it shall be retained on
a sieve having 1,600 meshes per square inch.
- ·cement:
1. The cement shall be of the best quality of artificial Portland cement or
sulphat resistance cement as recommended in the worst soil
investigation report; locally manufactured cement shall be used,
provided that it shall have first passed the tests of the Government
chemical Department.
2. The Contractor shall at his uwn expense, construct at the site of the
work suitable acconm10dations for storing and protecting all the
cement delivered at the site of the work.
3. This cement store shall be of suitable size, dry and well ventilated,
great care being taken that a perfectly dry floor or floors, either of
wood or concrete, be provided so as to prevent effectually any
dumbness rising to the cement. It shall be stored into covered separate
·independent compartments.
4. Each consignment is to be kept in a separate compartment that can be
looked. The key of the store and its compartments shall be kept with
the Owner Engineer.
5. The Contractor ha.s to supply full particulars as to the number of tons
of each consignment, date of grinding, result of test the Owner's
Engineer may require its brans and further infonnation as.
6. No cement shall be used in the works without the pennission of the
Owner's Engineer.
7. Cement shall be delivered to site at least 21 days before it is required
. · for use.
8. All cement shall fulfill the conditions of the latest standard
Specifications for Portland cement, cement certified by the chemical
Department as not conforming with the above specifications cannot
be used on the works and shall have to be removed as soon as
possible from the cement store.
9. The Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for packing
samples and shall bear the cost of their dispatch to the destination
prescribed above.
10. The contractor shall use Portland cement for all finishing works
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 55/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" October Eastern Extensions 2?0/21/22 kV GIS S/S

(masomy, rendering, paving, etc).

11. For foundation the contractor should use cement according to the
worst investigation soil report.
- Asphalt: Only natural asphalt shall be used. The natural asphalt block shall
consist of pure, soft homogeneous calcium car bonate saturated in
bitumen and contain not more than two percent (2%) of clay and not less
than twelve percent (12%) of bitumen.
\Vater: The Contractor shall provide at his own expense all water required
rt for carrying out the work. All water used in the construction of permanent
work or in washing or preparing materials to be incorporated therein shall
be reasonably clean and free from objectionable quantities of organic
matters, alkali salts or other impurities. The contractor shall ?.1Tange for
filtering the water at his own expense if required by the Owner Engineer.
- Wood: All wood shall be sound straight, free from flaws, cracks, knots and
other defects cut from inner fibers of trees. only well-seasoned wood shall
be used in the pennanent work.
- Mortars:
1. The composition of mortars shall be stated in the aforementioned
specifications.
2. The materials shall be thoroughly and mechanically mixed together
.before being used.
3. Notwithstanding such specified properties, if the owner's Engineer
consider it expedient for any reasons to increase the proportion of
cement in the mortar for any particular part of the work, he shall so
notify the Contractor in writing and the Contractor shall increase the
proportion accordingly and the additional cements shall be paid for at
the rate per ton stated for cement in the estimated schedule of rates.
The rates per ton for additional cement include all transport, storage,
labour and other charges.
Steel Reinforcement: (hiP"ll grade 40/60 or 36/52)
1. Reinforcing steel of the specified sizes and packing shall be placed in the
concrete, as shown on the working drawings submitted by the Contractor
and approved by Owner.
2. Bars shall be single, and joints shall be avoided as much as possible. No
welding shall be used and, if joints are necessru.y, the layers shall overlap
for a suitable length according to the specification.
3. The steel shall comply in other respects with the standards and
specifications in force for structural steel for bridges and general
buildings.
4. The steel must be cleaned of all scales, dust and loss rust immediately
before depositing concrete. Reinforcing bars shall be carefully secured in
position by means of steel wires and stirrups.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 56/67

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Au1t1ority (NUCA) Clrnpter 16
6"' October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS s1s

16.6 STEEL STRUCTURES:

16.6.1 General:
1. Supports of the subsidiary outdoor equipment shall consist of steel
structures bolted to concrete foundations. Bare steel must not be used
below ground level.
2. The height of concrete foundation over ground level shall be min. 150
mm and maxinmm 450 mm.
3. All structures shall be equipped with U-bolts, gusset plates or
c01Tesponding devices of approved design, for attaching the insuiator
strings and earth wire clamps.
4. Holes for the clamps intended for the electrical connection to the earth
wires and the counterpoise shall be provided where required.
5. · The steel works, conductors, earth wires, connections and bus bars shall
be so installed and sup- ported as to be capable of withstanding the loads
to which they may be exposed under the specified loading conditions and
safety factors, including those due to short circuit conditions.
6. Structures shall be designed to maintain the specified clearances.
Climate: Ambient conditions are given ID General Technical
Specifications.

- Structural Steel and Cast Iron:

1) Structural steel shall be made by the open hearth basic o;,__ygen or
electrical furnace process.
2) In order to reduce the risk for material confusions, only two strength
classes may be used. Suitable classes are a low tensile steel (Yield
point 220-260 N/imn2) and a high tensile steel (Yield point 300-350
0
N/mm-).
3) Steel shall comply with the requirements of EGYPTION CODES or
ASTM and embittennent tests shall be made in accordance with that
specification.
4) If the Contractor intends to use more than one quality of steel he will
be required to take every precaution to 1J1e satisfaction of the
Company, against any possible intennixing of different qualities
during transport, storing, hfu'lding, manufacture and installation.
5) Cast iron shall have a tensile strength of at least 140 N/imn2 . It shall be
made from the best gray pig and scrap iron, and shall be close-grained,
tough and uniform in character.
6) Malleable iron shall be of the black heait type with a tensile strength
of not less than 330 N/mm2•
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 57/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Nev,: Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Easten1 Extensions 220/22/22 kV GiS S/S

- Cooper. Aluminum and Aluminum Allovs:

1) Copper and aluminum stranded conductor material shall meet the
requirements ofIEC standards.
2) Conductor tubing shall be in accordance with IEC Publication 114. c.
Specification of proposed aluminum alloy shall be submitted to the
company for approval.

16.6.3 Corrosion Protection:

" General: All parts of the work shall be protected against corrosion
under service conditions. The protection shall also prevent c01Tosion
during transport, storage and erection.
• Painting: All un-galvanized external surfaces which may be removed
for niaintenanc_e purposes, shall be painted at the manufacture's work .
.• Galvanizing: Except where otherwise specified, all ferrous paiis shall
be

Average of Any Individual

Specirnes Specimen um
Description tested µm

Rolled steel exposed to the

atmosphere only:
T<6mm 87 79
T>6mm 100 87
Rolled steel under ground 210 165
surface. .

Cast and malleable iron. 87 79

Bolts, nuts and washers. 55 44

- The zinc coating shall meet the requirements according to ASTM, A123,
A153, A239, .and A385. All steel shall be fully fabricated before
galvai1izing, no machine or shop work, boring, punching etc., will be
allowed after galvanizing. Minor dainage to the galvanizing resulting
from transportation and the like, shall be repaired at site in an approved
manner, ·e.g. by painting with approved zinc-paint, containing at least 92
weight percent zinc powder.

16.6.4 Safetv Factors:

- The safety factors to be usedfor design are:

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 58/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
611' October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

Exceptional load
Factor Norma
Item (Short circuit
Based on I load
load)
Steel structures Yield point 1.5 1.1
Tubular busses Yield point 1.5 1.0
Post insulator Failing load 2.8 1.25
String insulators Failing load 2.8 1.5
Insulator fittin2:s Yield point 1.45 1.0
Insulator of forged steel Failin2: load 2.25 1.25
Insulator fittings of cast iron Failing load 2.8 1.5

- The contractor shall submit stress diagrams and calculations, stmctural

details and shop drawings to the Owner for approval.

16.6.5 Working loads:

- For the calculation of sag and tension the following temperatures of

conductors and earth wires shall apply:

Minimum temperatme of air conductors and earth wires: °C

Maximum temperature of air: +45 °C

Maximum temperature of conductors: +80°C

Maximum temperature of earth wires: +55°C

- The incoming ai,d outgoing lines will be dead-ended on towers outside

the switchyard and connected line bays at low mechanical conductor
tension.
- Loads from phase conductors to earth wires shall be calculated with
respect to their cross sections and span lengths.
- All colU1m1s and beams shall be designed to withstand full one-sided
unbalanced conductor and earth wire pull, i.e. no relief pull from
conductors and earth wires in adjacent bays shall be considered.
- The horizontal angle of approach of these conductors and eaiih wires will
not exceed+ 15° from the Perpendicular.
- Maximum simultaneous working loads on the structures shall be as
follows:

a. Seismic load:

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 59167

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Cornnrnnities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS S/S

- Seismic load design shall be done according to the Egyptian code from
which the lowest value is applied.
- Minimum total lateral seismic force V assumed to act no concmTently in
the direction of the main axes of the structure is taken as:
V = Z 1 K C S W where,

V: The total lateral force or shear at the base.

Z: Numerical coefficient dependent upon seismic zone.
I: Occupancy importance factor. .
K: Numerical coefficient depending on energy~re_c_e..,_p_ti_o_n_._ _ _ _ __
C: Numerical coefficient depending on the period of vibration of the
Buildin°.
S: Numerical coefficient for site structure resonance.
W: The total dead load

- The vertical component of the acceleration may neglected

- For elevated tanks other value is taken.
- Load case containing seismic load shall be designed according to the
Buildi..,g Code Requirements for reinforced concrete, Egyptian Standard.
- The necessary yield strength is calculated from one of the expressions.

U = 1.4 D + 1.6 L
U = 0.8 (1.4 D + 1.6 L + 1.6 \V)
U = 0.8 (1.4D +1.6 L +i.6 E) Where,
D: Dead load. -
L: Live load
E: Earthquake load

\V: V!ind Load

b. Wind Loads:

- Design gust wind speed is assumed to be (35) mis, corresponding

approximately to a dynamic pressure of (765) N/1112 •
• On steelwork, acting on twice the projected area of the windward face
2
(1530) N/rn •
• On conductors, bus bars and earth wires and other cylindrical objects
for mechanical design purposes, acting on the projected area (765)
N/m2 .
• On single insulator strings (155) N/m2 •

- Wind loading shall be applied in the most dangerous direction from the
point of view of the structure equipment.
- Short Circuit Loads: The structures shall be designed for a short circuit
current of (50) k/1. (1sec). These loads shall be calculated in accordance
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 60/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter I 6
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS S/S

with IEC draft documents for calculated tensile forces m slack

conductors.

c. Vertical Loads:

- The dead weight of apparatus, conductors and insulators carried by the

structures including the structures' own weight plus a load of (1000) N,
representing the weight of an erector with tools acting in any place of the
structure.

d. Longitudina! Loadings:

- The most unfavorable combination of maximum tension of Conductors,

ea1ih wires in the switchgears and the approach spans.

e. Mechanical operation forces:

Structures shall be so rigid and stable that all equipment and apparatus
will operate properly and deflection of members will not be excessive.
The loads shall be taken from the manufacturers recommendation.

f. Loads due to assemblv and erection:

- All structures shall be able to withstand the stresses to which they may
be subjected under erection and stringing operations.
- The worst load combination for the electrical equipment and the
supporting structures results from some combination of the above
loadings.

16.6.6 Manufacture and workmanship:

1. All steel structures shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with

AlSC manual of steel construction, eighth edition. Other standards may
be used provided they meet or exceed the requirements of the AISC
manual.
2. Structural member shall preferably rolled steel sections
3. The minimum required thickness of the material shall be as follows:
Item Open section Closed section
Main legs 6mm 41mn
other members 4mm 3 1mn
Redundant members 3 mm 3 JIDil
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 61/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Cotr,munities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Extensions 220122/22 kV GlS S/S

4. Closed sections shall be well drained.

5. Bolts holes shall not exceed the diameters of the bolts by more than 1.5
mm. For large diameter bolts, such as foundation bolts, larger clearances
may be after approval by the company.
6. The maximum allowable slenderness ratios lattice steel members shall
be as follows:

Item L/t
Compression members. 120
-·
Main legs. 120

Other members. 200

Redundant members. 250

Tension members. 350

7. During transport and erection special care be taken not to damage the
galvanizing and the painting of the members. Structures shall be cleaned
from any foreign matter deposited during transport or after erection.
8. Each member shall be plainly marked in a conspicuous place with
identification mark for erection purposes.

16.6.7 Bolts, nuts and washers:

1. All Connections shall be secured by bolts, nuts and washers of standard

design. The minimum diameter of bolts shall be 16 mm for mild steel
bolts and (12) 1mn for high tensile steel bolts. Bolts and nuts shall have
hexagonal heads. Bolts, nuts and washers shall be galvanized. Bolts shall
be galvanized in such a manner that the speller on the threads will not
interfere with the application of the nuts. Nuts shall be tapped after
galvanizing and the threads of the nuts left bare and greased.
2. All bolts shall have a threaded part of such a length that the unthreaded
part ends within the washer.
3. Taper washers shall be used when required. All nuts shall be locked in
an approved manner.
4. Minimum bolt spacing shall be three times the bolt diameter
5. Minimum spacing between bolt hole and edge shall be (1.5) times the
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 62/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" October Eastern Extensions 2~0/22/22 kV GlS S/S

bolt diameter.
6. The distance from the center of a bolt to the face of the outstanding
flange of an angle or other members shall be such as to permit the use of
a socket wrench in tightening the nut.
7. Pennitted ultimate bearing stress for bolts as weil as members is equal to
1.9 times the Yield point of the steel.
8. Permitted ultimate shearing stress is equal to (0.6) times the Yield point
of the steel.
9. All bolts must be either mild steel or high strength steei in order to
prevent confusion. More than, two dimensions of bolts should preferably
not be used for each type of structure. An ample surplus of bolts, nuts
and washers shall be supplied.

16.6.8 Welding:

.. Welding shall be executed by ce1iified welders only and comply with

the, requirements of A WS DI. [Link] joints shall be avoided whenever
possible. Welds intended for picking before galvanizing must be
continue and free from cavities and pits, which might fonn acid
receptacles. ·

16.6.9 Access to equipment:

I. All structures in the switchyard shall be provided with ladders, steps,

screens and guards in approved positions to facilitate access for
inspection and maintenance. Step bolts shall not be used in the
switchyard structures.
2. Steel frames, limiting the height and width of loaded vehicles to
ma."'i:imum pe1missible high of (3.5) m and a width of (3.0) m shall be
installed in the switchyard atboth ends of the access roads.

16.7 LABELLING:

LABELLING OF HIGH-VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT:

16.7.1 General:
- Labels shall be so designed and placed as to facilitate orientation both
within the switchyard and when approaching it from outside. All parts of
the installation shall be easily identifiable. Label text shall be in English
and comply with IEC standards, (where specifically mentioned English
& Arabic will be provided).
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 63/67
Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'h October Eastern Extensior.s 220/22/22 kV G!S SIS

- Label material. color:

• Material for labels shall be either enameled sheet metal or fiber-
glass reinforced polyester with an embedded color layer.
• The label background shall be white.
• The text shall be red.
o There shall be a red frame around the label.

- Type of label:
• Necessaiy -labels for orientation in a switchyard are apparatus
designation labels and phase markings.
• The desigl'.2-tion labels shall have the same symbols as used in the
station layout diagram.
• The phase markings shall have the symbols Ll, L2 and L3 for the
three phases.
- Label size
• Labels shall have dimensions according to Table 1.3 below.
• The size shall be chosen with regard to location.
• The same size shall be chosen for designation label and phase
markings in each case.

~
Size No Unit 1 2 .) 4 5

Label height llli11 50 74 105 210 297

Text height mm 30 40 60 120 160

Stem width llli11 4.5 6 8 15 20

Frame width mm 5 6 8 15 15

• The label length is dependent upon the number of symbols.

- Outdoor Equipment:
• Location:
- Labels shall be placed on bases, cross-arms, consoles etc, or on other
earthed parts of the apparatus which normally carmot be removed, in
such a way as to be ea~ily readable.
- Labels shall be placed on the normal and/or inspection side of
the apparatus

Electric [Link] Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 64/67

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

• Desi2:nation labels:
- Line Exits:
1. One label, size 5, on both sides of the cross-am1, in the
middle phase.
2. One line-destination label, size 4, on both sides of the cross-
arm, in the middle phase.
- Capacitive volta2:e transfonners: One label, size 3, in. the middle
phase.
- Earthing switches: One label, size l, on each operating
mechanism.
- Line traps: One label, size 3, in one phase or, if required, in both
phases.
- Li2:htnin2: arresters: One label, size 3, in the middle phase.
- Transformers: One label, size 5, on the service side.

• Phase markings:
- Line exits: One label, si-z:e 5, in each phase, on both sides cross-
arm.
- Earthin2: switches: One label size 1, on each operating mechanism.
- Other apparatuses: One label, size 3, in each phase.

" Fixing: Labels shall be fixed with stainless steel screws:

- Labels sizes 1, 2 and 3 shall have 2 fixing holes 6 mm.
- Labels sizes 4 and 5 shall have 4 fixing holes 6 mm.
- Enameled labels shall have staL,iJess steel hole refr1forcements to
avoid damage to the enamel when fixing.

16.7.2 Labeling of Low-Voltage, Control and Tele-equipment:

l. All switchboards, distribution boards and control boards and units thereof,
components mounted therein, wiring and cables, shall be labeled and
marked.
2. The purpose of the labeling and marking being to make possible the
identification of switchboard and control board and parts thereof and t.'1eir
relation to the relevant technical documentation in order to facilitate a
rational and simple manner of installation, operation, trouble-shooting,
maintenance and repair. Labeling and marking shall apply as follows:
a) Each switchboard and control board shall have one label stating the
make, the maker's identification data and rates, insulation voltage
class and one label identifying the board in the plant.
b) Each unit of switchboard or control board (such as a cell, panel,
cubicle or box as well as remote located switching and control

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 65/67

Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 16
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

devices) shall have a label identifying the unit and stating its
purpose in the plant.
c) The latter infonnation is in more suitably given in a mimic diagram.
d) All apparatus or units of apparatus in the panels, cell, etc, shall have
labels or markings identifying the apparatus or units thereof
(normally the relevant apparatus numbers used in the technical
documents for the switchgear or control gear). In some cases this
marking shall be completed with fanction marking in plain te:>,.'1.
e) Apparatus labels shall be fixed by means of screws or rivets on the
f) Framework, so they remain in place when the apparatus is
dismounted or changed.
g) All terminals of apparatus or apparatus units shall be clearly
marked. However this marking may be omitted when the design
and arrangement of the apparatus is such that marking obviously is
unnecessary.
h) All electronic printed circuit boards shall have type marking. The
elec1ronic cubicles shall have item marking for each circuit board
for [Link] of the circuit board in the schematic diagram.
i) All instruments indicating devices and control devices shall have
identification marking in plain text or simple symbols or, colors.
Control devic~s shall in addition have marking of control positions
(e.g. MANUAL - AUTOMATIC, OPEN-CLOSE) in plain text,
simple symbols or col_ors.
j) Control cable terminals and, for small load circuits also power
tenninals shall be clearly marked for identification.
k) The marking system shall be logically built-up from letters and/or
figures in one system consistently used within the switchgear or
control gear.
1) Internal wiring within switchboard, control board or apparatus units
shall have all wire ends marked, the marking to include as a minimum
the same marking as has the tenninal to which the wire end is
connected. The marking shali be canied out with sleeves or similar.
Tape is not pennitted.
m) Cmrent and voltage circuits shall also have phase marking and, where
necessary, polarity marking. Protective earth wires shall be marked
with green/yellow.
f n) Cables connected to switchboard, control board, external apparatus
L etc., shall be marked with cable numbers according to the cable list and
core number according to the external connection _diagram. In addition
all cable cores shall bear the same marking as the tenninals to which
Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 66/67
Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter !6
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS SIS

cores are connected. Marking with glued tape is not permitted.

o) The marking shall be indicated with foITules. The feITules shall be of
white insulated material and be provided with glossy finish to prevent
r adhesion and dirt.
p) They shall be clearly and durably marked in black and shall not be
affected by damp or oil.
q) Trenches with buried cabies shall be marked with labels on walls
·where applicable or with labels on posts with one set up at each end of
a road crossing, one set up for every point of change of direction of
cable trench, and one set up for each twentieth meter of a cable trench.
r) The trenches s:~all be provided with warning tapes along all the
trenches.
s) All labels shall be of plastic or metal indoors and of enameled metal
outdoors, and shall have t11e text or symbol engraved. Text and
symbols shall be of dark color and the surface shall be in light.
t) AU labels shall be in English and shall be subject to the company's
approval.
u) All labels shall be permanently fixed to the switchboard and apparatus
Glued labels and marking tape are not acceptable.
v) Some of the above required markings and labeling may, according to
the Company's approval, be combined or omitted, specially as regards
uncomplicated parts of the equipment.

16.7.3 Labeling oflVIechanical and Piping Svstem:

1. All ventilation and air conditioning equipment including control equipment

shall be marked with laminated plastic signs with pennanent black text on
white background.
2. Piping arid ducts shall be marked with aITows and telling the transported
medium.
3. Valves shall marked with numbered valve plates.
4. M:arking and technical documentation shall coITespond.

\Varnings: Warning markings or notices shall be in English and Arabic will be

provided.

Electric Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 67/67

Volume 2 : Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Ne\V Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 17
61h October Eastern Extensions '"'?0/2'">/22 kV GIS SIS

CHAPTER SEVENTEEN

SPARE PARTS
SPECIAL TOOLS AND TESTING EQUIPMENT

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 1/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 17
111
6 October Eastem Extensions 220/22i22 kV GIS SIS

CHAPTER SEVENTEEN
SPARE PARTS
n SPECIAL TOOLS AND TESTING EQUIPMENT
J
t...._;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clause Description Page

,,·"!:
17.1 Spare Parts. 3
I
I.
'.
i..... )
17.2 Special Tools. 12
17.3 Testing Equipment. 15
17.4 Submittals. 19

Annex 1
Annex2
[I - Annex3

r·· .
IQ :_
!. ... :�

[j
r·'.,
I •
t.i,}

L
·····:-

L j

t ,/ '·
[J
-.,_ ..>·
.
.. ....... _ .. _.. _ . -� �--

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 2/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 17
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS S/S

CHicPTER SEVENTEEN

SPARE PARTS
SPECIAL TOOLS AND TESTING EQUIPMENT

[Link] Parts:

17.1.1 General:

a) Spare palis are necessary for trouble-free operation and overhaul the
components of the plant for, at least five years after the warranty period.

b) ;:jpare palis are three classes:

1) Start up spare palis, Vlhich shall be used to replace the defective
components during initial installation, field testing, stali up and warranty
period, these spare parts shall be provided in the due time by the contractor
on his account, contractor shall bear all the relative costs including custom
duties and replacement costs.
2) O,vner recommended spare parts, which are specified here-in bidders shall
submit the price break down for these spare palis on the prices of the owner
recommended spare parts included in "schedule of quantities and prices "are
fi:ir supplying all the owner recommended spare-palis.
3) Bidders recommended spare palis, which to be specified by the bidders as
option item to achieve the aim item (a) the breakdown of these spare palis
should be listed in separate price schedule entitled "Schedule of Quantities
and Prices" are for supplying all the bidders recon:unended spare-palis.

c) Owner [Link] spare palis and bidders recommended spare palis (if
needed) are for the owner use only after the warranty period, and should be
handed over to the owner before the c01mnissioning of the plant.

d) All spare palis supplied under the contract shall be strictly inter changeable
with the palis for which they are intended to be replacements and shall be
treated and packed for long storage under the climatic conditions prevailing at
the site. Each spare palis shall be clearly marked or labeled on the outside of its
packing with its description and purpose, and when more than one spare parts is
packed in single case or other container a general description of its contents is
to shown on the outside of such cases or containers and a detailed list enclosed
inside. All cases, containers, and other packages must be suitably marked
numbered for purposes of identification.

e) All cases, containers or other packages are liable to be opened at the site for
examinations as the owner may consider necessary and all such opening and
subsequent repacking shall be at the expense of the contractor.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 3/21

Volume 2: Teclmical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority ('NUCA) Chapter 17
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS S/S

f) Bidders should submit with his bid the spare parts catalogues of all the
components of the plant with sufficient details to identify each piece of the
spare parts and ensure that the spare parts comprise all the replacement
components.

g) Bidders shall mention the reference number of each spare parts piece.

h) If it is observed during the wa1Tanty period of the plant that, any required spare
parts has not been recommended by the contractor or the delivered spare-parts
are not sufficient for five years, then, the contractor is obliged to deliver the
shortage without compensation and its site delivery cost shall be considered
included in the contract price, the works will not be considered as complete and
final certificate will not be issued until these spare parts delivered by the
contractor.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 4/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter i 7
6th October Eastern Extensions 220i22/22 kV GIS S/S

17.1.20wner recommended operational spare parts the fotlmving Hst should be

filled and signed by bidders:

OVVNER RECOlVIIYIENDED SPARE PARTS

I Catalog Item
I Item Description
No. Reference
A 220 kV ~witc~2e~r (GIS)
1 Circuit
. -
breaker:
1.1 Thrc:e single phase circuit breaker complete with mechanism in
enclosure fron1 each type.
1.2 Set of gaskets for three pole (C.B.- mechanism)
l.3 Set oftrinning and closing coils per mechanism.
1.4 Sets of Aux. Switches for C.B
I

1.5. Motor with oil pump for operation mechanism (for hydraulic
mechanism C.B).
1.6 Complete motor spring mechanism (for three phase circuit
breaker)
2 ~onn_.¥dors and ~_artgin,g s'1'..l!ches: .

2.1 TI1ree single pole disconnector switch complete with mechanism

in enclosure from each type.
'I 2.2 111ree pole maintenance earthing s·,vitch complete with
I
I mechanism in enclosure from each type.
' ~ ,,
,l. . .J Set of Aux. Switches for disconnecter and earthing switches. I
2.4 J:viotor fm· operatirn2: mechanism for each disconnector type.
2.5 Motor for onerating mechanism for each earthing switch type.
2.6 Set of opening and closing relays for disconnecter and earthing
switch.
2.7 Tirree single phase high speed earthing switch complete with
mechanism in enclosure.
'
3 Single phase current transformer (one of each ratio) with
enclosure.
4 Single pole SF6 inductive V.T with enclosure.
5 Set of oil monitoring devices oer mechanism.
c-,-,,,,,, --,,
6 Set of gas monitoring and filling devices. /
.
',,,'
Per line bay ....
6.1
\
6.2 Per coupler. ..
..
. i,
6.3 Per transformer bay . .

. .,.· ,, ·• /7
··.
6.4 Per bus bar section / .

6.5 Per connecting bus bar \. ,,,,-',

.
,''

7 Set gas barriers complete with connections. . 7

8 Set of enclosure gaskets
9 Single ohase SF6/air bushing complete with enclosure.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 5/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 17
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220122/22 kV GIS S/S

Catalog Item
Item Description
No. Reference
10 Single phase outdoor CCVT 2J; / ~ / ~ / ~ CL0.5, CL3P, 100,200,
200VA
11 Set of temperature compensating bellows.
12 Set of gas filler for one bay
13 Set of pressure relief devices.
14 Set of SF6 pipes per bay.
15 SF6 gas bottles of 40 kg. size.
B Protection of220 kV:
1 Line fecjer protection relay (main 1)
2 Line feeder protection relay (main 2)
3 Module of bus bar protection relay.
4 Module of bus bar breaker failure relay.
5 Bus coupler protection relay.
6 Synchro-check relay.
C · . .22 kV Switchgear
1. Transformer incoming circuit breaker/ Bus section with rated
.
.
current 3150 A complete with its truck.
y' 2 Outgoing feeder circuit breaker with rated current 1250 A
complete with its truck.
C
:, Outgoing feeder circuit breaker with rated cmTent 800A N.A
comnlete with its truck
4 Sets of each of fixed and moving contacts, or three pieces of
vacuum tubes for 1250 A circuit breaker
5 Sets of each, fixed and moving contacts, or three pieces of
vacuum tubes for 3150 A circuit breaker
6 Sets of each of, fixed and moving contacts, or three pieces of N.A
vacuum tubes for 800 A circuit breaker
7 · Po1table detector for SF6 leakage.
8 Complete circuit breaker mechanisms (assembled), including
· .anti-pumping relays.
9 Closing coils. .. ..... /···
..

10 Tripping coils. /.
11 . l trans fiormers wit
p otentia . l1 rat10
. (11000)
..f3
/ 100 / 100
, ~ volt
/
13
12 Three phase current transfonners for each rating supplied
according to S.L.D. \ .

13 Complete eaithing switch. · .. . ...

14 Different type of22 kV insulators used for switchgear.
15 Complete set of indicating lamps (lamp included).
16 Insulated stick with indicating lamp for inspection of the 22 kV
live parts.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 6/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 17
6 th October Eastern Exte11sions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

Catalog Item
Item Description
No. Reference
17 Medium voltage local earthing 22 kV.
18 Phase sequence meter.
19 Socket for testing.
D Control, Metering And Protective Eguipment For Both 220
kV & 22 kV Circuits -
1 One of each type of metering instruments.
2 One of each type of measuring instruments.
0
J One complete relay for each supplied type.
4 Set of one card for each group equal or less than ten similar
cards, included testing card.
5 Signaling and intermediate relays from each supplied type.
6 One set of auxiliary switches from each sunn1ied type.
7 One complete event recorder.
8 One p01iable laptop.
E Conventional out door surge arresters
..
1 One single phase 220 kV surge arrester .·.

2 One single-phase 24 kV surge arrester

0
J One single phase 220 kV neutral point surge arrester
A
~ One single phase 22 kV neutral point surge arrester
F 0<\.uxiliarv E~~ipment

l Complete air circuit breaker of each rating suoplied.

2 Complete miniature C.B and molded case C.B of each rating
SUPPiied.
3 Sets of contacts for the air circuit breaker sunnlied.
4 Complete set ofH.T & L.T bushings for 22/0.4 kV auxiliary
transfonner.
5 Instrument of each type of the 380 volt switchboard.
6 Set of 100% Signal lamp.
G 220 V DC Svstem
1 One of each type of cards / module. // ',

2 Battery cell. /
3 LVDrelay.
4 One of each relay type of used in the system. '
:i Cell connectors
' •.
·..
6 Consumable lamps, fuses, special cables
.
H Cables:
1 I 0% of each size and type of power cables supplied.
2 10% of each size ofL.V cables sunnlied.
0
J I 0% of each size of control cables sunn!ies.
I Ca:Qacitor Bank:

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 7/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 Nev• Urban Communitie& Aurhority (NUCA) Chapter 17
611 ' October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS SIS

Catalog Item
Item Description
No. Reference
l Control box
2 Capacitor unit
,
C.B and accessories
"4 Spare for control and protection relays
N.B: Please note that one set of contacts means the necessary
number of contacts required for completely renew a circuit
breaker.
J Telecommunication svstem:. !
1 48 V DC svstem:
1.1 One card/module of each supplied card/module of charger.
1.2 Battery cell.
1.3 LVDrelav.
2 Special cables, sockets, adapter, connectors, etc ......
3 Consumable spares i.e lamps, fuses .. etc of each type.
K UPS Svstems
i) i
Bidder has to recommend spare parts list with orices. ..

L \Vater fire fighting (for 125 MVA transformers): :

1) \Vater fank
Pressm·e gauge I
1.1 I

1.2 Safety valve I •..

1.3 Water level indicator .
1.4 Set ofgaskets, valves
1.5 Pressure switch
2) Pump station, compressor, valve station
2.1 Complete Compressor with motor
2.2 Complete Pump station with motor
2.3 Deluge valve
2.4 Set of valves (one of each type & size)
2.5 Pressure switches ( one of each type & size)
2.6 Set of gaskets (one of each type & size) --·-~-
' '
2.7 Main supply line & Fire extinguishing cages _/ .

a) Detectors (melting nozzle) .·

b) Detectors (electric) '

;
2.8 Nozzies of each type
M 125 lVIVA transformer \
1 Single 2hase bushing ' .. .
,,,

a) 220 kV Line terminal

b) 22 kV Line tenninal
c) 220 kV Neutral point
2 Cooling fan complete with motor

E!ectrfoa1 Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 8i21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 17
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/21 kV GIS S/S

Catalog Item
Item Description
No. Reference
~
Complete set of gaskets together with gaskets cement for one
.)
transfonner
4 Complete breath set
5 Motor drive for cooling fans
6 Set ofbuchholz relay
Set of temp. instrnment for oil & winding with its remote
7
indicator.
8 Ivfotor drive for OLTC
9 Oil equipment to 25% of the first filling of one transfonner
10_ Set of pres~ure relief device

/
1

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 9/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUC:\) Chapter 17
6 th October Eastern Extensions 1,..,0112/22. kV GlS S/S

l 7.l.3Bidder Recommended Sp:n·e Parts (Option);

Bidders shall list his recommended spare parts vvith catalog and reference
numbers with option price for each piece of the recommended spare pa1is as
follows:

Item Description Qty

Catalog item I
No. Reference Price I

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 10/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 17
6th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV G!S SIS

17.2. Soecial Tools:

[Link]:

a) Special tools are necessary for maintammg, repainng dismantling,

assembling, over-hauling and complete replacement of the compor;ents of
the plant.

b) Speci2J tools are two classes.

1) Owner recommended special tools: Which are specified here bidder shall
submit the firm (not subject to escalation) price breakdown for these special
tools on the prices of the owner recommended special tools inclu-:bd in
schedule of quantities and prices" are for supplying all the owner recommended
special tools.

2) Bidders Recommended Special Tools (Option) which to be specified by the

bidders to achieve the aim item (a) the price breakdown of these special tools
should be listed on "schedule of quantities and prices".

a) Special tools should be handed over to the owner before the commissioning
[Link] plant.

b) Bidder should submit with his bid catalogues containing all the special tools
with their reference numbers and their use.

c) If it is observed during the erection, testing and warranty periods of the

plant, that, any required special tools has not been recommended by the
contractor, the contractor is obliged to deliver the shortage- •without- - -
compensation and its site delivery cost shall be considered included in the
contract price, the works will not be considered as completed and final
certificate will not be issued until these special tools to be delivered by the
contractor.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 11/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
 New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 17
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS SIS

17.2.2 Owner Recommended Special Tools

.

Catalog Item
Item Description Qty
'' No. Reference
1 SF6 gas handling trolley suitable for GIS compartments
including C.B. complete with all accessories such as hoses,
! valves manometers, storage tank etc... for filling, evacuation,
discharge, storing, regeneration, etc.
L 2 Eaiihing set for eaiihing three pole circuits of voltage higher
than (1)/kV complete with clamps, hot stick, etc.
3 Complete set of tools necessary for maintenance and
[ adjustment of220 kV equipment.
•·

4 Portable set complete with· all accessories of ultrasonic

[ equipment for detecting, measuring and locating of P .D at
GIS equipment.
5 Portable set complete with all accessories with sensors and
[ adaptors for detection, measuring, recordin•g and analysis the
P .D in GIS equipment using built in P .D sensors and the
[ external sensor.
6 Complete set of tools necessm'y for maintenance and
adjustment of22 kV equipments.
[ 7 Complete set of tools necessary for maintenance and
adjustment of380 V equipment.
[ 8 Complete set of battery maintenance and tests.
9 Three ton motorized traveling crane for use in the work shoo.
10 Temporary grounding equipment set shall be comprised:-
I: - Grounding jumpers (clamps, ferrules, chain ... etc).
.... - Grounding rod, electrodes. .
. - Grounding bars . ..
- Rubber gloves, blankets.
11 Complete set of special tools for dismantling, over hauling
. and assembly of the O.L.T.C of the 125 MVA transfonner
.. 12 Device for calibration of oil and winding temperature --··
. instruments .

13 Po1iable SF6 dew point measuring instrument with adaptors

for the GIS compaitment.
14 Dual cup suction lifter equipment for raised floor ( civil). \'
N.B: Bidder shall include details of each offered set of \·.<,,
maintenance & adjustments tools. The offered tools should be " ..
from known qualified company.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 12/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (1\JUCA) Chapter 17
6'11 October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

17 .2.3Bidder Recommended Special Tools (Option):

Bidders should list the special tools recommended by him with catalog
reference numbers of each piece of the special tools, with option prices as
follows:

Catalog item
Item Description Qty Price
No. Reference

--

-- -- - ----- -- ·~ ,. -- . ~- -· ~ - --

--- ----
- --

\_. .
_____ _______

-- ----~- -

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page ]3/2]

Volume 2: Technkal Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter l 7
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22121 kV GJS S/S

17.3Testing Equipment:

[Link]:
a) Testing equipment are necessary for early fault detection, fault location,
performance checking, testing after; erecting, repairing, overhauling etc for
all the components of the plant.

b) Testing equipment are two classes:

1. Owner recommended testing equipment. which are specified here in,
bidders shall submit the price breakdown for the testing equipment on
price of the owner recommended special tools included in schedule of
quantities and prices are for supplying ·all the owner recommended
testing equipment.

2. Bidders recommended testing eguioment (Option). which to be specified

by the bidders to achieve the aim item (a), the price break down of these
testing equipment should be listed on "schedule of quantities and price".

c) Testing equipment should be handed over to the owner before the

commissioning of the plant.

d) Bidders should submit with his tender catalogues of the testing equipment
with their reference numbers and the options facilities, accessories and their
uses.

e) If it is observed during the testing, commissioning and warranty periods of

the plant, that, any required testing equipment has not been recommended
by the contractor, the contractor is obliged to deliver the shortage without
compensation and its site delivery cost shall be considered included in the
contract price, the works will not be considered as complete and final
ce1iificate will not be issued until these testing equipment to be delivered by
the contractor.

E1ectrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page ]4/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority C'-lUCA) Chapter 17
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22122 kV GIS SIS·

17.3.2 Ovvner Recommended Testing Equipment:

The following list should be filled and signed by bidder

Catalog Item
Item Description Qty
No. Reference
1- Portable set complete with all accessories
sensor and adaptors for detection, measuring
recording and analysis the partial charges in
GIS equipment using the buiit in pmiial
.
discharge sensors and the internal sensor.
2- Portable se~ complete with all access•;;ries of
ultrasonic equipment for detecting,
measuring and locating of partial discharges
at high voltage-switchgear and equipment as
specified.
~
.:,- Complete set of circuit breaker analyzer with i
motion analyzer and all accessories as
specified in Annex (2).
4- Earthing resistance and earth resistivitv
~ - J

meter complete with all accessories.

5- Clip on power factor meter.
6- Clip on V-A meter.
7- Insulation tester (motorized megger with
battery)
(250-600-1000-2000-2500 and 5000 V by
selector)
..
8- Digital AVO meter (0-20A) (0-10 ohm), >
I I•·
(0-1000) V DC, (750V) AC. .

9- Phase rotation checker t

'
10- Battery internal resistance meter '' .·
\\
11- D.C emih testers.
12- Digital timer (milli second meter), range (0- I'<.~
Ssec.)
I
13- One computer aided test set (Refer to Annex
~,
.:, I·

14- Clip PF meter

····· I I ...
I 15- Micro~ohm 1neter (0 ""- 600 A).
16- Earth leakage indicator clip-on type.

Electrical Power Systems Enginee1ing Company Exhibit D Page 15/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Ne,v Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 17
6ili Oc10ber Eastern Extensions 220/22122 kV GJS SIS

Catalog Item
Item Description Qty
No. Reference
17- j One frequency generator for under and over
frequency relay(45-55Hz). (Refer to Annex
3).
18- Phase angle meter (cuITent-current and volt-
volt) 0-360.
19- Primary current injection test sets (0-3000A)
with its accessories (cables, clamps and
. meters).
-
20- SF6 decomposition product measuring
device & Gas percentage.
21- Dew point measuring device.
22- Tan 8 device (0 P.F-100 µf) up to 55 °C &
3000 VA, (0 - 12) kV.
23- DC Resistance for winding device, 3 ph.
>60V, up to 55 °C.
24- Turns Ratio measuring device, 3 ph. up to
55°C.
25- Poly phase circuit analyzer device (P.A.F).
26- Transfonner oil analysis tester, dissolved
gases in oil.
27- Telecommunication system:
According to specification chapter (8).
27.1 One level generator.
27.2 One selective level meter.
27.3 One balanced attenuator.
27.4 One oscilloscope.
27.5 Transfonner oil breakdown high voltage
tester up to 100 kV/ 2.5 mmgap.
..

E1ectricaJ Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page ]6/2]

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter l7
6 11' October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS SIS

l 7.3.3Bidders Recommended Testing Equipment (Option):

Bidder should list the special tools and testing equipment recommended by him
with catalog and reference numbers of each component with option prices as
follows:

Catalog item
Item Description Qty Price
No. Reference

---

I-

1_·

____- . -- - - ---
-

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company ExhibitD Page 17/2 l

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 17
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GJS SIS

17.4. Submittals:

Submit drawings, catalogues, literature pertammg for tbe specified items of

material to but supplied under this chapter, submittals shall include but not
limited to the following:

a) With bid:

1. Reference list of all the testing equipment.

2. Catalogues of all the components of the plant showing tbe replacement parts
and tbeir item reference.

3. Catalogues oftbe special tools showing their use and tbeir item reference.

4. Catalogues of the testing equipment with all accessories showing their use
and item reference.

5. All the details of tbe partial discharge measuring set with all accessories.

6. Other which are required by bidding document.

b) At the design and erection stages:

1. The documents ·which are mentioned in sub clause 16.4(a).

2. Spare parts list showing the packing number of each part.

3. Special tools list showing the packing number of each part.

4. Testing equipment list showii-ig the packing number of each part.

5. Instmction manuals.

6. Inspection and test rep01is.

7. Others with are required by the contract and the owner.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page J 8/2 J

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter 17
6'" October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS S/S

Annex (1)
Di!!ital measuring instrument

The digital measuring instrument will be with phase sequence indicator, (2)
inputs Ammeter/voltmeter, measure and display the current and voltage of (2) inputs,
for measnring, cunent, voltage and phase angle, cmTent should be measnred without
interrupting the circuit by using clip-on transforn1er, the instrument should measure
and display the phase angle between two inputs, the instrument should be supplied
with all accessories full details should be submitted with bid, the specification will be
as follows:
Measnring range:
Cunent: 0.02 to lOA
Voltage: 0.2 to 500 V
Phase angle: 0 to 360

Supply Voltage:
100 to 120 V AC, 50 Hz
220 to 240 V AC, 50 Hz

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 19/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
Nev, Urban Cornmunities Authority (NUCA) Chapter l 7
6 th October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GIS SIS

Annex (2)
Circuit Breaker Analyzer
a. Function:
The function of the circuit- breaker analyzer shall include but not limited to the
following:
l. To measure the following times of each circuit- breaker ii,te1Tupter.
(i) :tvlaking time.
(ii) Closing time.
(iii) Opening time.
(iv) Breaking time.

2. To measure travel and speed (closing speed, opening speed, over travel etc.)
of the breaker contacts and mechanism.

3. Measuring the pre-insertion/inte1Tupt resistors.

4. Measuring capacitance of grading capacitor.

5. :Measuring penetration into contacts.

6. Measuring the operation sequence O,t, CO,t,CO

b. Breaker Analvzer:
1. General
(i) Number of channels not less than (16)
(ii) Timing range: from Oto 6 sec.
(iii) Time resolution: 0.1 m sec.
(iv) Accuracy: 0.1%.

2. l\1otion Analvzer:
(i) Number of channels; not less than (4).
(ii) Measuring range; up to 1000 m sec.

3. Power Supply:
A.C supply: 220 V, 50 Hz.
With built-in- re-chargeable battery for at least one hour continuous
operation.

4. Outputs And Results:

The outputs and results should be displayed in the following forms.
(i) Alpha- numeric
(ii) Curves.
These fonns should be printed on normal papers.

c. Accessories:
The analyzer should be supplied with all accessories and spare parts for five
years operation after the wa1Tanty period taking into consideration that the
aiialyier·v.,illheiEiedTorsitetests:
Bidders should submit with his bid full details of the analyzer and its
accessories and spare pai1s.

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 20/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)
New Urban Communities Authority (NUCA) Chapter J7
6'h October Eastern Extensions 220/22/22 kV GlS S/S

[Link] (3)
1. One Computer aided test set having the following features :

Computer aided test set shall have the following features suitable for
secondary injection for secondary injection
Can simulates any type of fault,
Shall have the facility of displaying vector diagram
Suitable for all relay types offered for this project (Dista..11ce, over current,
etc.).
Suitable for all types of relay Characteristics (mho polygonal. etc.) .
. Shall have the facility of measuring frequency
Shali have the facility of testing the operating time of relay and output
contacts (NO&NC)

2. One Frequency generator for under and over frequency relavs (45-55 Hz)
Technical data:

AC supply voltage shall be 100 V,

DC supply voltage shall be 220 V,
Relative humidity shall be 80% ,
°
Temperature shall be up to 55 C, and play back for the recorded fault.
Output power 450 VA.

- ------------ ---- - - - - -- - -- - - - --

Electrical Power Systems Engineering Company Exhibit D Page 21/21

Volume 2: Technical Specifications Rev. (0)